Preliminary Offering Circular, Dated September 3, 2015
An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.
PART II
ITEM 1: OFFERING CIRCULAR
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
1800 9th Ave N, St Petersburg, Florida, 33713
Telephone number: (866) 561-9777
Best Efforts Offering of [ ] Class A Common Units
We are offering a minimum of $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units and a maximum of $20,000,000 of Class A Common Units at a fixed price of $[ ] per unit in a Tier 2 Offering under Regulation A (the Offering). This Offering is being conducted on a best efforts minimum/maximum basis through our placement agent VRA Partners, LLC (the Placement Agent). The Placement Agent is not purchasing or selling any securities pursuant to this offering. The Placement Agent will receive compensation for sales of the securities offered hereby at a fixed commission rate of 4.5% of the gross proceeds of the Offering. See Plan of Distribution and Securities Being Offered for a description of our Class A Common Units.
The Offering will terminate on the earlier of: (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and the Placement Agent after the date at least $5,000,000 of our Class A Common Units are sold; (ii) such time as $20,000,000 of our Class A Common Units are sold; or (iii) [insert date that is 180 days from date of qualification], 2016; or (iv) when the Board of Directors decides that it is in our best interest to terminate the Offering prior to the completion of the sale of at least $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units. Funds for the units will be deposited into escrow with [ ] until a minimum of $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units have been sold. In the event we do not sell a minimum of $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units by [insert date that is 180 days from date of qualification], 2016, escrowed funds will be promptly returned to investors without interest or deduction. In the event that a minimum of $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units are sold by [insert date that is 180 days from date of qualification], 2016 we will close on those funds received and promptly issue the Class A Common Units.
Our Class A Common Units are not listed on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter inter-dealer quotation system and there is no market for our Class A Common Units.
This Form 1-A is following the Offering Circular format rather than Part I of Form S-1.
| Price to Public | Underwriting discount and commissions |
Proceeds to Issuer | Proceeds to other persons |
|||||||||||||
| Per unit: |
[ | ] | N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||
| Total Minimum: |
$ | 5,000,000 | 275,000 | 3,978,000 | N/A | |||||||||||
| Total Maximum: |
$ | 20,000,000 | 950,000 | 18,303,000 | N/A | |||||||||||
| (1) | We estimate the total expenses of this Offering, excluding the Placement Agents commissions, will be approximately $747,000. |
The purchase of the securities offered through this Offering Circular involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the section entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 14 before buying any Class A Common Units.
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
GENERALLY, NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(D)(2)(I)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO WWW.INVESTOR.GOV.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
The approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public is [ ].
| Section |
Page | |||
| 4 | ||||
| 14 | ||||
| 25 | ||||
| 26 | ||||
| 31 | ||||
| 32 | ||||
| 45 | ||||
| Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
45 | |||
| 64 | ||||
| 65 | ||||
| Security Ownership of Management and Certain Securityholders |
67 | |||
| 68 | ||||
| 69 | ||||
We have not, and the Placement Agent has not, authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained or incorporated by reference in this Offering Circular prepared by us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the Placement Agent take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This Offering Circular is an offer to sell only the Class A Common Units offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this Offering Circular is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this Offering Circular or any sale of Common Units.
For investors outside the United States: We have not done anything that would permit this Offering or possession or distribution of this Offering Circular in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this Offering and the distribution of this Offering Circular.
Certain industry data and market data included in this Offering Circular were obtained from independent third-party surveys, market research, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Our estimates presented herein are based upon our review of independent third party surveys and industry publications prepared by a number of sources and other publicly available information. The market data used in this Offering Circular involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We believe that the information from these industry publications and surveys that is included in this Offering Circular is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to risks due to a variety of important factors, including those described in Risk Factors. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
We own the trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This Offering Circular may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this Offering Circular is not intended to, and should not be read to, imply a relationship with or endorsement or sponsorship of us. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this Offering Circular are listed without the TM, SM and ® symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our applicable rights, if any, in these trademarks, service marks and trade names. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2
Definitions
Unless otherwise noted or indicated by context, the following terms used in this Offering Circular have the following meanings:
| active customers | customers that have purchased products or services within the last 12 months | |
| business day | any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the U.S.) on which banks in the U.S. are generally open for normal banking business | |
| CAD | computer-aided design | |
| CAGR | compounded annual growth rate | |
| CAM | computer-aided manufacturing | |
| case | a dental device order in process in Sun Dental Labs SunCloud system submitted by either a dental practice or dental lab customer | |
| chair time | the total time a dental patient is sitting in the dentist chair from the beginning of his / her appointment until the appointment is over | |
| closed product supply chain | a relationship where our customers use our scanner technology in accordance with our SunCloud platform and as a result only send their custom dental device order information to Sun Dental Labs to be manufactured | |
| custom dental device | a dental device such as a crown, bridge, partial, denture, implants or orthodontic device that is manufactured according to the patients mold of his / her mouth to fit in the patients mouth precisely and comfortably | |
| DAMAS | Dental Appliance Manufacturers Audit System | |
| FDA | U.S. Food and Drug Administration | |
| ISO | International Organization for Standardization | |
| NADL | National Association of Dental Laboratories | |
| SunDigital Solution | our unified, fully integrated digital technology manufacturing platform which seamlessly integrates digital scanning and a cloud-based management system into an advanced manufacturing process | |
| traditional physical dental impression | created by having patients bite into a mouth tray filled with molding material and held in mouth until a mold is completed, typically taking 15 20 minutes from start to finish | |
| turnaround time | the time it takes from when the dentist or dental lab sends the impression (either physical or digital) to when the custom dental device is finished being manufactured in the dental lab and the device is ready to be shipped to the customer | |
| United Kingdom or U.K. | the United Kingdom, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdictions | |
| United States or U.S. | the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdictions | |
| Western Europe | including Germany, France, Sweden and the Netherlands | |
3
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of words such as will, believes, plans, estimates, anticipates, expects, intends, or words of similar import. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under Risk Factors in this Offering Circular. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Consequently, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.
ITEM 3: SUMMARY AND RISK FACTORS
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Class A Common Units. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, especially concerning the risks associated with the investment in the Class A Common Units discussed under the Risk Factors section.
Unless we state otherwise, the terms we, us, our, Company, Sun Dental Labs, management, or similar terms collectively refer to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC (United States), Sun Dental Laboratories, SAS (France), Sun Dental Lab, GmbH (Germany), Sun Dental Laboratories, UK (United Kingdom), Sun Dental Laboratories AB (Sweden), Sun Dental Laboratories BV (Netherlands), World Star Dental Laboratory Ltd. (China) and OceanBlue International Group Limited (China).
Some of the statements in this Offering Circular are forward-looking statements. See the section entitled Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Business Overview
Founded in 2004, Sun Dental Labs is a leading global dental technology and device manufacturing company. The Company provides a unified digital technology manufacturing platform that fully integrates digital scanning, a cloud-based data management system and 3D printing into the manufacturing process to produce a comprehensive line of over 400 different branded custom dental devices, including crowns, bridges, partials, dentures, implants and orthodontic devices. Our brands include SUNTECH, SUNCAST, SUNFLEX, SunDenture and SunOrtho. We have seven design and manufacturing facilities with computer-aided design / computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China. Our design and manufacturing facilities adhere to some of the most stringent quality standards in the world for dental labs. We believe our global presence positions us to capture significant growth opportunities in the highly fragmented U.S. and international dental lab markets. We currently have active customer relationships with over 5,000 dental practices which order devices from us directly for their patients and over 1,800 dental labs which order devices from us to supply their dental practice customers. In 2014, we manufactured and sold over 235,000 custom dental devices. Since inception we have sold over 2 million custom dental devices worldwide.
4
| Representative Sun Dental Labs Custom Dental Devices | ||||||||||
| Crowns |
Bridges |
Partials |
Implants |
Dentures |
Orthodontic Devices | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
We believe that the standard of dental care should and will evolve from traditional labor intensive methods to a digital solution. Traditionally, dentists have created physical dental impressions by having patients bite into an uncomfortable mouth tray filled with molding material and hold in the mouth until a mold is completed, typically taking 15 to 20 minutes from start to finish. The dentists then ship the mold to a dental lab for manual creation of a custom dental device and receive the finished device 2 to 3 weeks later. Inherent in this traditional method are inconsistencies in quality due to an intensive manual manufacturing process, slow turnaround times and added costs for impression materials and shipping. We believe that with our innovative SunDigital Solution, we are leading the digital technology evolution in the custom dental device manufacturing process to address and resolve issues associated with this traditional method.
Building on our history of developing innovative custom dental devices and a global manufacturing footprint, Sun Dental Labs has spent the last three years creating a design and manufacturing infrastructure that integrates the latest digital workflow, CAD/CAM and 3D printing technology into the manufacturing process. We began this innovation process by using in-house 3D scanners to create 3D digital models of physical dental impressions sent to us by dentists and dental labs and then transmitting the digital models to our design and manufacturing facilities. By eliminating the need to ship physical dental impressions to the manufacturing facilities and incorporating other process efficiencies, we successfully created industry-leading turnaround times of five days for high quality custom dental devices. We believe our recent introduction of digital scanners will accelerate the adoption of our SunDigital Solution by dental practices and dental labs worldwide and generate significant revenue growth for the Company. With our infrastructure and high quality product and service offering in place in the U.S., we are well-positioned to devote more resources to sales and marketing to generate greater sales volumes. In 2016, we expect to roll out our SunDigital Solution in Europe, Latin America and Asia.
We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution is the only unified, fully-integrated digital technology manufacturing platform which seamlessly integrates digital scanning and a cloud-based data management system into an advanced manufacturing process. The SunDigital Solution is designed to provide an effective turnkey solution that streamlines the process for dentists and dental labs, enables our customers to quickly and efficiently deliver custom dental devices of consistent high quality to their patients, improves turnaround times and reduces costs relating to impression materials and shipping. Furthermore, we believe that our closed product supply chain with our customers will generate a sustainable source of recurring revenue and significant growth for the Company. Our SunDigital Solution includes the following:
| |
Our SunDigital Solution business bundle for dentists includes the CS 3500 digital intraoral scanner which enables dentists to create a highly accurate 3D digital dental impression in minutes directly from the patients mouth. This allows for enhanced impression accuracy and a better patient experience when compared to the uncomfortable and messy traditional tray and impression method. Unlike many intraoral scanners on the market, the CS 3500 is portable and comfortable in both the dentists hand and in the patients mouth. |
| ||||
| |
Our SunDigital Solution business bundle for dental labs includes the SunScanM impression scanner which allows technicians to quickly create a 3D digital dental impression from traditional impressions, verify the quality of the impression and communicate with their customers. |
| ||||
5
| |
Whether originating from a dentists office or a dental lab, the encrypted 3D digital dental impression file is transmitted to Sun Dental Labs via our SunCloud platform. Our cloud-based case management and communications system allows for the secure transfer of customer and patient information directly to our design and manufacturing facilities around the world and allows for efficient production allocation to match our manufacturing capacity. The SunCloud provides customers with case tracking capabilities through computer and mobile applications, data analytics, direct communication with technical advisors and access to billing information. The SunCloud platform provides us the ability to track and monitor devices throughout the production process and ensure quality control over every device at every step in the process. |
| ||||
| |
Once transferred from the SunCloud, our state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities ensure the production of high quality custom dental devices which are then shipped back to our customers. | |||||
The table below illustrates the greater efficiency and industry-leading turnaround times generated from using the latest CAD/CAM technology and 3D printing in our SunDigital Solution as compared to the manually intensive workflow of a traditional dental lab.
| SunDigital Solution |
Traditional Dental Lab Workflow | |||||||
| Task |
Time | Task | Time | |||||
| Create digital impression with scanner |
Day 1 | Model physical impression with tray and materials |
Days 1-2 | |||||
| Transmit digital impression to SunCloud |
Day 1 | Mail physical impression |
Days 3-5 | |||||
| Design custom dental device with CAD technology |
Day 2 | Fix positions of upper and lower teeth in the model |
Days 6-8 | |||||
| Manufacture device with CAM and 3D printer |
Day 3 | Carve wax patterns into model to prepare for casting |
Days 9-10 | |||||
| Create alloy structure of device with milling machine |
Day 4 | Replicate wax patterns in dental alloy |
Days 11-12 | |||||
| Machine-press porcelain over the substructure to finalize |
Day 5 | Hand-stack porcelain over the substructure to finalize |
Days 13-16 | |||||
| Total |
5 Days | Total |
16 days | |||||
Our revenues are well diversified on a geographic, customer and product basis and have increased significantly in the past five years from $7.0 million in 2009 to $17.5 million in 2014. Our revenues declined for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, during which period we focused our attention on investing in our technology infrastructure and expanding manufacturing and operations in the U.S. and overseas in order to position us to effectively implement our SunDigital Solution. We also made the strategic decision to deemphasize sales to third party customers from our China design and manufacturing facility in mid 2014 as we began to implement our technology transformation. We substantially completed such efforts in January 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015, our revenues grew 4.6% over the same period in 2014, or 12.2% on a currency-adjusted basis. We introduced our SunDigital Solution in the U.S. in January 2015, which led to a 28.4% increase in unit sales in the U.S. through the first six months of 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014. We will continue to promote our SunDigital Solution to our dentists and dental lab customers in the U.S. and recently began selling intraoral scanners to dentists. We expect to complete development of our SunDigital Solution for Europe, Asia and Latin America for introduction to international customers in 2016 to further expand our business. With the maximum net proceeds from this Offering and continued adoption of our SunDigital Solution by dentists and dental labs, we believe that we can attain 135% top-line growth in 2016 with revenues of approximately $45,785,000 and EBITDA of $5,514,000. Additionally, assuming we raise the maximum net proceeds, our minimum annual revenue growth target is 30% for the three years thereafter and we expect to increase our EBITDA margin over such three year period.
| 2014 Revenues by Geography |
2014 Revenues by Customer |
2014 Revenues by Product | ||
|
|
| ||
6
Our Market Opportunity
We operate in the global dental device market which includes the manufacture and distribution of custom dental devices, such as crowns, bridges, partials, dentures, implants and orthodontic devices. According to the National Association of Dental Laboratories: A Global Strategic Business Report, the global dental device market is expected to generate $14.5 billion in revenues in 2015, with the U.S., as the largest market, expected to generate $5.2 billion in revenues in 2015. We expect continued growth in the market primarily driven by the growing aging population base and greater purchasing power of the baby boomer generation, higher demand for improved dental aesthetics, greater per capita expenditure on health services and the expansion of healthcare insurance availability and coverage. We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution will position us to compete for and capture a significant portion of the global custom dental device market.
A variety of factors drive the fragmentation in the dental lab market. Governmental regulations, scarcity of skilled technicians, significant technology and equipment investment costs, research and development costs and the fast pace of technological change have historically created obstacles to the creation of a scalable modern manufacturing platform equipped to meet increased volumes, while maintaining high quality standards. According to IBISWorld, the U.S. has over 9,000 dental labs. Of those labs, the National Association of Dental Laboratories estimates that 73% have annual revenues less than $750,000. Many dental labs are limited in scale and do not have the resources to invest significantly in new technologies to support higher quality standards and faster turnaround times. A Dental IQ survey estimates that nearly 50% of dentists change labs every five years due to dissatisfaction with production quality and timing delays.
The sole customers of dental labs are dental practices. According to the American Dental Association, there are approximately 127,500 dental practices in the U.S. and over 324,000 dental practices in the U.S. and Europe. Currently, according to Dentistry IQ, approximately 90% of dental practices in the U.S. are using traditional physical dental impression methods versus digital solutions. Challenges associated with traditional physical dental impression methods include:
Challenges for Dentists:
| | Poor Patient Experience. Traditional physical dental impressions are produced from an uncomfortable tray and messy impression materials and require the patient to sit in the dentist chair for 15 to 20 minutes. |
| | Impression Inventory Management. Dentists using physical impressions have to bear the costs of storing, cleaning and replacing the physical impressions, impression materials and trays. |
| | Quality Control Issues. Traditional impressions often require remakes and further adjustments after the initial dental device is produced because the quality and precision of the physical impression cannot be determined at the time the impression is made. |
| | Slow Turnaround Times. Due to the labor intensive process and time lost due to shipping of physical dental impressions, traditional lab turnaround time for devices from dentist to lab and back to dentist is typically 2 to 3 weeks. |
Challenges for Dental Labs:
| | Labor Intensive. The traditional dental lab workflow features a high degree of manual labor, including hand waxing, hand casting and hand stacking porcelain. This results in high labor costs, limited production volume and variable device quality. |
| | Dependence on Skilled Technicians. Traditional dental labs are finding it more difficult and costly to hire, train and retain the skilled technicians necessary for this highly intricate hand work. |
| | Quality Control Issues. Mistakes and reworks are more prevalent with traditional labs due to the labor intensive process and variations in quality controls between and within dental labs. |
| | Slow Turnaround Times. Due to the labor intensive process and time lost due to shipping of physical dental impressions, traditional lab turnaround time for devices from dentist to dental lab and back to dentist is typically 2 to 3 weeks. |
7
Our Competitive Strengths What Sets Us Apart
We believe the following strengths provide us with a significant competitive advantage in successfully growing our market position:
| | Proprietary SunDigital Solution. We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution is the only unified, fully-integrated digital technology manufacturing platform available today which seamlessly integrates digital scanning and a cloud-based data management system into an advanced manufacturing process. This all-in-one solution simplifies the production process for both the dentist and the dental lab and allows us to produce higher volumes with lower labor costs. We are seeking global patent protection relating to our technology and manufacturing processes. |
| | Global Presence. We believe our global presence positions us to capture significant growth opportunities in the highly fragmented U.S. and international dental lab markets. Currently, we have seven design and manufacturing facility locations using CAD/CAM technology in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China serving over 5,000 dental practice and over 1,800 dental lab customers. |
| | State-of-the-Art Fully Certified Dental Labs. We have over 60,000 square feet of manufacturing space in seven countries across the world, including our new 38,750 square foot state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China. This China manufacturing facility adheres to the ISO 13485:2003 certification, the most stringent quality standard in the world for medical device manufacturing and exceeds even the standards of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for dental labs. We also maintain ISO 9001:2008, FDA, DAMAS and NADL certifications. |
| | Scalability. Our manufacturing process relies on the latest technological advancements rather than labor intensive hand-manufacturing, enabling us to produce a large number of high quality custom dental devices unlike traditional dental labs. Our SunDigital Solution was designed and built on a secure cloud-based technology platform that is accessible by our customers through the Internet. We host our proprietary solution on private and cloud servers, which allow us to scale on demand. With recent investment in our state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in China and further planned expansion, we have ample capacity for future growth. |
| | Product Development, Branding and Marketing Capabilities. We are one of the only dental labs with in-house research & development capabilities, a branded product offering and a global sales & marketing infrastructure. Our research & development team focuses on technological innovation, including the development of our proprietary SunDigital Solution, and new product development to expand our current branded product offering of over 400 custom dental devices. Our branded products are of superior quality and compete primarily against products with little name recognition or marketing support. Our sales & marketing team has defined strategies for converting current customers to our SunDigital Solution and adding new customers. We believe these combined capabilities give us a significant competitive advantage over other dental labs. |
| | Recurring Revenue. Once we equip a dentist or a dental lab with the SunDigital Solution business bundle, which includes a 3D digital scanner and the SunCloud customer laptop and mobile applications, we believe that customer will become a source of recurring revenue for Sun Dental Labs. For an attractive monthly price, the customer will benefit from our production efficiencies, ease of use, cost savings and positive patient outcomes that digital scanning and cloud file management can provide, while producing regular and predictable monthly sales for Sun Dental Labs. Furthermore, with every digital impression stored on the SunCloud for ten years for future use, dentists can leverage our proprietary database of patient dental records to order replacement custom dental devices, significantly reducing the need for replacement impressions. |
| | Global Experienced Management Team. Our management team is led by Derek Diasti, a 20+ year dental industry veteran and co-founder of both Coast Dental Services, Inc. and DDS Lab LLC. Dr. Diasti guided |
8
| Coast Dental through its IPO on the NASDAQ in 1997 and led its growth as a dental practice management company with over 200 locations. He also developed DDS Labs LLC which was sold to a private equity firm for a significant return to investors in 2014. Other members of our management team include Chuck Stapleton, our Chief Operating Officer, Elizabeth Szeltner, our Chief Financial Officer, Joost Jorna, our President of European Operations, Sara Yuan, our Vice President of Asian Operations, and Mike Brown, our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, who have a combined 93 years of international experience in the dental industry. With substantial global dental lab industry experience and a successful track record in growing dental businesses, our management team understands the workflows and needs of dentists and dental labs and designed our integrated cloud-based platform specifically to address the unique requirements associated with our industry. Our global business experience also allows us to successfully navigate through the nuances of different markets and cultures. |
Our Growth Strategies
We plan to grow our position as a leading global dental technology and device company through the following strategies:
| | Continue to Convert Current Customers to Our SunDigital Solution. We believe we have a significant opportunity to continue converting our existing customer base of over 5,000 dentists and over 1,800 dental labs to our SunDigital Solution from traditional lab methods. Since January 2015, we have converted 4% of our existing dental practice and dental lab customers to our SunDigital Solution. In August 2015, we began marketing our intraoral scanners to dentists to facilitate the adoption of digital dental impressions. We plan to continue to aggressively market our SunDigital Solution business bundle to our dental practice and dental lab customers and believe that conversion of these customers will continue to increase customer retention rates and provide increased and consistent revenue to Sun Dental Labs. |
| | Grow Our Customer Base Domestically and Internationally. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to attract new customers in the U.S. and abroad. Our current customer base represents only a small portion of the dentists and dental labs that could benefit from our SunDigital Solution. Furthermore, according to a Dental IQ survey, approximately 90% of dental practices in the U.S. do not take advantage of digital dentistry today. We also intend to deepen our presence in our existing international markets and establish a presence in select, identified markets in Europe, Latin America and Asia. To support our new customer acquisition plans, we will continue to expand our sales and marketing organization. |
| | Expand Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan to purchase additional digital manufacturing equipment for our facilities worldwide to accommodate growing customer demand and to expand our manufacturing capabilities by acquiring a lab facility in Latin America. By adding new capabilities to our current state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in China, we will add capacity to our 24/7 manufacturing capabilities, which we believe will further expedite and improve our service to our customers. |
| | Expand Our Product Offering. Through both technological innovation and new product introduction, we believe we can attract new customers and increase average revenue per customer. We believe that the continuing technological innovations to our proprietary cloud-based SunDigital Solution will enhance the experience and usability for our customers. In August 2015, we began marketing the SunDigital Solution with the CS 3500 intraoral digital scanner to dental practices to convert them to our digital workflow system. Additionally, we plan to continue expanding beyond our current custom dental device offerings. We intend to develop higher value, higher margin dental devices such as orthodontic aligners, surgical implant guides and implant abutments. |
| | Leverage Significant Cost Advantages. Through the scaling of our SunDigital Solution that takes advantage of a cloud-based network and technologically advanced manufacturing facilities located throughout the world, we expect to increase our operating leverage. Our unique business model includes a cost-effective international lab work force and manufacturing facilities that can operate 24/7. We believe that this operating model provides us with significant cost advantages over our competitors and ensures the timely delivery of superior quality products. |
| | Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. To the extent we have adequate capital, we plan to engage in strategic acquisitions of domestic and international dental labs and software companies, which we believe would enable us to further improve our turnaround times, broaden our customer reach and extend our technology leadership position. We have identified potential acquisition targets in Europe, Latin America and Asia. We also intend to acquire and consolidate medium-sized and regional dental labs in the U.S. to further grow our customer base to the extent we have adequate financial resources. |
9
Use of Proceeds
A portion of the net proceeds raised in this Offering will be used to purchase additional digital manufacturing equipment and technology and to acquire a dental lab facility in Latin America. Adding new capabilities and incremental 24/7 manufacturing capacity will allow us to accommodate increasing demand and improve service to our customers. Additionally, we plan to utilize a portion of the net proceeds to retire certain indebtedness, execute strategic acquisitions and for general working capital uses, including adding additional experienced management and sales and marketing professionals to fuel our growth. See Use of Proceeds.
Employees
As of June 30, 2015, we had 336 employees, including 282 in manufacturing and operations, 17 in sales and marketing, 16 in research and development and 21 in general and administrative functions.
Company Information
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC was organized as a Florida limited liability company on January 21, 2005. Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC, now a subsidiary of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC, was organized as a Florida Limited liability company on March 5, 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 1800 9th Ave N, St Petersburg, Florida, 33713, and our phone number is (866) 561-9777. Our website is www.sundentallabs.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this Offering Circular, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this Offering Circular.
The Offering
| Securities Being Offered by the Company | [ ] Class A Common Units (the Common Units or Class A Common Units) on a best efforts minimum/maximum basis for up to $20 million of gross proceeds. | |
| Offering Price per Class A Common Unit by the Company | $[ ] per Class A Common Unit. | |
| Maximum Number of Class A Common Units Offered by Us | [ ] Class A Common Units ($20 million). | |
| Minimum Number of Class A Common Units Offered by Us | [ ] Class A Common Units ($5 million). No purchases of Class A Common Units will be consummated until the minimum amount of Class A Common Units is sold. Until such time as the minimum amount of Class A Common Units is sold, the proceeds of such sales will be kept in a segregated escrow account with our escrow agent. If the minimum amount of Class A Common Units being offered hereby are not sold prior to the expiration of this Offering, all proceeds will be delivered to the purchasers of Class A Common Units without interest. | |
| Minimum Investment Amount | The minimum investment amount per investor is $10,000 ([ ] Class A Common Units). | |
10
| Investment Amount Restrictions | Generally, no sale may be made to you in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(c) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov. | |
| Number of Units Outstanding Before the Offering of Class A Common Units | 200,000 Management Units, 19,380,000 Investment Class A Units and 700,000 Investment Class B Units as of the date hereof. | |
| Number of Units Outstanding After the Offering of Class A Common Units if All the Units Being Offered are Sold | A total of [ ] Class A Common Units, Management Units, Investment Class A Units, and Investment Class B Units will be issued and outstanding after this Offering is completed if all the units being offered are sold. | |
| Voting Rights | The Class A Common Units offered hereby are entitled to one vote per unit. Our outstanding Management Units are entitled to one hundred (100) votes per unit. Our Chief Executive Officer, Derek Diasti, will control more than 99% of the voting power of our outstanding units through the Management Units after this offering is completed if all the Class A Common Units being offered are sold. | |
| No Public Market | There is no public market for our Class A Common Units. In addition, the LLC Agreement and applicable state securities laws and regulations impose transfer restrictions on the Class A Common Units. The Class A Common Units will not be quoted on any stock exchange or quotation system until such time as we seek a listing of our Class A Common Units which we do not plan to do at this time and in order to avoid being classified as a publicly traded partnership which would result in our being taxed as a corporation we will not participate in the establishment of any secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof nor will we recognize any transfers of Class A Common Units made on any such market and we intend to exercise our discretion regarding transfers of the Class A Common Units in a manner designed to prevent us from becoming a publicly traded partnership. | |
| Risk Factors | Investing in our Class A Common Units involves risks. See the section entitled Risk Factors in this Offering Circular and other information included in this Offering Circular for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Units. | |
| Use of Proceeds | We intend to use the net proceeds to purchase additional equipment and technology, acquire a dental lab in Latin America, retire certain indebtedness, execute strategic acquisitions and deploy for general working capital uses, including adding additional experienced management and sales and marketing professionals. See Use of Proceeds section for details. | |
| Termination of the Offering | The Offering will terminate on the earlier of: (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and the Placement Agent after the date at least $5,000,000 of our Class A Common Units are sold; (ii) such time as $20,000,000 of our Class A Common Units are sold; or (iii) [insert date that is 180 days from date of qualification]; or (iv) when the Board of Directors decides that it is in our best interest to terminate the Offering prior the completion of the sale of at least $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units. | |
11
Summary Financial Information
We present below our summary historical financial and operating data. The historical financial data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Offering Circular and which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The historical financial data as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the financial results to be expected in any future periods. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Offering Circular, as well as the sections entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
| Six Months Ended June 30, | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||
| Statement of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 9,028,569 | $ | 8,632,798 | $ | 17,479,034 | $ | 18,744,185 | ||||||||
| Cost of goods sold |
6,680,468 | 6,010,249 | 12,504,358 | 12,775,571 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gross profit |
2,348,101 | 2,622,549 | 4,974,676 | 5,968,614 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||
| Sales and marketing |
445,149 | 567,605 | 987,301 | 905,727 | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative |
2,483,322 | 2,109,613 | 4,018,885 | 4,377,763 | ||||||||||||
| Research and development |
265,647 | 358,724 | 1,033,333 | 572,768 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
3,194,118 | 3,035,942 | 6,039,519 | 5,856,258 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (Loss) income from operations |
(846,017 | ) | (413,393 | ) | (1,064,843 | ) | 112,356 | |||||||||
| Interest and other expenses, net |
153,172 | 108,071 | 185,657 | 304,866 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (999,189 | ) | $ | (521,464 | ) | $ | (1,250,500 | ) | $ | (192,510 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest |
(46,324 | ) | (246,682 | ) | (300,553 | ) | (433,920 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (952,865 | ) | $ | (274,782 | ) | $ | (949,947 | ) | $ | 241,410 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Statement of Cash Flows Data: |
||||||||||||||||
| Net cash (used) provided by |
||||||||||||||||
| Operating activities |
$ | (1,361,133 | ) | $ | (189,437 | ) | $ | 626,826 | $ | 1,172,909 | ||||||
| Investing activities |
(216,116 | ) | (821,365 | ) | (2,295,582 | ) | (1,404,915 | ) | ||||||||
| Financing activities |
1,432,501 | 963,497 | 2,046,373 | 182,276 | ||||||||||||
| Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 827,936 | $ | 794,755 | $ | 1,158,027 | $ | 825,744 | ||||||||
| Net working (deficit) capital |
(1,311,932 | ) | 485,080 | (806,311 | ) | 213,787 | ||||||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment, net |
3,046,256 | 2,195,034 | 3,334,006 | 2,624,241 | ||||||||||||
| Total assets |
10,507,681 | 8,509,186 | 9,701,843 | 8,532,476 | ||||||||||||
| Total liabilities |
9,096,116 | 5,993,775 | 7,729,725 | 4,963,582 | ||||||||||||
| Total members equity |
1,411,565 | 2,515,411 | 1,972,118 | 3,568,894 | ||||||||||||
12
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
In addition to the results provided in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we provide non-GAAP measures which present operating results on an adjusted basis. Disclosure in this Offering Circular of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are a non-GAAP financial measures, is intended as supplemental measures of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternatives to net income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. For additional information, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The following table reconciles Net income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated below:
| Six Months Ended June 30, | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | 2014 | 2013 | |||||||||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||
| Net (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC (1) |
$ | (952,865 | ) | $ | (274,782 | ) | $ | (949,947 | ) | $ | 241,410 | |||||
| Interest expense, net |
98,829 | 42,533 | 99,619 | 34,626 | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
439,137 | 351,030 | 800,702 | 590,901 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| EBITDA (loss) attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
(414,899 | ) | 118,781 | (49,626 | ) | 866,937 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Non-recurring charges (2) |
5,769 | | 280,191 | 350,699 | ||||||||||||
| Equity-based compensation expense (3) |
| | 235,972 | | ||||||||||||
| Foreign currency exchange (gain) /loss |
(9,259 | ) | (788 | ) | (4,519 | ) | 30,855 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (loss) attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (418,389 | ) | $ | 117,993 | $ | 462,018 | $ | 1,248,491 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (1) | All addbacks have been adjusted to reflect the portion of income (loss) related to noncontrolling interest. |
| (2) | Non-recurring charges include: extraordinary bad debt expense, severance pay and non-recurring R&D costs. |
| (3) | During the year ended December 31, 2014 the Company issued 350,000 Investment Class B Units in exchange for services which were valued based on the fair value of the member units for $182,320 and recognized $53,652 in related taxes. |
13
The purchase of the securities offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. Each prospective investor should consult his, her or its own counsel, accountant and other advisors as to legal, tax, business, financial, and related aspects of an investment in the securities offered hereby. Prospective investors should carefully consider the following specific risk factors, in addition to the other information set forth in this Offering Circular, before purchasing the securities offered hereby.
RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS
We incurred net losses in 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 and may never become or remain profitable.
We incurred net losses of approximately $949,947 and $952,865 for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively. Over the past three years we focused our attention on building out infrastructure and expanding manufacturing and operations in the U.S. and overseas and as we did so it impacted our revenue and costs. We do not know with any degree of certainty whether or when we will become profitable. Should we be able to achieve profitability in future periods, we may or may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability in successive periods.
If we fail to convert our current customers to our SunDigital Solution or fail to develop new customer relationships, our ability to grow our business will be impaired.
Our growth depends on our ability to convert our current customers to our SunDigital Solution and to develop new customer relationships with dentists and dental labs that use us to manufacture custom dental devices and provide related services. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in converting customers or that new customers will be found, that any such relationships will be successful when they are in place, or that business with customers will increase. Failure to convert existing customers, develop new customers and expand such relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We do not have long-term contracts with customers and our customers may cease purchasing products at any time, which could significantly harm our revenues.
We generally do not have long-term contracts with our customers. As a result, our agreements with our customers do not currently provide us with any assurance of future sales. Our customers can cease purchasing products from us at any time without penalty, they are free to purchase products from our competitors, they may expose us to competitive price pressure on each order and they are not required to make minimum purchases. Any of these actions taken by our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
If we cannot continue to respond to technical innovations we may not be able to compete effectively.
We believe that our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to continue to respond to technological innovations by the dental industry and introduce innovative design extensions for our existing devices and to manufacture and market new devices. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in the introduction, manufacturing and marketing of any new devices or device innovations, or develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations to our existing devices that satisfy customer needs or achieve market acceptance. Our failure to introduce new devices successfully and in a timely manner, and at favorable margins, could harm our ability to successfully grow our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
14
Demand for our products may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors including any weaknesses in general economic conditions.
Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, gas prices, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and certain international economies or an uncertain economic outlook would adversely affect consumer spending habits which may, among other things, result in a decrease in the number of overall cases, patient traffic in dentists offices, consumer spending on higher value procedures or demand for dental services generally, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment and dentists may postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intraoral scanners. Increased market acceptance of all of our products will depend in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics and price compared to competing products.
Risks inherent in doing business in China.
A significant portion of our devices are currently manufactured at our manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China. Digital impressions which are transmitted electronically to our manufacturing facilities in China are used to manufacture our products. We depend on the performance and reliability of the Internet infrastructure in China and in the event of disruptions, failures or other problems with Chinas Internet infrastructure, we may not have access to alternative networks. Additionally, to be able to continue to successfully manufacture our products in China we will need to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. Employee turnover in China is high due to the intensely competitive and fluid market for skilled labor and increasing wages. Operations in China are subject to greater political, legal and economic risks than our operations in some other countries. In particular, the political, legal and economic climate in China is fluid and unpredictable. We may face the risks of inconsistent government policies and encountering sudden currency revaluations. Our ability to operate in China may be adversely affected by changes in Chinese laws and regulations such as those related to, among other things, taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, intellectual property, employee benefits and other matters. In addition, costs or operational limitations may be imposed in connection with obtaining and complying with legal permits to operate in China. Any one of the factors cited above, or a combination of them, could result in unanticipated costs, which could materially and adversely affect our manufacturing facility in China.
Any loss of Chinas Normal Trade Relations (NTR) with the United States, or any changes in tariffs or trade policies, could increase our manufacturing expenses and make it more difficult for us to manufacture our products in China, if at all.
The majority of our devices are manufactured in China and exported from China to the United States and worldwide. As a result of opposition to policies of the Chinese government and Chinas growing trade surpluses with the United States, there has been, and in the future may be, opposition to the extension of NTR status for China. The loss of NTR status for China, changes in current tariff structures, or adoption in the United States of other trade policies adverse to China could increase our manufacturing expenses and make it more difficult for us to manufacture our products in China, if at all. This could also apply to our business in Europe as well.
Our international operations expose us to foreign operational, political and other risks that may harm our business.
We sell our devices globally and the manufacturing of our products are performed outside of U.S. We also plan to further expand internationally. International operations and manufacturing expose us to risks and uncertainties that may affect our business or results of operation, including:
| | difficulties in hiring and retaining employees generally, as well as difficulties in hiring and retaining employees with the necessary skills to perform the more technical aspects of our operations; |
15
| | difficulties in managing international operations, including any travel restrictions to or from our facilities; |
| | fluctuations in currency exchange rates; |
| | increased income taxes, and other restrictions and limitations, if we were to decide to repatriate any of our foreign cash balances back to the U.S.; |
| | import and export license requirements and restrictions; |
| | controlling production volume and quality of the manufacturing process; |
| | political, social and economic instability; |
| | acts of terrorism and acts of war; |
| | interruptions and limitations in Internet and telecommunication services; |
| | product or material transportation delays or disruption, including as a result of increased levels of violence, acts of terrorism, acts of war or health epidemics restricting travel to and from our international locations or as a result of natural disasters, such as hurricanes earthquakes or volcanic eruptions; |
| | burdens of complying with a wide variety of local country and regional laws; |
| | trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; and |
| | potential adverse tax consequences. |
If any of these risks materialize in the future, we could experience production or delivery delays, increased expenses and lost or delayed revenue.
We are subject to foreign currency risks that could adversely affect our financial results
We operate in countries other than the United States, and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency risks. Approximately 50% of our revenues were from outside of the United States. We bill direct sales outside of the United States in local currencies. We expect that the percentage of our sales denominated in foreign currencies will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand into international markets. When sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in exchange rates could affect our net income. We believe that the risk of a significant impact on our operating income from foreign currency fluctuations is minimal. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Certain assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions are exposed to foreign currency risk, primarily the fluctuation of the U.S. dollar against European currencies and the Chinese yuan. We face transactional currency exposures that arise when our foreign subsidiaries enter into transactions, primarily on an intercompany basis, denominated in currencies other than their local currency. We also face currency exposure that arises from translating the results of our global operations to the U.S. dollar at exchange rates that have fluctuated from the beginning of the period.
We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented market that is increasingly global in scope.
The dental lab industry is highly competitive and fragmented. We believe there are currently over 9,000 dental labs in the United States. We compete with various companies, both within and outside the U.S.
16
Some of our competitors may have substantially greater financial and manufacturing resources than we do, and may have been in business longer. Existing and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, technical, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution and other resources and name recognition than us, as well as experience and expertise in intellectual property rights and in operations within certain international locations, any of which may enable them to compete effectively against us. Furthermore, we may face competition in the future from new companies that may enter the business. Increased competition may in the future result in volume discounting and price reductions, reduced gross margins, reduced profitability and loss of market share, and reduce dental professionals efforts and commitment to expand their use of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our CEO is subject to a non-compete agreement which could restrict our ability to grow our business.
Our CEO, Derek Diasti, co-founded another dental lab business known as DDS Lab, LLC which he sold to a private equity firm in 2014. In connection with the sale, he entered into a non-compete agreement which prohibits the solicitation of, other than through general solicitation, certain specific dental practices, group dental practices with 5 or more dentists in an office or 20 or more locations for the purpose of providing dental lab services. The non-compete agreement expires in June 2019. Our inability to solicit these certain specific dental practices, group dental practices with 5 or more dentists in an office or with 20 or more locations for the purpose of providing dental lab services could restrict our ability to grow our business.
If the security of our customer and patient information is compromised, patient care could suffer, we could be liable for related damages and our reputation could be impaired.
We retain confidential customer and patient information in our processing centers. Therefore, it is critical that our facilities and infrastructure remain secure and that our facilities and infrastructure are perceived by the marketplace and our customers to be secure. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. If we fail to meet our clients expectations regarding the security of healthcare information, we could be liable for damages and our reputation could be impaired. In addition, patient care could suffer and we could be liable if our systems fail to deliver correct information in a timely manner. Our insurance may not protect us from this risk.
Interruptions to or other problems with our website and interactive user interface, information technology systems, manufacturing processes or other operations could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
The satisfactory performance, reliability, consistency, security and availability of our website and interactive user interface, information technology systems, manufacturing processes and other operations are critical to our reputation and brand and our ability to effectively service customers. Any interruptions or other problems that cause our website, interactive user interface or information technology systems to malfunction or be unavailable, or negatively impact our manufacturing processes or other operations, may damage our reputation and brand, result in lost revenue, cause us to incur significant costs seeking to remedy the problem and otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.
A number of factors or events could cause such interruptions or problems, including among others: human and software errors, design faults, challenges associated with upgrades, changes or new facets of our business, power loss, telecommunication failures, fire, flood, extreme weather, political instability, acts of terrorism, war, break-ins and security breaches, contract disputes, labor strikes and other workforce related issues, capacity constraints due to an unusually large number of product developers and engineers accessing our websites or ordering parts at the same time, and other similar events. These risks are augmented by the fact that our customers come to us largely for our quick-turn capabilities and that accessibility and turnaround speed and quality are often of critical importance to customers. We are dependent upon our facilities through which we satisfy all of our production demands and in which we house all of the computer hardware necessary to operate our website and systems as well as managerial, customer service, sales, marketing and other similar functions, and we have not identified alternatives to these facilities or established fully redundant systems in multiple locations. However, we have back-up computing
17
systems for operations in multiple locations worldwide. In addition, we are dependent in part on third parties for the implementation and maintenance of certain aspects of our communications and production systems, and therefore preventing, identifying and rectifying problems with these aspects of our systems is to a large extent outside of our control.
Moreover, the business interruption insurance that we carry may not be sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses, including the potential harm to the future growth of our business that may result from interruptions in our product lines as a result of system failures.
We rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.
Our business relies on software, including software developed or maintained internally and/or by third parties, that is highly technical and complex. In addition, business depends on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities. Some errors may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for users and marketers who use our products, delay product introductions or enhancements, result in measurement or billing errors, or compromise our ability to protect the data of our users and/or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs, or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in damage to our reputation, loss of users, loss of revenue, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.
If a natural or man-made disaster strikes any of our manufacturing facilities, we will be unable to manufacture our products for a substantial amount of time and our sales will decline.
We currently manufacture a significant portion of our devices in our manufacturing facility located in China. This facility and the manufacturing equipment we use would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. Our facilities may be harmed by natural or man-made disasters, including, without limitation, earthquakes, floods, tornadoes, fires, hurricanes, tsunamis and nuclear disasters.
In the event any of our facilities are affected by a disaster, we may:
| | be unable to meet the shipping deadlines of our customers; |
| | experience disruptions in our ability to process submissions and generate quotations, manufacture and ship parts, provide sales and marketing support and customer service, and otherwise operate our business, any of which could negatively impact our business; |
| | be forced to rely on third-party manufacturers; |
| | need to expend significant capital and other resources to address any damage caused by the disaster; and |
| | lose customers and be unable to regain those customers. |
Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business from casualties, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
18
Any acquisition, strategic relationship, joint venture or investment could disrupt our business and harm our operating results and financial condition.
Our business and our customer base have been built primarily through organic growth. However, from time to time, we may selectively pursue acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or investments that we believe may allow us to complement our growth strategy, increase market share in our current markets or expand into other markets, or broaden our product and manufacturing capabilities. We are targeting a manufacturing facility in Latin America as well as select labs in the near future. However, we cannot forecast the number, timing or size of any future acquisitions or other similar strategic transactions, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating or financial results. Such transactions may be complex, time consuming and expensive, and may present numerous challenges and risks including:
| | an acquired company, asset or technology not furthering our business strategy as anticipated; |
| | difficulties entering and competing in new product or geographic markets and increased competition, including price competition; |
| | integration challenges; |
| | challenges in working with strategic partners and resolving any related disagreements or disputes; |
| | high valuation for a company, asset or technology, or changes in the economic or market conditions or assumptions underlying our decision to make an acquisition; |
| | significant problems or liabilities, including increased intellectual property and employment related litigation exposure, associated with acquired businesses, assets or technologies; |
| | acquisition of a significant amount of goodwill, which could result in future impairment charges that would reduce our earnings; and |
| | requirements to record substantial charges and amortization expense related to certain purchased intangible assets, deferred stock compensation and other items, as well as other charges or expenses. |
Any one of these challenges or risks could impair our ability to realize any benefit from our acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or investments after we have expended resources on them, as well as divert our managements attention. And any failure to successfully address these challenges or risks could disrupt our business and harm our operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any such transaction may not be viewed favorably by investors or stakeholders.
In addition, from time to time we may enter into negotiations for acquisitions, relationships, joint ventures or investments that are not ultimately consummated. These negotiations could result in significant diversion of management time, as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs.
We plan to continue expanding our operations abroad in countries where we currently have limited operating experience and may be subject to increased business and economic risks that could affect our financial results.
We plan to continue the international expansion of our business operations. We have offices and facilities in seven different countries. We may enter new international markets where we have limited or no experience in marketing, selling, and deploying our products. If we fail to deploy or manage our operations in international markets successfully, our business may suffer. In addition, we are subject to a variety of risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:
| | political, social, or economic instability; |
| | risks related to the legal and regulatory environment in foreign jurisdictions, including with respect to privacy, and unexpected changes in laws, regulatory requirements, and enforcement; |
19
| | potential damage to our brand and reputation due to compliance with local laws, including potential censorship or requirements to provide user information to local authorities; |
| | fluctuations in currency exchange rates; |
| | higher levels of credit risk and payment fraud; |
| | enhanced difficulties of integrating any foreign acquisitions; |
| | burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws; |
| | reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; |
| | difficulties in staffing and managing global operations and the increased travel, infrastructure, and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations; |
| | compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar laws in other jurisdictions; and |
| | compliance with statutory equity requirements and management of tax consequences. |
If we are unable to expand internationally and manage the complexity of our global operations successfully, our financial results could be adversely affected.
Customs delays, a disruption in the operations of our primary freight carrier or higher shipping costs could cause a decline in our net revenues or a reduction in our earnings.
Since our manufacturing facility is in China our products must clear customs during the shipping process and if there are any delays in clearing customs, we may be unable to deliver our products to our customers on a timely basis. We are dependent on commercial freight carriers to deliver our products to our customers and if the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to deliver our products to our customers on a timely basis. If we cannot deliver our products in an efficient and timely manner, our customers may reduce their orders from us and our net revenues and operating profits could materially decline. In a rising fuel cost environment, our freight costs will increase. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to pass that increase along to our customers for any reason or otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.
We may be subject to product liability claims, which could result in material expense, diversion of management time and attention and damage to our business and reputation and brand.
The products we manufacture may contain undetected defects or errors that are not discovered until after the devices have been used by dental patients. This could result in claims from dentists or patients, damage to our business and reputation and brand, or significant costs to correct the defect or error.
The sale and support of our products entails the risk of product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, regardless of its merit, could result in material expense, diversion of management time and attention, damage to our business and reputation and brand, and cause us to fail to retain existing customers or to fail to attract new customers.
20
Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, and the expenses incurred in protecting our intellectual property rights, may adversely affect our business.
We regard our trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property as critical to our success. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties may adversely affect our business and reputation. We rely on trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers, business partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. Despite our precautions, it is possible for third parties to obtain and use our intellectual property without authorization. Furthermore, the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property in Internet related industries are uncertain and still evolving. In particular, the laws of China are uncertain or do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Future litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.
Changes in, or interpretation of, tax rules and regulations may impact our effective tax rate and future profitability.
We are a multinational company based in the United States and subject to tax in multiple tax jurisdictions, both domestic and abroad. Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in statutory tax rates or interpretation of tax rules and regulations in jurisdictions in which we do business, changes in the amount of revenue or earnings in the countries with varying statutory tax rates, or by changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.
We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and will likely require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to complement our growth strategy, increase market share in our current markets or expand into other markets, or broaden our technology, intellectual property or product line capabilities. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing unitholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Common Units. Any debt financing we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business may be harmed.
The continued success of our business depends heavily on key personnel, particularly our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer.
The success of our business will depend heavily upon the abilities and experience of our Chief Executive Officer, Derek Diasti and our Chief Operating Officer, Chuck Stapleton. The loss of either Mr. Diasti or Mr. Stapleton would have a significant and immediate impact on our business, results of operations, if any, and overall financial condition. Further, the loss of either individual may force us to seek a replacement that may have less experience in the industry, fewer international business contacts and a weaker understanding of our overall business plan. We can make no assurances that we will be able to find a suitable replacement for either Mr. Diasti or Mr. Stapleton. In addition to our dependency on their continued services, our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain additional key personnel, especially technicians. At times there may be a shortage of skilled technical personnel. We may not be able to attract qualified new employees or retain existing employees, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
21
We primarily rely on our direct sales and marketing force to sell our products, and any failure to maintain our direct sales and marketing force could harm our business.
Our ability to sell our devices and generate revenues primarily depends upon our direct sales force. As of June 30, 2015, we had 17 people engaged in direct sales and marketing support. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. The loss of the services provided by these key personnel may harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such technical expertise or if we fail to establish and maintain strong relationships with our customers within a relatively short period of time, our net revenues and our ability to maintain market share could be materially harmed.
We may face increased regulatory action by, among other governmental entities, the United States Food and Drug Administration (the FDA).
The dental laboratory industry has faced increased scrutiny from the FDA and other governmental entities concerning the safety and efficacy of dental devices distributed in the United States from both foreign and domestic laboratories. As a result of this scrutiny, potential changes in laws, regulations and standards involving these issues, while new and evolving, are creating uncertainty in compliance requirements and could result in higher costs in order to comply with any revisions or additions to them and may create new legal liabilities if we fail to do so.
We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and any determination that we violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.
To the extent that we operate outside the United States, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the FCPA) which prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from bribing foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. Any determination that we violated the FCPA could result in sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Extensive and changing government regulation of the healthcare industry may be expensive to comply with and exposes us to the risk of substantial government penalties.
Numerous state and federal healthcare-related laws regulate our business, covering areas such as:
| | The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) privacy and security rules regarding the storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare; |
| | prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and |
| | the marketing and advertising of our products. |
Failure to comply with these laws can result in substantial penalties and other liabilities. Complying with these laws and regulations could be expensive and time-consuming, and could increase our operating costs or reduce or eliminate certain of our sales and marketing activities or our revenues.
Our business may be adversely affected by the actions of and risks associated with our third-party suppliers.
If we experience declining operating performance, or if we experience liquidity challenges, our suppliers may demand accelerated payment of amounts due to them or require advance payments or letters of credit before goods
22
are shipped to us. These demands could have a significant adverse impact on our operating cash flow and result in a drain on our liquidity. In addition, many of our suppliers may be significantly impacted by current macroeconomic conditions. We may have no warning before a supplier fails, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, we cannot control the cost of our raw products, and cost increases must either be passed along to our customers or will result in erosion of our earnings.
Our business results are adversely affected by increases in labor, benefits and related costs.
The costs of labor and benefits have increased in recent years, particularly in China. If such trends continue, then our business could be negatively affected. Changes in law that may increase the funding of, and the expense reflected for, employee benefits, could also adversely affect our financial results of operations, financial position, and competitiveness.
Our operating results can be adversely affected by changes in the cost or availability of raw materials, particularly precious metals such as gold, platinum and palladium.
Pricing and availability of raw materials for use in our businesses, especially precious metals, such as gold, platinum and palladium which are components of many dental alloys, can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including domestic and international economic and geopolitical conditions, production levels, competition, consumer demand, and investor speculation. This volatility can significantly affect the availability and cost of raw materials for us, and may, therefore, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. During periods of rising prices of raw materials, there can be no assurance that we will be able to pass any portion of such increases on to customers. Prolonged higher metal costs may thus have a negative impact on gross profit percentages. Conversely, when raw material prices decline, customer demands for lower prices could result in lower sale prices and, to the extent we have existing inventory, lower margins. As a result, fluctuations in raw material prices could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The combination of higher precious metal prices and increasing offshore competition has made it more difficult for us to pass on these additional costs without impacting our customer base.
We may experience manufacturing problems or delays that could limit the growth of our revenue or increase our losses.
We may encounter unforeseen situations in the manufacturing of our devices that could result in delays or shortfalls in our production. Our suppliers may also face similar delays or shortfalls. In addition, our or our suppliers production processes may have to change to accommodate any significant future expansion of our manufacturing capacity, which may increase our or our suppliers manufacturing costs, delay production of our devices, reduce our product gross margin and adversely impact our business. If we are unable to keep up with demand for our devices by successfully manufacturing and shipping in a timely manner, our revenue could be impaired, market acceptance for our devices could be adversely affected and our customers might instead purchase our competitors products.
RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR CLASS A COMMON UNITS
Following the Offering, your ability to sell the securities being offered will be restricted and there is no assurance that there will ever be a public market for our units at any time.
There is no public trading market for our Class A Common Units at this time and we can make no representation that any market for our Class A Common Units will ever develop. In addition, the LLC Agreement and applicable state securities laws and regulations impose transfer restrictions on the Class A Common Units. The Class A Common Units will not be quoted on any stock exchange or quotation system until such time as we seek a listing of our Class A Common Units which we do not plan to do at this time and in order to avoid being classified as a publicly traded partnership which would result in our being taxed as a corporation we will not participate in the establishment of any secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof nor will we recognize any transfers of Class A Common Units made on any such market and we intend to exercise our discretion regarding transfers of the Class A Common Units in a manner designed to prevent us from becoming a publicly traded partnership. While the Company may seek to do an IPO and list its securities on an exchange at a later date, there can be no assurances with respect thereto and in such case the Company would then be taxed as a corporation. With no public trading market, it may be extremely difficult or impossible for you to resell your Class A Common Units if
23
you should desire to do so. In addition, there can be no assurance that, in the event you are able to find a purchaser for your Class A Common Units you will be able to resell such securities at the price you paid in this Offering. Therefore, prospective investors who require liquidity in their investment should not rely upon the securities being offered under this Offering as a short term component of their return on investment.
This offering is being conducted on a best efforts $5 million/$20 million minimum/maximum basis and we may not be able to execute our growth strategy if the $20 million maximum is not sold.
If you invest in the Class A Common Units and more than the minimum number of offered Class A Common Units are sold, but less than all of the offered Class A Common Units are sold, the risk of losing your entire investment will be increased. Our Placement Agent is offering our Common Units on a $5 million/$20 million minimum/maximum best efforts basis, and we can give no assurance that all of the offered Class A Common Units will be sold. Our officers, directors and affiliates may, but are not obligated to, purchase Class A Common Units in the Offering for the explicit purpose of satisfying the minimum offering amount. Any such purchases will be made for investment purposes only, and not with a view toward redistribution. If less than $10 million of Class A Common Units offered are not sold, we may be unable to fund all the intended uses described in this Offering Circular from the net proceeds anticipated from this Offering without obtaining funds from alternative sources or using working capital that we generate. Alternative sources of funding may not be available to us at what we consider to be a reasonable cost, and the working capital generated by us may not be sufficient to fund any uses not financed by Offering net proceeds.
The disproportionate voting rights of our Management Units have the effect of concentrating voting control with our CEO.
Our Management Units of which 200,000 units are outstanding have one hundred votes per unit, and our Class A Common Units we are offering has one vote per unit. Our Chief Executive Officer, Derek Diasti, controls approximately 99% of our voting Units and because of the one hundred-to-one voting ratio between our Management Units and Class A Common Units, he will continue to hold almost all of the voting power of our outstanding securities following this Offering and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our unitholders for approval. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future.
Other than tax distributions, we do not intend to pay distributions for the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and other than tax distributions, we do not expect to declare or pay any distributions in the foreseeable future.
You may be required to pay taxes on income from us even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
We are taxed as a partnership and not a corporation. As a holder of Class A Common Units you will be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income, whether or not you receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability resulting from your share of our taxable income.
You may be required to return distributions paid to you under certain circumstances.
If we are otherwise unable to meet our obligations, under applicable law you may be obligated under applicable law to return, with interest, cash distributions previously received by you to the extent such distributions are deemed to constitute a return of capital contributions or are deemed to have been wrongfully paid to you.
Management has broad discretion in using the proceeds from this Offering.
We have broad discretion in the application of proceeds and the timing of the expenditure of this Offering. If we fail to invest the net proceeds effectively, we may not be successful in implementing our business plan. You may not have the opportunity to evaluate all of the economic, financial or other information upon which we base our decisions.
24
The offering price of the Class A Common Units was set without using any recognized criteria of value.
The offering price for the Class A Common Units was established by us and should not be considered by you as an indication of the value of the Class A Common Units or our assets or earnings. Accordingly, the offering price may be excessive in relation to the return on investment. Since we set the offering price based on projections of future growth rate and future cash flow it may be difficult for you to evaluate an investment in the Class A Common Units. Accordingly, you should not rely on the offering price as an indication of the current or future value of the Class A Common Units.
We are not subject to Sarbanes-Oxley regulations and thus we lack the financial controls and procedures of public companies.
Although the JOBS ACT Regulation A requires certain scheduled reporting and audited financials, we do not have the internal control infrastructure that would meet the standards of a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. We are currently not subject to the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and our financial controls reflect our status as a non-public company. We do not have the internal infrastructure necessary to complete an attestation about our financial controls that would be required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. There can be no guarantee that there are no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the quality of our financial controls. If we become a public company, the cost and expense of such compliance would be substantial and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this Offering.
The offering price of the Class A Common Units is substantially higher than the book value per unit, or the per unit value attributed from our tangible assets less our total liabilities, of our previously issued Units. If you purchase Class A Common Units in this Offering, you will incur immediate dilution in net tangible book value per unit.
Our financial projections may prove to be materially inaccurate.
The financial projections contained in this Offering Circular are based on managements current expectations and do not contain any margin of error or cushion for any specific uncertainties, or for the uncertainties inherent in all financial forecasting. Our financial results may vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. The assumptions management has used to produce these projections may significantly change or prove to be inaccurate. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on any of these financial projections.
If you invest in the Class A Common Units, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the offering price per Unit and the net tangible book value per Unit immediately after completion of this Offering. Net tangible book value per Unit represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of Units outstanding. As of December 31, 2014, the net tangible book value of our Units was approximately $374,902, or approximately $0.02 per Unit based upon 20,280,000 Units outstanding and excludes as of [ ]: [ ] Special Equity Units available for grant under our 2015 Special Equity Plan.
After giving effect to our sale of Class A Common Units in this offering at the offering price of $[ ] per Class A Common Unit and the receipt and application of the estimated net proceeds, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014 would be $[ ] or $[ ] per Class A Common Unit. This represents an immediate increase $[ ] in net tangible book value, or $[ ] per Class A Common Unit to existing unitholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $[ ] per Unit to purchasers of securities in this Offering. The following table illustrates this pro forma per Class A Common Unit dilution:
| Offering price per Unit |
||
| Net tangible book value per Unit as of December 31, 2014 |
||
| Pro forma increase per Unit attributable to existing investors |
||
| Pro forma net book value per Unit after this Offering |
||
|
| ||
| Dilution per Unit to new investors |
||
|
| ||
25
Placement Agent
VRA Partners, LLC, a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) which we refer to herein as the Placement Agent, has agreed to act as a placement agent in connection with this Offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the placement agent agreement dated August 11, 2015, we have agreed to sell and the Placement Agent has agreed to sell on our behalf, at the offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth below a minimum of [ ] Class A Common Units and a maximum of [ ] Class A Common Units. The Placement Agent is not purchasing any securities offered by this Offering Circular, nor are they required to arrange the purchase or sale of any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but have agreed to use their best efforts to arrange for the sale of all of the securities offered hereby. The Placement Agent may retain other brokers or dealers to act as sub-agents or selected-dealers on its behalf in connection with the Offering.
We have agreed to pay the Placement Agent a fee of consisting of a non-refundable retainer of $50,000 plus 4.5% of the aggregate purchase price of the Units sold in this Offering and to reimburse for its reasonable out-of pocket expenses.
It is expected that the Placement Agent will conduct essentially all of the marketing and sales of the Class A Common Units. There is no assurance that additional placement agents will participate in the Offering. We also intend to utilize U.S. crowdfunding platforms such as Crowdfunder.com, Fundable.com, Equitynet.com, Fundamerica.com, Circle Up, Funded.com and Angellist.com, however, such crowdfunding platforms will not receive any commission or other remuneration based on sales of the Class A Common Units.
All expenses of the Offering Circular including, but not limited to, legal, accounting, printing and mailing fees are and will be borne by us. We estimate the total offering expenses in this Offering that will be payable by us, excluding the Placement Agents fees, will be approximately $ which include legal, accounting and printing costs, various other fees and reimbursement of the Placement Agents expenses.
Escrow Arrangements
All funds sent to the Company by investors to purchase the Class A Common Units after the qualification of this Offering Circular will be deposited in a non-interest bearing escrow account, maintained by [ ] (the Escrow Agent). Until we sell at least $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units, all investor funds will be held in such escrow account. If we do not sell at least $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units by [insert date that is 180 days from date of qualification], 2016 all funds will be promptly returned to investors without interest or deduction.
We have engaged [ ] to perform the following administrative functions in connection with this offering in addition to acting as the escrow agent:
| | review the subscription agreements to determine whether all of the necessary information has been obtained from the investors, to determine compliance with the investment limitation requirement, and to perform anti-money laundering checks; |
26
| | contact the investors if necessary to gather additional information or clarification; |
| | provide us with prompt notice for subscriptions that cannot be accepted; and |
| | transmit the subscription information data to [ ], our transfer agent. |
No Public Market
Our Class A Common Units are not quoted on any stock exchange or quotation system. In addition, the LLC Agreement and applicable state securities laws and regulations impose transfer restrictions on the Class A Common Units. Our Class A Common Units will not be quoted on any stock exchange or quotation system until such time that we seek a listing of our Class A Common Units, which we do not plan to do at this time. In order to avoid being classified as a publicly traded partnership, which would result in our being taxed as a corporation, we will not participate in the establishment of any secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof nor will we recognize any transfers of Class A Common Units made on any such market. We intend to exercise our discretion regarding transfers of the Class A Common Units in a manner designed to prevent us from becoming a publicly traded partnership.
Offering Period and Expiration Date
This Offering will start on the date this Offering Circular is declared qualified by the SEC. The Offering will terminate on the earlier of: (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and the Placement Agent after the date at least $5,000,000 of our Class A Common Units are sold; (ii) such time as $20,000,000 of our Class A Common Units are sold; or (iii) [insert date that is 180 days from date of qualification], 2016; or (iv) when the Board of Directors decides that it is in our best interest to terminate the Offering prior the completion of the sale of at least $5,000,000 of Class A Common Units. We may extend the offering period for an additional 90 days, unless the Offering is completed or otherwise terminated by us.
Procedures for Subscribing
If you decide to subscribe for any Class A Common Units in this Offering, you must:
Go to <URL> and follow their procedures as described.
| 1. | Receive, review, execute and deliver to us a Subscription Agreement; and |
| 2. | Deliver a check or wire transfer for the amount set forth in the Subscription Agreement. |
Any potential investor will have ample time to review the Subscription Agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. We shall only deliver such Subscription Documents upon request after a potential investor has had ample opportunity to review this Offering Circular. Further, we will not accept any money until the SEC declares this Offering Circular qualified.
Investment Amount Limitations
Investors must answer certain questions to determine compliance with the investment limitation set forth in Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) under the Securities Act of 1933, which states that in offerings such as this one, where the securities will not be listed on a registered national securities exchange upon qualification, the aggregate purchase price to be paid by the investor for the securities cannot exceed 10% of the greater of the investors annual income or net worth. In the case of an investor who is not a natural person, revenues or net assets for the investors most recently completed fiscal year are used instead. The investment limitation does not apply to accredited investors, as that term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933. An individual is an accredited investor if he/she meets one of the following criteria:
| | a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with the undersigneds spouse, excluding the net value of his or her primary residence, at the time of this purchase exceeds $1,000,000 and having no reason to believe that net worth will not remain in excess of $1,000,000 for the foreseeable future, with net value for such purposes being the fair value of the residence less any mortgage indebtedness or other obligation secured by the residence, but subtracting such indebtedness or obligation only if it is a liability already considered in calculating net worth; or |
| | a natural person who has individual annual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint annual income with that persons spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and who reasonably expects an income in excess of those levels in the current year. |
27
An entity other than a natural person is an accredited investor if it falls within any one of the following categories:
| | an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (i) if the decision to invest is made by a plan fiduciary which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser; (ii) if such employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or (iii) if it is a self-directed plan whose investment decisions are made solely by accredited investors; |
| | a tax-exempt organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust or a partnership, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered and which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; |
| | a trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, which was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose decision to purchase such securities is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under Regulation D; or |
| | certain financial institutions such as banks and savings and loan associations, registered broker-dealers, insurance companies, and registered investment companies. |
Right to Reject Subscriptions
After we receive your complete, executed Subscription Agreement and the funds required under the Subscription Agreement, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deductions.
Acceptance of Subscriptions
Upon our acceptance of a Subscription Agreement and receipt of full payment, we shall countersign the Subscription Agreement and issue a unit certificate along with a copy of the Subscription Agreement.
Once you submit the Subscription Agreement and it is accepted, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request a refund of monies paid. All accepted Subscription Agreements are irrevocable, even if you subsequently learn information about the Company that you consider to be materially unfavorable.
Selling Restrictions
Canada. The offering of the Class A Common Units in Canada is being made on a private placement basis in reliance on exemptions from the prospectus requirements under the securities laws of each applicable Canadian province and territory where the Common Units may be offered and sold, and therein may only be made with investors that are purchasing as principal and that qualify as both an accredited investor as such term is defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and as a permitted client as such term is defined in
28
National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligation. Any offer and sale of the Class A Common Units in any province or territory of Canada may only be made through a dealer that is properly registered under the securities legislation of the applicable province or territory wherein the Class A Common Units is offered and/or sold or, alternatively, by a dealer that qualifies under and is relying upon an exemption from the registration requirements therein.
Any resale of the Class A Common Units by an investor resident in Canada must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which may require resales to be made in accordance with prospectus and registration requirements, statutory exemptions from the prospectus and registration requirements or under a discretionary exemption from the prospectus and registration requirements granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the Class A Common Units outside of Canada.
Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur canadien confirme par les présentes quil a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation dachat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement.
Hong Kong. The Class A Common Units may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Class A Common Units may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Class A Common Units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant Member State), no offer of Class A Common Units may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
| A. | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
| B. | to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or |
| C. | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, |
provided that no such offer of Class A Common Units shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any Class A Common Units or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any Class A Common Units being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the Class A Common Units acquired by it in the offer have not
29
been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any Class A Common Units to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.
This offering circular has been prepared on the basis that any offer of Class A Common Units in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of Class A Common Units. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of Class A Common Units which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this offering circular may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. The Company has not authorized, nor does it authorize, the making of any offer of Class A Common Units in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company to publish a prospectus for such offer.
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any Class A Common Units in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Class A Common Units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Class A Common Units, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are qualified investors (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons).
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
Notice to prospective investors in China
This offering circular does not constitute a public offer the Class A Common Units, whether by sale or subscription, in the Peoples Republic of China (the PRC). The Class A Common Units are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.
Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the Class A Common Units or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRCs governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.
30
ITEM 6: USE OF PROCEEDS TO ISSUER
A portion of the net proceeds raised in this Offering will be used to purchase additional digital manufacturing equipment and technology and to acquire a dental lab facility in Latin America. Adding new capabilities and incremental 24/7 manufacturing capacity will allow us to accommodate increasing demand and improve service to our customers. Additionally, we plan to utilize a portion of the net proceeds to retire certain indebtedness, execute strategic acquisitions and for general working capital uses, including adding additional experienced management and sales and marketing professionals to fuel our growth.
After deducting the commissions payable to the Placement Agent and the estimated offering expenses that are payable by us, we estimate that the net proceeds will be $18,303,000 if all of the Class A Common Units offered hereunder are purchased. However, we cannot guarantee that we will sell all of the Class A Common Units being offered by us. The following table sets forth the uses of proceeds assuming the sale of 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the securities offered for sale by the Company.
| If 25% of Units Sold |
If 50% of Units Sold |
If 75% of Units Sold |
If 100% of Units Sold |
|||||||||||||
| Gross Proceeds |
5,000,000 | 10,000,000 | 15,000,000 | 20,000,000 | ||||||||||||
| Offering Expenses |
(1,022,000 | ) | (1,247,000 | ) | (1,472,000 | ) | (1,697,000 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Net Proceeds |
3,978,000 | 8,753,000 | 13,528,000 | 18,303,000 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Our intended use of the net proceeds is as follows: |
||||||||||||||||
| Additional Equipment and Technology |
(1,250,000 | ) | (2,500,000 | ) | (3,750,000 | ) | (5,000,000 | ) | ||||||||
| Acquire Dental Lab in Latin America |
(500,000 | ) | (1,000,000 | ) | (1,500,000 | ) | (2,000,000 | ) | ||||||||
| Retire Certain Indebtedness |
(375,000 | ) | (750,000 | ) | (1,125,000 | ) | (1,500,000 | ) | ||||||||
| Strategic Acquisitions |
(1,250,000 | ) | (2,500,000 | ) | (3,750,000 | ) | (5,000,000 | ) | ||||||||
| General Working Capital |
(603,000 | ) | (2,003,000 | ) | (3,403,000 | ) | (4,803,000 | ) | ||||||||
31
ITEM 7: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Business Overview
Founded in 2004, Sun Dental Labs is a leading global dental technology and device manufacturing company. The Company provides a unified digital technology manufacturing platform that fully integrates digital scanning, a cloud-based management system and 3D printing into the manufacturing process to produce a comprehensive line of over 400 different branded custom dental devices, including crowns, bridges, partials, implants, dentures and orthodontic devices. Our brands include SUNTECH, SUNCAST, SUNFLEX, SunDenture and SunOrtho. We have seven design and manufacturing facilities with CAD/CAM technology in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China. Our design and manufacturing facilities adhere to some of the most stringent quality standards in the world for dental labs. We believe our global presence positions us to capture significant growth opportunities in the highly fragmented U.S. and international dental lab markets. We currently have active customer relationships with over 5,000 dental practices which order devices from us directly for their patients and over 1,800 dental labs which order devices from us to supply their dental practice customers. In 2014, we manufactured and sold over 235,000 custom dental devices. Since inception we have sold over 2 million custom dental devices worldwide.
| Representative Sun Dental Labs Custom Dental Devices | ||||||||||
| Crowns |
Bridges |
Partials |
Implants |
Dentures |
Orthodontic Devices | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||||
We believe that the standard of dental care should and will evolve from labor intensive traditional methods to a digital solution. Traditionally, dentists have created physical dental impressions by having patients bite into an uncomfortable mouth tray filled with molding material and hold in the mouth until a mold is completed, typically taking 15 to 20 minutes from start to finish. The dentists then ship the mold to a dental lab for manual creation of a custom dental device and receive the finished device 2 to 3 weeks later. Inherent in this traditional method are inconsistencies in quality due to an intensive manual manufacturing process, slow turnaround times and added costs for impression materials and shipping. We believe that with our innovative SunDigital Solution, we are leading the digital technology evolution in the custom dental device manufacturing process to address and resolve issues associated with this traditional method.
Building on our history of developing innovative custom dental devices and a global manufacturing footprint, Sun Dental Labs has spent the last three years creating a design and manufacturing infrastructure that integrates the latest digital workflow, CAD/CAM and 3D printing technology into the manufacturing process. We began this innovation process by using in-house 3D scanners to create 3D digital models of physical dental impressions sent to us by dentists and dental labs and then transmitting the digital models to our design and manufacturing facilities. By eliminating the need to ship physical dental impressions to the manufacturing facilities and incorporating other process efficiencies, we successfully created industry-leading turnaround times of five days for high quality custom dental devices. We believe our recent introduction of digital scanners will accelerate the adoption of our SunDigital Solution by dental practices and dental labs worldwide and generate significant revenue growth for the Company. With our infrastructure and high quality product and service offering in place in the U.S., we are well-positioned to devote more resources to sales and marketing to generate greater sales volumes. In 2016, we expect to roll out our SunDigital Solution in Europe, Latin America and Asia.
We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution is the only unified, fully-integrated digital technology manufacturing platform which seamlessly integrates digital scanning and a cloud-based data management system into an advanced manufacturing process. The SunDigital Solution is designed to provide an effective turnkey solution that streamlines the process for dentists and dental labs, enable our customers to quickly and efficiently deliver custom dental devices of consistent high quality to their patients, improves turnaround times and reduces costs relating to impression materials and shipping. Furthermore, we believe that our closed product supply chain with our customers will generate a sustainable source of recurring revenue and significant growth for the Company.
32
The table below illustrates the greater efficiency and industry-leading turnaround times generated from using the latest CAD/CAM technology and 3D printing in our SunDigital Solution as compared to the manually intensive workflow of a traditional dental lab.
| SunDigital Solution |
Traditional Dental Lab Workflow | |||||||
| Task |
Time | Task | Time | |||||
| Create digital impression with scanner |
Day 1 | Model physical impression with tray and materials |
Days 1-2 | |||||
| Transmit digital impression to SunCloud |
Day 1 | Mail physical impression |
Days 3-5 | |||||
| Design custom dental device with CAD technology |
Day 2 | Fix positions of upper and lower teeth in the model |
Days 6-8 | |||||
| Manufacture device with CAM and 3D printer |
Day 3 | Carve wax patterns into model to prepare for casting |
Days 9-10 | |||||
| Create alloy structure of device with milling machine |
Day 4 | Replicate wax patterns in dental alloy |
Days 11-12 | |||||
| Machine-press porcelain over the substructure to finalize |
Day 5 | Hand-stack porcelain over the substructure to finalize |
Days 13-16 | |||||
| Total |
5 Days | Total |
16 days | |||||
Our revenues are well diversified on a geographic, customer and product basis and have increased significantly in the past five years from $7.0 million in 2009 to $17.5 million in 2014.
| 2014 Revenues by Geography |
2014 Revenues by Customer |
2014 Revenues by Product | ||
|
|
| ||
Our Market Opportunity
We operate in the global dental device market which includes the manufacture and distribution of custom dental devices, such as crowns, bridges, partials, dentures, implants and orthodontic devices. According to the National Association of Dental Laboratories: A Global Strategic Business Report, the global dental device market is expected to generate $14.5 billion in revenues in 2015, with the U.S., as the largest market, expected to generate $5.2 billion in revenues in 2015. We expect continued growth in the market primarily driven by the growing aging population base and greater purchasing power of the baby boomer generation, higher demand for improved dental aesthetics, greater per capita expenditure on health services and the expansion of healthcare insurance availability and coverage. We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution will position us to compete for and capture a significant portion of the global custom dental device market.
A variety of factors drive the fragmentation in the dental lab market. Governmental regulations, scarcity of skilled technicians, significant technology and equipment investment costs, research and development costs and the fast pace of technological change have historically created obstacles to the creation of a scalable modern manufacturing platform equipped to meet increased volumes, while maintaining high quality standards. According to IBISWorld, the U.S. has over 9,000 dental labs. Of those labs, the National Association of Dental Laboratories estimates that 73% have annual revenues less than $750,000. Due to this fragmentation, we estimate that no dental lab has more than 3% of total industry revenue in the U.S. and that the four largest dental labs generate less than 10% of total industry revenue in the U.S.
The sole customers of dental labs are dental practices. According to the American Dental Association, there are approximately 127,500 dental practices in the U.S. and over 324,000 dental practices in the U.S. and Europe. Currently,
33
Dentistry IQ estimates that approximately 90% of dental practices in the U.S. are using traditional physical dental impression methods versus digital solutions. In a Dental Economics survey, dentists indicated that quality and reliability of work, on-time delivery and price were among the most important factors in choosing a dental lab.
We believe our SunDigital Solution addresses the challenges faced by dental labs and dental practices and creates a significant market opportunity for Sun Dental Labs. Many dental labs are limited in scale and do not have the resources to invest significantly in new products and technologies. A Dental IQ survey estimates that nearly 50% of dentists change labs every five years due to dissatisfaction with production quality and timing delays. Challenges associated with traditional physical dental impression methods include:
Challenges for Dentists:
| | Poor Patient Experience. Traditional physical dental impressions are produced from an uncomfortable tray and messy impression materials and require the patient to sit in the dentist chair for 15 to 20 minutes. |
| | Impression Inventory Management. Dentists using physical impressions have to bear the costs of storing, cleaning and replacing the physical impressions, impression materials and trays. |
| | Quality Control Issues. Traditional impressions often require remakes and further adjustments after the initial dental device is produced because the quality and precision of the physical impression cannot be determined at the time the impression is made. |
| | Slow Turnaround Times. Due to the labor intensive process and time lost due to shipping of physical dental impressions, traditional lab turnaround time for devices from dentist to lab and back to dentist is typically 2 to 3 weeks. |
Challenges for Dental Labs:
| | Labor Intensive. The traditional dental lab workflow features a high degree of manual labor, including hand waxing, hand casting and hand stacking porcelain. This results in high labor costs, limited production volume and variable device quality. |
| | Dependence on Skilled Technicians. Traditional dental labs are finding it more difficult and costly to hire, train and retain the skilled technicians necessary for this highly intricate hand work. |
| | Quality Control Issues. Mistakes and reworks are more prevalent with traditional labs due to the labor intensive process and variations in quality controls between and within dental labs. |
| | Slow Turnaround Times. Due to the labor intensive process and time lost due to shipping of physical dental impressions, traditional lab turnaround time for devices from dentist to dental lab and back to dentist is typically 2 to 3 weeks. |
SunDigital Solution
We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution is the only unified, fully-integrated digital technology manufacturing platform which seamlessly integrates digital scanning and a cloud-based data management system into an advanced manufacturing process. The SunDigital Solution is designed to provide an effective turnkey solution that streamlines the process for dentists and dental labs. Our customers are able deliver high quality custom dental devices to their patients in industry-leading 5 day turnaround times while also reducing costs related to impression materials and shipping. Furthermore, we believe that our closed product supply chain with our customers will generate a sustainable source of recurring revenue and significant growth for the Company.
Our SunDigital Solution business bundle for dentists is currently priced at $299 per month and includes the CS 3500 intraoral digital scanner as well as a free laptop computer with user interface, mobile app, data transfer, cloud storage, shipping of custom dental devices and unlimited technical support. Our SunDigital Solution business bundle for dental labs is currently priced at $199 per month and includes the SunScanM impression scanner as well as a free laptop computer with user interface, mobile app, data transfer, cloud storage, shipping of custom dental devices and unlimited technical support.
34
The Scanner Technology
Sun Dental Labs offers two types of digital technology to support our two types of customers. For dental practices, we offer the CS 3500, an intraoral digital scanner which enables dentists to create a highly accurate 3D digital impression in minutes directly from the patients mouth. For dental labs, we offer the SunScanM, which creates a 3D digital dental impression from a traditional physical mold impression, typically supplied to the dental lab by the dentist. Both are offered at attractive price points under our monthly lease programs and engage with Sun Dental Labs via the SunCloud, allowing our customers to benefit from our advanced digital technology and manufacturing platforms. Our SunCloud is compatible with other scanner technologies to ensure we utilize the best scanner technology available.
CS 3500 Scanner for Dental Practices
| In August 2015, we introduced the CS 3500, an intraoral digital scanner manufactured by Carestream, that enhances the patient experience by taking a digital dental impression and eliminating the need for distasteful impression materials, and by minimizing the need for inconvenient follow-up corrective visits, leading to a more positive overall experience. The CS 3500 creates highly accurate 3D digital dental impression files for use in production of a wide array of custom dental devices including crowns, bridges, implants, flexible and acrylic partials and orthodontic devices. A dentist or dental assistant can quickly scan the patients mouth, generate the digital output in 3 to 5 minutes and upload the encrypted files |
| |
| directly to Sun Dental Labs via the SunCloud, saving both chair time and material costs. With no physical impressions to ship, freight costs are eliminated as well. Approximately 40% smaller than similar intraoral digital scanners available on the market, the CS 3500 fits comfortably in the dentists hand and in the patients mouth and comes in a portable box the size of a briefcase, allowing it to be easily shared between multiple rooms and/or users. If a technical problem occurs, the dental practice simply sends the CS 3500 back to Sun Dental Labs for immediate replacement. | ||
SunScanM for Dental Labs
| The SunScanM, manufactured by Medit, provides 3D digital scanning of physical impressions and plaster models for production of a wide array of custom dental products, including crowns, bridges, implants, flexible and acrylic partials, dentures and orthodontic devices. Dental labs scan the physical impression supplied by the dentist using SunScanMs 3D white light scanning technology and then upload the encrypted 3D digital dental impression files directly to Sun Dental Labs via the SunCloud. Digital files are transferred securely and instantly on Sun Dental Labs closed loop system, saving time and eliminating further shipping costs. Training is simple: there is no need to learn CAD and technical support is provided by Sun Dental Labs.
The SunCloud |
|
| Encrypted digital files created by the CS 3500 intraoral digital scanner and SunScanM are securely transferred to the SunCloud, our proprietary cloud-based case management and communications system that integrates with our Enterprise Resource Planning system. The digital files are sent securely from the SunCloud to Sun Dental Labs design and manufacturing facilities in a closed loop |
|
35
| system, and the files cannot be transferred to non-Sun Dental Labs facilities. Furthermore, with every digital impression stored on the SunCloud for ten years for future use, dentists can leverage our proprietary database of patient dental records to order replacement custom dental devices, significantly reducing the need for replacement impressions and chair time. This technology provides significant benefits to both our customers and us: | ||
| | For our customers, the SunCloud simplifies the ordering, tracking and delivery process. Customers create a MySun account through a portal that is easily accessible by computer or smartphone application and allows the dental practice or lab to submit orders and monitor progress. Communication features provide the customer with production updates through email notifications in multiple languages. Additionally, our 24/7 technical support staff is available through the portal and offers what we believe to be unrivaled customer service. Customers can access billing information and history and at the end of the order, view clinical and business performance metrics, quality control reports, key performance indicator reports and other analytics that will help manage and grow their businesses. |
| | For Sun Dental Labs, the SunCloud allows us to manage an efficient, continuous and parallel production process. The technology integrates our design and manufacturing facilities worldwide, allowing us to match production with manufacturing capacity. Furthermore, the technology enables us to perform multiple steps of the dental device manufacturing process in parallel, rather than with the one-step-at-a-time serial process used by traditional labs. We are able to track and monitor orders through production and ensure quality control over every device at every step in the process. |
We have invested in a robust IT infrastructure to support the SunCloud and our expectations for growth. In the U.S., we have servers in Washington, Virginia and Florida. Internationally, we have servers in France, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, Sweden, China and Singapore. Each connection with the SunCloud is peer-to-peer with no single location acting as a hub, allowing for greater reliability and uninterrupted operations. The SunCloud has four points of entry into our manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China to protect against blockages from the Great Firewall of China. These four points of entry include: the public Internet to China, public Internet to Hong Kong plus private network into China, a relay cloud server through Singapore and direct connection from our St. Petersburg, Florida headquarters.
State-of-the-Art Manufacturing Facilities
Once digital files are sent from the SunCloud, our state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities ensure the production of high quality custom dental devices which are then shipped back to our customers. Unlike traditional dental labs, we do not rely on the limited supply of skilled technicians to manually produce custom dental devices. Instead, our advanced CAD/CAM and 3D printing technologies enable quick and highly accurate manufacturing. Our newest manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China adheres to the ISO 13485:2003 certification, the most stringent quality standard in the world for medical device manufacturing and exceeds even the standards of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for dental labs. We also maintain ISO 9001:2008, FDA, DAMAS and NADL certifications.
Our Competitive Strengths What Sets Us Apart
We believe the following strengths provide us with a significant competitive advantage in successfully growing our market position:
| | Proprietary SunDigital Solution. We believe that our proprietary SunDigital Solution is the only unified, fully-integrated digital technology manufacturing platform available today which seamlessly integrates digital scanning and a cloud-based data management system into an advanced manufacturing process. This all-in-one solution simplifies the production process for both the dentist and the dental lab and allows us to produce higher volumes with lower labor costs. We are seeking global patent protection relating to our technology and manufacturing processes. |
| | Global Presence. We believe our global presence positions us to capture significant growth opportunities in the highly fragmented U.S. and international dental lab markets. Currently, we have seven design and manufacturing facility locations using CAD/CAM technology in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China serving over 5,000 dental practice and over 1,800 dental lab customers. |
36
| | State-of-the-Art Fully Certified Dental Labs. We have over 60,000 square feet of manufacturing space in seven countries across the world, including our new 38,750 square foot state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China. This China facility adheres to the ISO 13485:2003 certification, the most stringent quality standard in the world for medical device manufacturing and exceeds even the standards of the FDA for dental labs. We also maintain ISO 9001:2008, FDA, DAMAS and NADL certifications. |
| | Scalability. Our manufacturing process relies on the latest technological advancements rather than labor intensive hand-manufacturing, enabling us to produce a large number of high quality custom dental devices unlike traditional dental labs. Our SunDigital Solution was designed and built on a secure cloud-based technology platform that is accessible by our customers through the Internet. We host our proprietary solution on private and cloud servers, which allow us to scale on demand. With recent investment in our state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in China and further planned expansion, we have ample capacity for future growth. |
| | Product Development, Branding and Marketing Capabilities. We are one of the only dental labs with in-house research & development capabilities, a branded product offering and a global sales & marketing infrastructure. Our research & development team focuses on technological innovation, including the development of our proprietary SunDigital Solution and new product development to expand our current branded product offering of over 400 custom dental devices. Our branded products are of superior quality and compete primarily against products with little name recognition or marketing support. Our sales & marketing team has defined strategies for converting current customers to our SunDigital Solution and adding new customers. We believe these combined capabilities give us a significant competitive advantage over other dental labs. |
| | Recurring Revenue. Once we equip a dentist or a dental lab with the SunDigital Solution business bundle, which includes a 3D digital scanner and the SunCloud customer laptop and mobile applications, we believe that customer will become a source of recurring revenue for Sun Dental Labs. For an attractive monthly price, the customer will benefit from our production efficiencies, ease of use, cost savings and positive patient outcomes that digital scanning and cloud file management can provide, while producing regular and predictable monthly sales for Sun Dental Labs. Furthermore, with every digital impression stored in the cloud for ten years for future use, dentists can leverage our proprietary database of patient dental records to order replacement custom dental devices, significantly reducing the need for replacement impressions and chair time. |
| | Global Experienced Management Team. Our management team is led by Derek Diasti, a 20+ year dental industry veteran and co-founder of both Coast Dental Services, Inc. and DDS Lab LLC. Dr. Diasti guided Coast Dental through its IPO on the NASDAQ in 1997 and led its growth as a dental management company to over 200 locations. He also developed DDS Labs LLC which was sold to a private equity firm for a significant return to investors in 2014. Other members of our management team include Chuck Stapleton, our Chief Operating Officer, Elizabeth Szeltner, our Chief Financial Officer, Joost Jorna, our President of European Operations, Sara Yuan, our Vice President of Asian Operations, and Mike Brown, our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, who have a combined 93 years of international experience in the dental industry. With substantial global dental lab industry experience and a successful track record in growing dental businesses, our management team understands the workflows and needs of dentists and dental labs and designed our integrated cloud-based platform specifically to address the unique requirements associated with the industry. Our global business experience also allows us to successfully navigate through the nuances of different markets and cultures. |
37
Our Growth Strategies
We plan to grow our position as a leading global dental technology and device company through the following strategies:
| | Continue to Convert Current Customers to Our SunDigital Solution. We believe we have a significant opportunity to continue converting our existing customer base of over 5,000 dentists and over 1,800 dental labs to our SunDigital Solution from traditional lab methods. Since January 2015, we have converted 4% of our existing dental practice and dental lab customers to our SunDigital Solution. In August 2015, we began marketing our intraoral scanners to dentists to facilitate the adoption of digital dental impressions. We plan to continue to aggressively market our SunDigital Solution business bundle to our dental practice and dental lab customers and believe that conversion of these customers will continue to increase customer retention rates and provide increased and consistent revenue to Sun Dental Labs. |
| | Grow Our Customer Base Domestically and Internationally. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to attract new customers in the U.S. and abroad. Our current customer base represents only a small portion of the dentists and dental labs that could benefit from our SunDigital Solution. Furthermore, according to a Dentistry IQ survey, approximately 90% of dental practices in the U.S. do not take advantage of digital dentistry today. We also intend to deepen our presence in our existing international markets and establish a presence in select, identified markets in Europe, Latin America and Asia. To support our new customer acquisition plans, we will continue to expand our sales and marketing organization. |
| | Expand Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan to purchase additional digital manufacturing equipment for our facilities worldwide to accommodate growing customer demand and to expand our manufacturing capabilities by acquiring a lab facility in Latin America. By adding new capabilities to our current state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in China, we will add capacity to our 24/7 manufacturing capabilities, which we believe will further expedite and improve our service to our customers. |
| | Expand Our Product Offering. Through both technological innovation and new product introduction, we believe we can attract new customers and increase average revenue per customer. We believe that the continuing technological innovations to our proprietary cloud-based SunDigital Solution will enhance the experience and usability for our customers. In August 2015, we began marketing the SunDigital Solution with the CS 3500 intraoral digital scanner to dental practices to convert them to our digital workflow system. Additionally, we plan to continue expanding beyond our current custom dental device offerings. We intend to develop introducing higher value, higher margin dental devices such as orthodontic aligners, surgical implant guides and implant abutments. |
| | Leverage Significant Cost Advantages. Through the scaling of our SunDigital Solution that takes advantage of a cloud-based network and technologically advanced manufacturing capabilities located throughout the world, we expect to increase our operating leverage. Our unique business model includes a cost-effective international lab work force and manufacturing facilities that can operate 24/7. We believe that this operating model provides us with significant cost advantages over our competitors and ensures the timely delivery of superior quality products. |
| | Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. To the extent we have adequate capital, we plan to engage in strategic acquisitions of domestic and international dental labs and software companies, which we believe would enable us to further improve our turnaround times, broaden our customer reach and extend our technology leadership position. We have identified potential acquisition targets in Europe, Latin America and Asia. We also intend to acquire and consolidate medium-sized and regional dental labs in the U.S. to further grow our customer base to the extent we have adequate financial resources. |
38
Product and Service Offering
Sun Dental Labs offers a wide array of fixed and removable dental and orthodontic devices. We design and manufacture a comprehensive line of over 400 different branded custom dental devices, such as crowns, bridges, partials, dentures, implants and orthodontic devices. Our brands include SUNTECH, SUNCAST, SUNFLEX, SunDenture and SunOrtho. All Sun Dental Labs dental devices are made of FDA and ADA approved materials and have ISO as well as DAMAS certification.
| Product Category |
Sun Dental Labs Products | |
| PFM Crowns & Bridges |
||
|
|
SUNTECH Porcelain-Fused-to-Metal (PFM) Crowns & Bridges are worn to improve the appearance of a tooth that has become stained or disfigured. SUNTECH PFM Crowns & Bridges are fabricated to the highest standard, ensuring longevity and function and are available in non-precious, semi-precious and precious metals. | |
|
| ||
| Zirconia Crowns & Bridges |
||
|
|
SUNTECH Full and Layered Zirconia Crowns & Bridges are all-ceramic crowns & bridges worn to improve appearance of a tooth which has become stained or disfigured. SUNTECH Zirconia Crowns & Bridge are fabricated to the highest standard, ensuring longevity and function. | |
|
| ||
| Partials |
||
|
|
SUNCAST Premium Partials are removable partial dentures that guarantee maximum strength, biocompatibility and ideal fit. Constructed of a premium chromium-cobalt partial denture alloy, SUNCAST Premium Partials are manufactured with a continuous casting process to provide consistency and enhanced physical properties. SUNCAST Premium Partials are ideal for patients with specific metal allergies because they are both nickel and beryllium free. | |
|
| ||
| Flexible Partials |
||
|
|
SUNFLEX Partials are removable partial dentures that are lighter, more comfortable and less visible than acrylic partials. SUNFLEX Partials also offer the perfect degree of flexibility, are more strain resistant than other flexible options and do not discolor, warp or become brittle, providing maximum retention, stability and aesthetic appeal. | |
|
| ||
| Surgical Implant Guides |
||
|
|
SunGuide Surgical Implant Guides utilize a combination of the latest scanning technology to create an accurate digital guide for implant placement. SunGuide allows for highly accurate drilling and implant placement unique to each patients clinical situation. | |
|
| ||
| Custom Implant Abutments |
||
|
|
SUNTECH Custom Implant Abutments are installed onto dental implants for the support of implant prosthetics. They can be made of titanium, zirconia or hybrid materials. | |
39
|
| ||
| Dentures |
||
|
|
Sun Premium Dentures are made of premium fibered acrylic and hardened plastic teeth with exceptional translucent aesthetics. Sun Premium Dentures are reliable, wear-resistant and ensure a gap-free, comfortable fit. | |
|
| ||
| Orthodontic Devices |
||
|
|
SunOrtho provides orthodontists with a wide variety of orthodontic devices for different situations. These devices are used to apply a force to align specific teeth, to correct certain deformities or to hold teeth in position after realignment. | |
We believe we offer a compelling value proposition and compete aggressively on product pricing. Below are examples of our current custom dental device pricing in the U.S. versus traditional dental labs.
| Product Example |
Sun Dental Labs Pricing (1) | Traditional Lab Pricing (2) | ||
| Zirconia-based Crown |
$79 | $125 - $175 | ||
| Full Denture |
$169 | $288 - $313 | ||
| Dental Implant |
$199 | Up to $263 |
| (1) | As of August 2015. |
| (2) | Range reflects approximate pricing at small to large traditional dental labs. |
In addition to offering custom dental devices, Sun Dental Labs provides digital archiving for orthodontic labs. Our digital archiving service includes creating precise 3D digital representations of impressions or plaster models with in-house scanners. We offer free, user-friendly software that provides our lab customers 24/7 access to archived 3D digital models. The models include full 3D rotation, zooming, panning, model data and patient data.
Sun Dental Labs also offers advanced analytic software to dental practices, dental labs and orthodontic labs. Our software enables managers to track performance across all aspects of their operations, develop evidence-based best practices and monitor implementation. The software provides real-time reporting capabilities via a user-friendly, desktop or mobile app interface. With this information, dental practices can reduce costs, improve turnaround times and enhance customer satisfaction. Reports include, but are not limited to, detailed analyses of consolidated bills, costs, quality of impressions, required remakes by dentist or by practice and reasons for product rejections. Our revenue flash analysis provides key statistics including revenue by dentist and product and estimated organic growth rates.
Customers
Our primary customers include dental practices and dental labs. Dental practices order custom dental devices directly from Sun Dental Labs for their patients while dental labs order devices from Sun Dental Labs to supply to their client dental practices. Currently, Sun Dental Labs works with over 5,000 dental practices and over 1,800 dental labs. Our customers are located primarily in the U.S., Germany, United Kingdom, France, Sweden and the Netherlands. In 2014, we had annual revenues of approximately $8.5 million in the U.S., $2.9 million in Germany, $2.4 million in the UK, $1.3 million in France, $1.0 million in Sweden, $0.9 million in the Netherlands and $0.5 million in China. No customer accounted for more than 1% of revenue in 2014.
40
Sales and Marketing
Our highly experienced sales and marketing team interacts with dental practices and dental labs primarily through outbound calls, email, direct mail, trade magazines, advertising and social media to introduce the services and products we offer and to promote new products and techniques that can assist dental professionals in improving and expanding their practices. We also exhibit at state, regional, national and international dental conferences annually. Our dental practice-focused sales and marketing programs are specifically designed to make the selection of a dental lab easier and help differentiate Sun Dental Labs from our competitors. For dental labs, we demonstrate how we can help them grow by adopting our SunDigital Solution and outsourcing products and services to Sun Dental Labs. We believe that our efforts to assist dental practices and their staff to improve chair time efficiencies, while providing exceptional service, superior quality and quick turnaround times to all customers, will enhance our ability to expand business by establishing lasting professional relationships. As of June 30, 2015, our sales and marketing team was comprised of 17 sales and marketing representatives located throughout Europe and the U.S.; we plan to grow this sales force globally and increase marketing spend to continue driving demand and expanding our global customer base of dentists and dental labs.
Research and Development
Sun Dental Labs is committed to investing in world-class technology development. Our research and development initiatives are directed toward developing the technological innovations that we believe will drive the dental practice and dental lab industries going forward. Our research and development activities range from accelerating product and lab innovation, to developing manufacturing process improvements, to researching future technologies and products. As of June 30, 2015, our research and development team consisted of 16 individuals with medical device development and engineering backgrounds located in our facilities in St. Petersburg, Florida and Shenzhen, China. Since inception to June 30, 2015, we have spent over $2.5 million in research and development to develop our proprietary SunDigital Solution.
In October 2006, we introduced our first proprietary product, the SUNFLEX Partials, followed by the launch of our SUNTECH PFM Crowns and SUNTECH Zirconia Crowns & Bridges in September 2007. In January 2009, we introduced our SUNTECH Custom Implant Abutments and SUNCAST Partials and in January 2015, we expanded our product offering to orthodontics and introduced the SunOrtho brand to include digital archiving and full service orthodontic lab capabilities. We began introducing our SunDigital Solution in the U.S. in January 2015 and are planning to launch in Europe during the first half of 2016 followed by Asia and Latin America throughout the rest of 2016.
Manufacturing and Supply
We manufacture all of our custom dental devices in-house. Our design and manufacturing facilities are located in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, the Netherlands, Germany, France and China. In aggregate, Sun Dental Labs has over 60,000 square feet of manufacturing space, including a new 38,750 square foot state-of-the-art modern ISO 13485:2003 certified facility in Shenzhen, China. This manufacturing facility is ISO 13485:2003 certified, the most stringent quality standard in the world for medical device manufacturing, exceeding even the standards of the FDA for dental labs. All Sun Dental Labs design and manufacturing facilities also maintain ISO 9001:2008, FDA, DAMAS and NADL certifications. Sun Dental Labs only uses FDA and ADA approved materials in production to ensure that customers provide their patients with safe, high-quality products. We have 282 full-time employees in our manufacturing operations.
We regularly purchase raw material commodities such as gold, platinum, palladium, cobalt chromium, titanium, stainless steel, polyethylene powder and sterile packaging and have never had any major supply disruptions. We believe we have strong buying power due to the volume of material that we purchase and do not have any significant supply concentrations.
41
Our Manufacturing Facility in Shenzhen, China
Facilities
We opened our original headquarters in St. Petersburg, Florida in 2004 and moved to our current headquarters in St. Petersburg in 2014. We now occupy seven leased facilities with total office and manufacturing area of over 83,000 square feet in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, France, the Netherlands, Germany and China. Our servers are located in Washington, Virginia and Florida as well as in France, the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, Sweden, China and Singapore.
| Location |
Square Footage |
Primary Use | ||
| St. Petersburg, Florida |
23,714 | Corporate Headquarters, R&D and manufacturing facility | ||
| Barnsley, United Kingdom |
5,400 | Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Stockholm, Sweden |
2,400 | Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Paris, France |
2,131 | Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Hoorn, Netherlands |
2,690 | Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Dusseldorf, Germany |
8,611 | Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Shenzhen, China |
38,750 | Manufacturing facility, R&D and offices | ||
Competition
According to the National Association of Dental Laboratories, the U.S. has over 9,000 dental laboratories, 75% of which have 9 or fewer employees and approximately 3,000 are one-man-shops. In addition, the National Association of Dental Laboratories estimates that 73% of the 9,000 U.S. dental laboratories have annual revenues less than $750,000. Due to this fragmentation, it is estimated that no dental laboratory has more than 3% of the total industry revenue overall and that the four largest dental laboratories generate less than 10% of total industry revenue overall.
Companies in the dental lab industry compete on the basis of capital availability, technology, research and development, access to favorable rates for raw materials, production costs through economies of scale, labor costs, quality, delivery time, cost of products, dependability, establishment of brand name products and ability to serve customers regardless of location and customer service. While there are competitors of Sun Dental Labs that have more capital resources, research and development initiatives and customers, we believe we compete favorably against the largest competitors in terms of delivery time, quality, dependability, technology, access to low cost labor and cost of products. Furthermore, we believe we compete favorably with the 9,000 smaller dental labs, in all of the above categories, with the only significant advantage for smaller labs potentially being their close geographic proximity with their customers.
42
Intellectual Property
Patent Applications. We are seeking global patent protection relating to our technology and manufacturing processes.
Trademarks and Trade Names. We have registered the following trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office:
| | SUNTECH |
| | SUNFLEX |
| | Sun Dental Labs |
| | Sun Dental |
| | SUNCAST |
| | SunCeram |
| | Suntech Full Zirconia |
| | Sun Ceram Brilliance |
Our intellectual property rights may or may not be successfully asserted in the future. In addition, our intellectual property rights may or may not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries may or may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws. Failure to protect our proprietary information could harm our business.
Government Regulation
In order for us to market our products, we must obtain regulatory authorization and comply with extensive product and quality system regulations. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals or clearance and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Failure to obtain regulatory approval and to meet all local requirements including language and specific safety standards in any country in which we currently market or plan to market our products could prevent us from marketing products in such countries or subject us to sanctions and fines. The approval by government authorities is uncertain, unpredictable and may not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to receive, such approvals or clearances, or the loss of any previously received approvals or clearances, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We believe we are in compliance with all FDA, federal and state laws and International regulatory requirements that are applicable to our products and manufacturing operations. Country-specific regulatory framework and requirements are highlighted in the following examples:
U.S.
In the U.S., the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDA Act) and its subsequent amendments, provide the FDA with authority over medical devices and the research, clinical testing, manufacture, labeling, distribution, sale and promotion of such devices. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes (Class I, II or III). The class to which the device is assigned determines, among other things, the type of pre-marketing submission/application required for market authorization.
The FDA Act also requires manufactured devices to comply with applicable Quality System Regulations which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements with respect to design, development, manufacturing and quality assurance activities, including the reporting of adverse experiences with the use of the device. We are subject to unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities to determine compliance with applicable regulations and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. Labeling and promotion activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain instances, by the Federal Trade Commission. The FDA actively enforces regulations prohibiting marketing of products for unapproved uses. Noncompliance with applicable requirements can result in, among other things, warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, failure of the government to grant pre-market clearance or approval for devices, withdrawal of marketing approvals and criminal prosecution. The FDA also has the authority to request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any medical device manufactured or distributed by us.
43
European Union
The member states of the European Union (EU) have adopted the European Medical Device Directives (MDD 93/42/EEC) that form a single set of medical device regulations for all EU member countries. The MDD defines the quality system, safety and performance requirements to be met by manufacturers for their products, called the Essential Requirements. Certification to ISO 13485, an international standard for quality management systems, demonstrates compliance with the quality system requirements outlined in the MDD. Our Quality Management System is ISO 13485 certified by the British Standards Institute, an approved full scope Notified Body (as defined in the regulations).
China
In China, the China Food and Drug Administration (CFDA) regulates medical devices. The device classification process in China differs significantly from those in the EU and the U.S. and approval of the medical device in the country of origin is required before beginning the registration process. Compliance with U.S. FDA Quality System Requirements and/or ISO 13485 will satisfy CFDA quality management system requirements.
Other Government Oversight
We are also subject to various laws inside and outside the U.S. concerning our relationships with healthcare professionals and government officials, price reporting and regulation, the promotion, sales and marketing of our products and services, the importation and exportation of our products, the operation of our facilities and distribution of our products. As a global company, we are subject to varying degrees of government regulation in the various countries in which we do business and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent oversight and enforcement. Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare expenses generally are ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment measures on our future business.
Our customers are healthcare providers that may be reimbursed by federally funded programs such as Medicaid or a foreign national healthcare program, each of which may offer some degree of oversight. Many government agencies, both domestic and foreign, have increased their enforcement activities with respect to healthcare providers and companies in recent years. Enforcement actions and associated defense can be expensive, and any resulting findings carry the risk of significant civil and criminal penalties.
We are also subject to numerous data protection requirements that span from individual state and national laws in the U.S. to multinational requirements in the EU. In the U.S., final regulations implementing amendments to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) became effective in the latter part of 2013 with the HIPAA Omnibus Rule. The EU is currently considering a proposal to enact legislation governing data protection which would transform the current mix of European countries laws to one overarching multinational law. Meanwhile, the Asia Pacific region has also seen rapid development of privacy laws, including in Singapore, Hong Kong and Australia. We believe we have designed our product and service offerings to be compliant with the requirements of applicable data protection laws and regulations. Maintaining systems that are compliant with these laws and regulations is costly and could require complex changes in the way we do business or provide services to our customers and their patients. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers in managing data protection requirements.
Employees
As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 336 employees, including 282 in manufacturing and operations, 17 in sales and marketing, 16 in research and development and 21 in general and administrative functions.
44
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. There are no legal proceedings currently pending against us which we believe would have a material effect on our business, financial position or results of operations and, to the best of our knowledge, there are no such legal proceedings contemplated or threatened.
ITEM 8: DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
We occupy seven leased facilities with total office and manufacturing area of over 83,000 square feet in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, France, the Netherlands, Germany and China. Our principal executive office is located at 1800 9th Ave N, St Petersburg, Florida, 33713. This property is leased to us by Society, LLC, a company controlled by our Chief Executive Officer, Derek Diasti. We believe that our offices and manufacturing facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any expansion of operations.
| Location |
Square Footage |
Primary Use | ||
| St. Petersburg, Florida |
23,714 |
Corporate Headquarters, R&D and manufacturing facility | ||
| Barnsley, United Kingdom |
5,400 |
Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Stockholm, Sweden |
2,400 |
Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Paris, France |
2,131 |
Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Hoorn, Netherlands |
2,690 |
Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Dusseldorf, Germany |
8,611 |
Manufacturing facility and offices | ||
| Shenzhen, China |
38,750 |
Manufacturing facility, R&D and offices | ||
ITEM 9: MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with (i) our financial statements and (ii) the section entitled Description of Business, included in this Offering Circular. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in those forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Offering Circular. Unless the context otherwise indicates, as used in this Report, the term the Company, Sun Dental Labs, we, us, our and other similar terms mean Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries.
45
Overview
Founded in 2004, Sun Dental Labs is a leading global dental technology and device manufacturing company. We provide a unified digital technology manufacturing platform that fully integrates digital scanning, a cloud-based management system and 3D printing into the manufacturing process to produce a comprehensive line of over 400 different branded custom dental devices, including crowns, bridges, partials, implants, dentures and orthodontic devices. Our brands include SUNTECH, SUNCAST, SUNFLEX, SunDenture and SunOrtho. We have seven design and manufacturing facilities with CAD/CAM technology in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China. Our design and manufacturing facilities adhere to some of the most stringent quality standards in the world for dental labs. We believe our global presence positions us to capture significant growth opportunities in the highly fragmented U.S. and international dental lab markets. We currently have active customer relationships with over 5,000 dental practices which order devices from us directly for their patients and over 1,800 dental labs which order devices from us to supply their dental practice customers. In 2014, we manufactured and sold over 235,000 custom dental devices. Since inception we have sold over 2 million custom dental devices worldwide.
Building on our foundation of innovation and global integration, Sun Dental Labs has spent the last three years creating a design and manufacturing infrastructure that takes advantage of the latest digital workflow, CAD/CAM and 3D printing technology. With our infrastructure and high quality product and service offering in place, we are well-positioned to devote more resources to sales and marketing to assist in generating greater sales volumes. In 2015, after introducing our SunDigital Solution in the U.S., unit sales in the U.S. increased 28.4% through the first six months of the year. We will continue to introduce our SunDigital Solution in Europe, Latin America and Asia throughout 2016 and expect to further scale our business.
Consolidated revenues can be materially impacted by changes in foreign currency. Revenues denominated in a foreign currency are initially recorded at the exchange rate at the transaction date and subsequently remeasured in dollars based on period-end exchange rates. The period-to-period change can have a significant impact on revenues, which we experienced in the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014.
To the extent the Company acquires businesses it will experience professional fees which could impact financial performance during the relative period. Additionally, depreciation and amortization will increase to the extent the Company acquires additional production capabilities.
The Company plans to grant future specialty incentive equity awards to certain of its U.S.-based management employees. Additionally, the Company plans to provide cash bonus awards to certain of its non-executives and international employees pursuant to an incentive cash bonus plan. Such plans will require that certain hurdles are met before a participant may benefit in either periodic distributions of any available free cash flow approved by the Board in the ordinary course or in the event of a sale of the Company.
Growth Strategies
We plan to grow our position as a leading global dental technology and device company through several strategies. We intend to fund our growth efforts, in part, with the net proceeds raised in this Offering. Following the continued introduction of our SunDigital Solution in Europe in the first half of 2016, followed by Latin America and Asia throughout the rest of 2016, we expect our growth strategies to significantly increase our revenue and expand our margins.
| | Continue to Convert Current Customers to Our SunDigital Solution. We believe we have a significant opportunity to continue converting our existing customer base of over 5,000 dentists and over 1,800 dental labs to our SunDigital Solution from traditional lab methods. |
| | Grow Our Customer Base Domestically and Internationally. With our current customers representing only a small portion of the dentist and dental lab market, we believe we have a significant opportunity to attract new customers in the U.S. and abroad. |
| | Expand Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan to purchase additional digital manufacturing equipment for our facilities worldwide to accommodate growing customer demand and further improve service to our customers. |
46
| | Expand Our Product Offering. Through both technological innovation and new product introduction, we believe we can attract new customers and increase average revenue per customer. We plan to continue to expand beyond our current custom dental device offerings as well as develop higher value, higher margin dental devices such as orthodontic aligners, surgical implant guides and implant abutments. |
| | Leverage Significant Cost Advantages. Through the scaling of our SunDigital Solution that takes advantage of a cloud-based network and technologically advanced manufacturing facilities located throughout the world, we expect to increase our operating leverage while maintaining the consistent high quality of our products. |
| | Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. To the extent we have adequate capital, we plan to engage in strategic acquisitions of domestic and international dental labs and software companies, which we believe would enable us to further improve our turnaround times, broaden our customer reach and extend our technology leadership position. |
47
Ownership Structures
The results of operations of each entity are included in our consolidated operating results. The portion of income or loss attributable to the other stakeholders interests is eliminated in Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income.
Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts and operations of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries along with the associated equity ownership as of June 30, 2015 and their geographic footprints are as follows: Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC (100%, United States), Sun Dental Laboratories, SAS (100%, France), Sun Dental Lab, GmbH (100%, Germany), Sun Dental Laboratories, UK (100%, United Kingdom), Sun Dental Laboratories AB (91%, Sweden), Sun Dental Laboratories BV (80%, Netherlands), World Star Dental Laboratory Ltd. (87.5%, China) and OceanBlue International Group Limited (87.5%, China). We consolidate variable interest entities when it has been determined that we are the primary beneficiary of those entities operations (see Liquidity and Capital Resources - Transactions).
Segments
We aggregate our operating segments into a single reporting segment, as each of our entities have similar economic characteristics, nature of products and services, class of customer, and distribution methods.
Key Income Statement Items
Revenue
Revenue is primarily generated by the sale of branded custom dental devices to dental practices and dental labs. Our products can be categorized into fixed and removable categories. Removable products include the following products: SUNFLEX Partials, cast / metal frames, acrylic combo dentures, clasps, SUNFLEX complete, acrylic partials, SUNFLEX combos, SUNFLEX unilateral, flexible partials, special order teeth, SunClear frames, SUNFLEX add tooth/clasp, orthodontic, guards, retainers. Fixed products include crowns, bridges and implants. Revenues are recognized at the time finished products are shipped to the customer. Consolidated revenues can be materially impacted by changes in foreign currency. Revenues denominated in a foreign currency are initially recorded at the exchange rate at the transaction date and subsequently remeasured in dollars based on period-end exchange rates. The period-to-period change can have a significant impact on revenues, which we experienced in the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold consists of lab materials, employee compensation, including salary, taxes, fringe benefits, and equity-based compensation, rent, depreciation and shipping expenses.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of employee compensation, including salary, taxes and fringe benefits related to our sales and marketing functions and expenses incurred to market our products such as magazines, trade shows, direct mail and printing and reproduction expenses.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses are costs incurred to support the Companys operations and consist of employee compensation, including salary, taxes and fringe benefits, professional fees, rent, insurance, bad debt expense, travel, communications and other miscellaneous expenses.
Research and development
Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to develop new technologies and products and consist of materials, supplies, employee compensation, including salary, taxes, fringe benefits and equity-based compensation, and rent expense for the portion of our facilities dedicated to research and development activities.
Interest and other expense, net
Interest and other expense, net consists of bank fees, interest expense and currency exchange gain or loss.
48
Key Performance Indicators
Unit volume growth
Unit volume reflects the change in year-over-year unit sales of our fixed and removable custom dental devices. This indicator excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and we believe more accurately measures the performance and growth of the Company.
Volume of accounts
Volume of accounts reflects the number of active dentist and dental lab customers during a specified time period. This is allows us to measure the expansion of our customer base and monitor retention rates.
Adjusted EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income before depreciation and amortization and interest expense, net, adjusted for the impact of the following items that we do not consider representative of our ongoing operating performance: severance pay, non-recurring research and development expenses, equity-based compensation expense and foreign currency exchange (gains) / losses. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a more appropriate measure of operating performance, as it provides a clearer picture of operating results by eliminating expenses that are not reflective of underlying business performance.
Results of Operations Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015
The following table set forth outlines our Consolidated Statements of Operations expressed as dollar amounts, percentage of Revenue and period-to-period change:
| Six Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||
| Unaudited | Unaudited | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 9,028,569 | 100.0 | % | $ | 8,632,798 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
| Cost of goods sold |
6,680,468 | 74.0 | % | 6,010,249 | 69.6 | % | 4.4 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Gross profit |
2,348,101 | 26.0 | % | 2,622,549 | 30.4 | % | (4.4 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales and marketing |
445,149 | 4.9 | % | 567,605 | 6.6 | % | (1.6 | %) | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative |
2,483,322 | 27.5 | % | 2,109,613 | 24.4 | % | 3.1 | % | ||||||||||||
| Research and development |
265,647 | 2.9 | % | 358,724 | 4.2 | % | (1.2 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
3,194,118 | 35.4 | % | 3,035,942 | 35.2 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Loss from operations |
(846,017 | ) | (9.4 | %) | (413,393 | ) | (4.8 | %) | (4.6 | %) | ||||||||||
| Interest and other expenses, net |
153,172 | 1.7 | % | 108,071 | 1.3 | % | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (999,189 | ) | (11.1 | %) | $ | (521,464 | ) | (6.0 | %) | (5.0 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest |
(46,324 | ) | (0.5 | %) | (246,682 | ) | (2.9 | %) | 2.3 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net loss attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (952,865 | ) | (10.6 | %) | $ | (274,782 | ) | (3.2 | %) | (7.4 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
49
Revenues
| Six months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 9,028,569 | $ | 8,632,798 | ||||
| Revenue - Currency Adjusted (1) |
$ | 9,844,423 | $ | 8,771,621 | ||||
| Key Performance Indicators |
||||||||
| Removable products |
||||||||
| Change in units sold |
34.1 | % | (4.4 | %) | ||||
| Units Sold |
74,732 | 55,733 | ||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 5,557,779 | $ | 4,874,588 | ||||
| Revenue - Currency Adjusted (1) |
$ | 5,997,748 | $ | 4,943,639 | ||||
| Fixed products |
||||||||
| Change in units sold |
11.1 | % | (1.5 | %) | ||||
| Units Sold |
64,999 | 58,501 | ||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 3,323,416 | $ | 3,419,895 | ||||
| Revenue - Currency Adjusted (1) |
$ | 3,698,422 | $ | 3,489,357 | ||||
| Other Revenue (2) |
||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 147,374 | $ | 338,315 | ||||
| Revenue - Currency Adjusted (1) |
$ | 148,253 | $ | 338,625 | ||||
| Volume of accounts - (fixed and removable products) |
||||||||
| Dentists |
4,284 | 3,813 | ||||||
| Dental labs |
1,259 | 1,243 | ||||||
| (1) | Adjusted to reflect the impact of currency exchange losses. Both periods reflect the average currency exchange rates during the six months ended June 30, 2014. |
| (2) | Other Revenue consists of revenue generated from our China facility of $100,439 and $312,842 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and other miscellaneous income. We were unable to categorize the Revenue generated from our China facility between our two product lines. |
Our consolidated growth from 2014 to 2015 was impacted unfavorably by currency exchange losses in each of the countries in which we operate. If our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was based on average currency exchange rates during the six months of 2014, our revenue would have been $9,844,423 (instead of $9,028,569), which would have represented an increase of 12.2% (instead of 4.6%) as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Revenues increased by 4.6% to $9,028,569 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, driven by an increase in fixed and removable units sold, partially offset by currency exchange losses and lower sales prices. In late 2014, we implemented new pricing programs aimed at driving increases in units sold. In the six months ended June 30, 2015 our units sold increased by 22.3% on a consolidated basis as compared to the same period in 2014. During 2014, we began to use our own lab in China as our primary production facility, allowing us to pass on cost-savings to the customer, while maintaining our quality standards. In our removable products line, the average unit price declined by 9.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2015, adjusting for foreign currency fluctuations, primarily driven by our change in pricing strategy and changes in product mix, while our units sold increased by 34.1%. In our fixed products line, the average unit price declined by 4.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2015, adjusting for foreign currency fluctuations, while our units sold increased by 11.1%. We will continue to optimize our pricing as we integrate productivity initiatives from our research and development and technology investments and generate operating leverage from increased volume.
50
| Six Months Ended June 30, | Adjusted (1) Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | % Change | 2015 | 2014 | % Change | |||||||||||||||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenues by Country |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States |
$ | 5,063,977 | $ | 4,102,798 | 23.4 | % | $ | 5,063,977 | $ | 4,102,798 | 23.4 | % | ||||||||||||
| Germany |
1,311,061 | 1,424,561 | (8.0 | %) | 1,641,737 | 1,478,364 | 11.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| United Kingdom |
1,107,453 | 1,223,239 | (9.5 | %) | 1,213,493 | 1,240,300 | (2.2 | %) | ||||||||||||||||
| France |
563,814 | 671,673 | (16.1 | %) | 694,548 | 697,041 | (0.4 | %) | ||||||||||||||||
| Sweden |
578,783 | 471,908 | 22.6 | % | 750,220 | 498,109 | 50.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Netherlands |
303,042 | 425,777 | (28.8 | %) | 379,131 | 441,858 | (14.2 | %) | ||||||||||||||||
| China |
100,439 | 312,842 | (67.9 | %) | 101,317 | 313,151 | (67.6 | %) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total Revenue |
$ | 9,028,569 | $ | 8,632,798 | 4.6 | % | $ | 9,844,423 | $ | 8,771,621 | 12.2 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (1) | Adjusted to reflect the impact of currency exchange losses. Both periods reflect the average currency exchange rates during the six months ended June 30, 2014. |
| Six Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | % Change | ||||||||||
| Units Sold by Country |
||||||||||||
| United States |
76,834 | 59,832 | 28.4 | % | ||||||||
| Germany |
19,823 | 18,484 | 7.2 | % | ||||||||
| United Kingdom |
16,536 | 17,090 | (3.2 | %) | ||||||||
| France |
11,168 | 9,994 | 11.7 | % | ||||||||
| Sweden |
12,559 | 5,737 | 118.9 | % | ||||||||
| Netherlands |
2,811 | 3,097 | (9.2 | %) | ||||||||
| China (1) |
| | N/A | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total Units Sold |
139,731 | 114,234 | 22.3 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (1) | Information by unit was unavailable. |
Units sold increased by 22.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared to the same period in 2014, primarily driven by an increase of 28.4% in units sold in the United States, our largest market. We introduced our SunDigital Solution in January 2015 and typically implement our newest strategies and latest technologies by country, starting with the United States, the primary location for our research and development activities and our corporate headquarters. We use performance in the U.S. as an indicator of potential future performance in other geographic locations.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold increased by 4.4% as a percentage of Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 primarily due to: (i) 1.7% increase in salary and benefits due to increased head count in connection with expanding our infrastructure, (ii) 1.3% increase in material costs primarily related to 3D printing, (iii) 0.7% increase in shipping costs due to the implementation of the direct shipping program in June 2014 which reduces shipping time but is a more expensive method of shipment and (iv) 0.7% of increased depreciation from an increase in fixed assets.
Gross profit
Gross profit declined by 4.4% as a percentage of Revenue to 26.0% for the six months ended 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to a reduction in selling prices to drive increases in volume and strategic increases in Cost of goods sold, as described in more detail above.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expenses declined by $122,456 or 1.6% as a percentage of Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014, primarily due to a 2.0% decline in print magazine spend, as we have shifted our strategy to a more targeted approach, partially offset by a 0.3% increase in direct mail spend.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses increased by $373,709 or 3.1% as a percentage of Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to: (i) 1.7% increase in salary and benefits from increased headcount, (ii) 1.0% increase in professional fees for accounting, legal and other services and (iii) 0.5% increase in rent and utilities, primarily related to our new corporate headquarters.
51
Research and development
Research and development expenses declined by $93,077 or 1.2% as a percentage of Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 due to development costs associated with implementing our new 3D printing process in 2014 which involved utilizing more material costs associated with these printers. This program was launched in the fourth quarter of 2014, and accordingly, the related material costs are captured in Cost of goods sold beginning in the 2015 period.
Interest and other expenses, net
Interest and other expenses, net increased by $45,101 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period of 2014 due to an increased draw on the line of credit and additional notes of approximately $1,655,000 and $788,000, respectively, as of June 30, 2015 compared to June 30, 2014.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to the results provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP), we provide non-GAAP measures which present operating results on an adjusted basis. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (EBITDA adjusted for certain significant items, as noted below) are supplemental measures of operating performance. The following table reconciles Net loss attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated below:
| Six Months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||
| Net loss attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC (1) |
$ | (952,865 | ) | $ | (274,782 | ) | ||
| Interest expense, net |
98,829 | 42,533 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
439,137 | 351,030 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| EBITDA attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
(414,899 | ) | 118,781 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Non-recurring charges (2) |
5,769 | | ||||||
| Foreign currency exchange (gain) /loss |
(9,259 | ) | (788 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Adjusted EBITDA attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (418,389 | ) | $ | 117,993 | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | All addbacks have been adjusted to reflect the portion of income (loss) related to noncontrolling interest. |
| (2) | Non-recurring charges include severance pay and non-recurring research and development expenses. |
52
Results of Operations Year Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014
The following table set forth outlines our Consolidated Statements of Operations expressed as dollar amounts, percentage of Revenue and period-to-period change:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 17,479,034 | 100.0 | % | $ | 18,744,185 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||
| Cost of goods sold |
12,504,358 | 71.5 | % | 12,775,571 | 68.2 | % | 3.4 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Gross profit |
4,974,676 | 28.5 | % | 5,968,614 | 31.8 | % | (3.4 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales and marketing |
987,301 | 5.6 | % | 905,727 | 4.8 | % | 0.8 | % | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative |
4,018,885 | 23.0 | % | 4,377,763 | 23.4 | % | (0.4 | %) | ||||||||||||
| Research and development |
1,033,333 | 5.9 | % | 572,768 | 3.1 | % | 2.9 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total operating expenses |
6,039,519 | 34.6 | % | 5,856,258 | 31.2 | % | 3.3 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| (Loss) income from operations |
(1,064,843 | ) | (6.1 | %) | 112,356 | 0.6 | % | (6.7 | %) | |||||||||||
| Interest and other expenses, net |
185,657 | 1.1 | % | 304,866 | 1.6 | % | (0.6 | %) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (1,250,500 | ) | (7.2 | %) | $ | (192,510 | ) | (1.0 | %) | (6.1 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest |
(300,553 | ) | (1.7 | %) | (433,920 | ) | (2.3 | %) | 0.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (949,947 | ) | (5.4 | %) | $ | 241,410 | 1.3 | % | (6.7 | %) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
53
Revenues
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 17,479,034 | $ | 18,744,185 | ||||
| Key Performance Indicators |
||||||||
| Removable products |
||||||||
| Change in units sold |
1.4 | % | 2.1 | % | ||||
| Units sold |
117,433 | 115,857 | ||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 10,064,491 | $ | 10,150,795 | ||||
| Fixed products |
||||||||
| Change in units sold |
(1.8 | %) | 12.3 | % | ||||
| Units sold |
116,973 | 119,087 | ||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 6,814,045 | $ | 7,374,932 | ||||
| Other revenue (1) |
||||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 600,498 | $ | 1,218,458 | ||||
| Volume of accounts - (fixed and removable products) |
||||||||
| Dentist |
4,998 | 4,704 | ||||||
| Dental lab |
1,497 | 1,542 | ||||||
| (1) | Other revenue consists of revenue generated from our China facility of $537,790 and $1,199,018 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and other miscellaneous income. We are unable to categorize the Revenue generated and units sold from our China facility between our two product categories. |
Revenues decreased by 6.7% for the year ended 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. During 2014, we began implementing many of our long term strategies, focusing on (i) infrastructure with technology enhancements, including but not limited to our 3D printers and new office facilities in both the United States and China, (ii) utilizing our China facility as our primary production facility for all of Sun Dental Labs products and (iii) new pricing programs aimed at driving increases in units sold. We also strategically reduced sales to third parties from our China facility which contributed to a decrease in sales in China by approximately $661,000. In our removable products line, the average unit price declined by 2.2% while our units sold increased by 1.4%. In our fixed products line, the average unit price declined by 5.9% and our units sold declined by 1.8%. For the year ended 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, the change in foreign currency exchange rates was insignificant.
54
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | % Change | ||||||||||
| Revenues by Country |
||||||||||||
| United States |
$ | 8,516,036 | $ | 8,621,455 | (1.2 | %) | ||||||
| Germany |
2,880,326 | 2,967,800 | (2.9 | %) | ||||||||
| United Kingdom |
2,436,081 | 2,312,519 | 5.3 | % | ||||||||
| France |
1,280,374 | 1,299,412 | (1.5 | %) | ||||||||
| Sweden |
962,810 | 1,342,724 | (28.3 | %) | ||||||||
| Netherlands |
865,617 | 1,001,257 | (13.5 | %) | ||||||||
| China |
537,790 | 1,199,018 | (55.1 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total Revenue |
$ | 17,479,034 | $ | 18,744,185 | (6.7 | %) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Units Sold by Country |
||||||||||||
| United States |
126,566 | 121,566 | 4.1 | % | ||||||||
| Germany |
36,350 | 41,712 | (12.9 | %) | ||||||||
| United Kingdom |
34,010 | 33,450 | 1.7 | % | ||||||||
| France |
19,277 | 19,284 | 0.0 | % | ||||||||
| Sweden |
11,912 | 12,211 | (2.4 | %) | ||||||||
| Netherlands |
6,291 | 6,721 | (6.4 | %) | ||||||||
| China (1) |
| | N/A | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total Units Sold |
234,406 | 234,944 | (0.2 | %) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (1) | Information by unit was unavailable. |
Units sold decreased by 0.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013 primarily driven by unit declines in our European markets partially offset by a 4.1% increase in unit volumes the United States. Our focus in 2014 was to implement our long-term strategies as we built our infrastructure and invested in technology to sustain future growth.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold increased by 3.4% as a percentage of Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 primarily due to: (i) 1.5% increase in shipping costs due to the implementation of the direct shipping program in June 2014 which reduces shipping time but is a more expensive method of shipment, (ii) 1.1% increase in depreciation related to the addition of fixed assets, including 3D printing, scanners and milling machines and (iii) 0.6% increase in rent and utilities primarily related to the new corporate headquarters.
Gross profit
Gross profit declined by 3.4% as a percentage of Revenue to 28.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 as we began to implement our long-term growth strategies. Our revenues declined by strategically minimizing our third party revenues at our China location to focus principally on Sun Dental Labs production while our cost of goods sold increased with the investments in infrastructure and the implementation of the direct shipping program.
55
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $81,574 or 0.8% as a percentage of Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 due to a 1.3% increase in print magazine advertising expense, partially offset by (i) 0.2% decline in direct mail spend and (ii) 0.2% decline in trade show spend.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses declined by $358,878 or 0.4% as a percentage of Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 due to: (i) 1.8% reduction of bad debt expense due to a one-time write-off of third party receivables that occurred in 2013 and (ii) 0.7% decrease in salary and benefits, partially offset by (i) 0.9% professional fee increase related to international tax planning, (ii) 0.6% increase in travel and related expense, (iii) 0.2% increase in rent and utilities and (iv) 0.2% increase in depreciation expense.
Research and development
Research and development expenses increased by $460,565 or 2.9% as a percentage of Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 due to: (i) 1.3% from one-time increase related to material costs as we were evaluating and testing our new 3D printers (ii) 1.3% from equity-based compensation expense and (iii) 0.3% other miscellaneous expenses.
Interest and other expenses, net
Interest and other expenses, net declined by $119,209 for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 due to: (i) approximately $137,000 one-time audit adjustments for GAAP compliance purposes in 2014 and (ii) approximately $60,000 decrease in foreign currency exchange translation adjustment in 2014, partially offset by (i) approximately $40,000 increase in interest expense in 2014 due to the incremental draw on the line of credit and additional debt incurred in 2014 and (ii) approximately $25,000 decline in interest income in 2014 compared to 2013.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to the results provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP), we provide non-GAAP measures which present operating results on an adjusted basis. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (EBITDA adjusted for certain significant items, as noted below) are supplemental measures of operating performance. The following table reconciles Net (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated below:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Net (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC (1) |
$ | (949,947 | ) | $ | 241,410 | |||
| Interest expense, net |
99,619 | 34,626 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
800,702 | 590,901 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| EBITDA (loss) attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
(49,626 | ) | 866,937 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Non-recurring charges (2) |
280,191 | 350,699 | ||||||
| Equity-based compensation expense including related tax (3) |
235,972 | | ||||||
| Foreign currency exchange (gain) /loss |
(4,519 | ) | 30,855 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Adjusted EBITDA attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | 462,018 | $ | 1,248,491 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | All addbacks have been adjusted to reflect the portion of income (loss) related to noncontrolling interest. |
| (2) | Non-recurring charges include severance pay and non-recurring research and development expenses. |
| (3) | During the year ended December 31, 2014, we issued 350,000 Investment Class B Units in exchange for services with a fair value of $182,320 and related income taxes of $53,652. |
56
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, our sources of cash have included private placements of equity securities, debt arrangements and cash generated from operations. Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as the purchase and growth of inventory, expansion of our sales and marketing and research and development activities and other working capital needs; the acquisition of intellectual property; and expenditures related to equipment and improvements used to increase our manufacturing capacity and improve our manufacturing efficiency and for overall facility expansion.
We believe that our cash on hand and our anticipated cash flow from operations, together with the net proceeds received from this Offering, will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. We expect that our sales performance and the resulting operating income or loss, as well as the amount of cash generated from this Offering, will significantly impact our cash management decisions. We have utilized, and may continue to utilize, debt arrangements with debt providers and financial institutions to finance our operations. Factors such as interest rates and available cash will impact our decision to continue to utilize debt arrangements as a source of cash. Even if we raise the maximum net proceeds from this Offering, we plan on raising additional capital in the future to take advantage of future growth opportunities. Such capital could be in the form of equity or debt and could be dilutive to our unitholders. In the event we do not consummate this Offering, we will need to seek alternative financing sources, including from debt issuance or private equity, in order to execute our business strategies.
Summary of Cash Flows
As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, we had approximately $828,000 and $795,000, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents, of which approximately $610,000 and $767,000, respectively, was held by foreign affiliates, a portion of which would be subject to additional taxes if repatriated to the United States. We consider the undistributed earnings related to our foreign affiliates to be permanently reinvested and are expected to continue to be permanently reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for United States income and additional foreign taxes has been recorded on aggregate undistributed earnings.
The following table presents a summary of our cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:
| Six months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | (unaudited) | |||||||
| Net cash used by operating activities |
$ | (1,361,133 | ) | $ | (189,437 | ) | ||
| Net cash used by investing activities |
(216,116 | ) | (821,365 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
1,432,501 | 963,497 | ||||||
| Effect of exchange rate change on cash |
(185,343 | ) | 16,316 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Change in cash and cash equivalents |
(330,091 | ) | (30,989 | ) | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
1,158,027 | 825,744 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 827,936 | $ | 794,755 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
During the six months ended June 30, 2015, cash increased approximately $306,000 from net borrowings on our revolving credit line, $835,000 from borrowings on our non-revolving credit line, and $292,000 from net borrowings on our other credit facilities. These cash increases were offset by cash used for operations of approximately $1,361,000, capital expenditures of $136,000 and the acquisition of intangible assets of $80,000, resulting in a net decrease in cash of approximately $330,000 (including the unfavorable effects of foreign currency exchange rates on cash of approximately $185,000).
Net cash flows used by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was approximately $1,361,000, compared to $189,000 in the comparable period of 2014. The $1,172,000 decrease in cash flows from operating activities was due to a $478,000 increase in net loss and a net decrease of approximately $1,047,000 in cash flows from changes in assets and liabilities, offset by a $353,000 increase in adjustments to reconcile net income to cash such as depreciation and amortization, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, bad debt expense and transaction-related expenses. The decrease in cash flows from assets and liabilities of $1,047,000 was principally due
57
to an increase in other assets of $515,000, an increase in accounts receivable of $323,000 and a decrease in accounts payable of $273,000. The increase in other assets is primarily due to a receivable of $500,000 for Investment Class A Units that were issued in May 2015. The increase in accounts receivable of $323,000 is primarily the result of an increase in revenue and the related amounts due from customers. The decrease in accounts payable is primarily driven by timing of payments to vendors. The $353,000 increase in adjustments to reconcile net income to cash is primarily due to non-recurring transaction-related expenses of approximately $237,000, an increase in depreciation and amortization of $85,000 and an increase in bad debt expense of $40,000.
Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 of approximately $216,000 consisted primarily of capital expenditures of approximately $136,000 and the acquisition of intangible assets, including patents and trademarks, of approximately $80,000. We estimate that our capital expenditures will total approximately $1,000,000 in 2015, subject to the net proceeds generated from this Offering. We expect our future investments in capital expenditures to be significant as we intend to purchase additional digital manufacturing equipment, 3-D printers, scanners and milling machines to increase our production capacity and accommodate growing customer demand for our products and services.
The amount of actual capital expenditures may be affected by the amount of cash generated from this Offering, general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, among other things, including restrictions imposed by our borrowing arrangements.
Net cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily attributable to net borrowings on our $2,000,000 line of credit of approximately $306,000, borrowings on a new non-revolving $1,000,000 line of credit of $835,000 and net borrowings on the note from our Chief Executive Officer (the Controlling Member) of approximately $481,000. These activities were offset by an aggregate reduction in other borrowings in the amount of approximately $191,000.
The following table presents a summary of our cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 626,826 | $ | 1,172,909 | ||||
| Net cash used by investing activities |
(2,295,582 | ) | (1,404,915 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
2,046,373 | 182,276 | ||||||
| Effect of exchange rate change on cash |
(45,334 | ) | 30,934 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Change in cash and cash equivalents |
332,283 | (18,796 | ) | |||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
825,744 | 844,540 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 1,158,027 | $ | 825,744 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had approximately $1,158,000 and $826,000, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents, of which approximately $1,084,000 and $776,000, respectively, was held by foreign affiliates, a portion of which would be subject to additional taxes if repatriated to the United States.
During 2014, cash increased approximately $627,000 from operating activities, $640,000 from net borrowings on our revolving line of credit, $1,338,000 from net borrowings on other credit facilities and $69,000 from contributions received from a minority investor. These cash increases were offset by cash used for capital expenditures of approximately $1,566,000 and the purchase of an additional 37.5% interest in World Star for approximately $715,000, resulting in a net increase in cash of approximately $332,000 (including the unfavorable effects of foreign currency exchange rates on cash of approximately $45,000).
Net cash flows provided by operating activities for 2014 were approximately $627,000, compared to approximately $1,173,000 in 2013. The $546,000 decrease in net cash flows from operating activities in 2014 was due to a $1,058,000 increase in net loss, offset by a $34,000 increase in adjustments to reconcile net income to cash such as depreciation and amortization, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, equity-based compensation and bad debt expense, and a net increase of approximately $478,000 in cash flows from changes in assets and liabilities. The $34,000 increase in adjustments to reconcile net income to cash is primarily due to equity-based compensation of $182,000 and an increase in depreciation and amortization of $191,000, partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense of $349,000. The decrease in bad debt expense of $349,000 is primarily due to a one-time write-off of third party receivables at World Star in 2013. The $478,000 increase in cash flows from assets and liabilities is principally a result of an $830,000 increase in accounts payable, partially offset by a $200,000 increase in inventory, and a $155,000 increase in accounts receivable. The $830,000 increase in accounts payable resulted primarily due to our decision to remit payments to vendors within terms rather than in advance of stated terms.
58
Net cash used by investing activities during 2014 consisted primarily of capital expenditures of approximately $1,566,000 for and the acquisition of an additional 37.5% interest in World Star of approximately $715,000.
Net cash provided by financing activities during 2014 was primarily attributable to net borrowings on our $2,000,000 line of credit of approximately $640,000, net borrowings on the note from Controlling Member of approximately $1,024,000, borrowings on our equipment loan of approximately $743,000 and $69,000 received for units issued in 2014. These activities were offset by an aggregate pay down on other borrowings in the amount of approximately $429,000.
Our credit facilities consist of the Line of Credit Facilities and multiple Notes Payable.
Each of our credit facilities require us to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants that, among other things, may limit our ability to incur additional debt or participate in business combinations. We determined that we are in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2015.
The following is a summary of principal payments and debt issuance from December 31, 2012 to June 30, 2015 (unaudited).
| Notes Payable |
Other Notes | LOC $2M | LOC $1M | Note from Controlling Member |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2012 |
$ | 1,114,897 | $ | 72,646 | $ | 476,754 | $ | | $ | 920,890 | $ | 2,585,187 | ||||||||||||
| New Debt Issued |
| 268,468 | 6,289,315 | | | 6,557,783 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Payments |
(174,792 | ) | (33,631 | ) | (5,758,776 | ) | | (408,309 | ) | (6,375,508 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2013 |
940,105 | 307,483 | 1,007,293 | | 512,581 | 2,767,462 | ||||||||||||||||||
| New Debt Issued |
742,544 | | 7,112,049 | | 1,156,200 | 9,010,793 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Payments |
(189,183 | ) | (240,119 | ) | (6,472,223 | ) | | (131,725 | ) | (7,033,250 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance as of December 31, 2014 |
1,493,466 | 67,364 | 1,647,119 | | 1,537,056 | 4,745,005 | ||||||||||||||||||
| New Debt Issued |
| | 3,562,717 | 835,180 | 662,674 | 5,060,571 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Payments |
(139,570 | ) | (51,223 | ) | (3,256,981 | ) | | (181,741 | ) | (3,629,515 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance as of June 30, 2015 |
$ | 1,353,896 | $ | 16,141 | $ | 1,952,855 | $ | 835,180 | $ | 2,017,989 | $ | 6,176,061 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
None.
Transactions
Additional interest in World Star
During June 2014, we purchased an additional 37.5% interest in World Star, a subsidiary in which we previously had significant control, for total consideration of RMB 4.4 million (or $715,109) in cash. The acquisition resulted in a total interest of 87.5% of this subsidiary. Per ASC 810 Consolidation, changes in a parents ownership interest that do not result in a change in control of the subsidiary are accounted for as equity transactions. Thus, if the parent maintains control, it will recognize no gain or loss in earnings upon selling shares of a subsidiary. Similarly, the parent will not record any additional acquisition adjustments to reflect its subsequent purchases of additional shares in a subsidiary if there is no change in control. Instead, the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest will be adjusted to reflect the change in the noncontrolling interests ownership interest in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount by which the noncontrolling interest is adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized in equity and attributed to the equity holders of the parent.
The following table sets forth the effect of the World Stars acquisition transactions on members equity on December 31, 2014:
| Transfers to non-controlling interests: |
||||
| Decrease in Members equity for purchase of 37.5% of World Star: |
$ | 609,539 | ||
| Change from net income attributable to the Company and transfers from noncontrolling interests |
$ | 105,570 |
59
Interest in Ocean Blue
Until May 8, 2014, the Controlling Member owned 50% of Ocean Blue. Ocean Blue buys inventory from World Star and subsequently sells the inventory to us. Since this entity is under common control, under ASC Topic 605, Related Parties (including VIEs), the arrangement is deemed to create a variable interest. We have an implicit variable interest with Ocean Blue as the entity would not exist without our business. We have the power to direct the activities of Ocean Blue as approximately 90% of its revenue is from us. Additionally, we have a receivable from Ocean Blue of approximately $600,000 as of December 31, 2013 which they could bear to lose and is a significant amount to us. As a result, we have been deemed the primary beneficiary and the operations of Ocean Blue have been consolidated into our accounts. The consolidation of this variable interest entity added approximately $281,000 of assets, and approximately $723,000 of related liabilities to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2013. Since the Controlling Member owned the equity interest, 100% of the net loss of Ocean Blue was eliminated within the Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the year ended December 31, 2013.
On May 8, 2014, the Controlling Member, contributed its shares in Ocean Blue to us for 5,000 HKD, (or approximately $2,000) resulting in a 50% ownership. On the same date, we purchased an additional 37.5% ownership from an unrelated third party for 3,500 HKD (or approximately $1,400) resulting in total ownership of 87.5%. Since Ocean Blue is considered a related party the assets and liabilities were recorded at book value at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2014, the non-controlling interest is 12.5%. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the amount eliminated within the Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income was based on the percentage of ownership throughout the year.
Other Material Commitments
Contractual Obligations Table
Our contractual obligations, debt obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2015 are summarized in the table below:
| Payments Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | < 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | Thereafter | ||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt |
$ | 1,370,039 | $ | 361,544 | $ | 689,303 | $ | 310,271 | $ | 8,921 | ||||||||||
| Capital lease obligations |
15,117 | 7,127 | 7,990 | | | |||||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations |
6,885,704 | 833,310 | 1,490,848 | 1,429,690 | 3,131,856 | |||||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities (1) |
1,564,700 | 332,000 | 647,300 | 485,400 | 100,000 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total contractual obligations |
$ | 9,835,560 | $ | 1,533,981 | $ | 2,835,441 | $ | 2,225,361 | $ | 3,240,777 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| (1) | Represents the guaranteed payment to the Controlling Member and Member Service Agreement Liability for two shareholders. See more information on these items in the Notes to Financial Statements (Note 11, Commitment and Contingencies and Note 13, Related Party) |
We have two lines of credit and a Note from Controlling Member with balances of approximately $1,953,000, $835,000 and $2,018,000, respectively, as of June 30, 2015 that are not included in the table above which may be callable upon demand.
As disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements, on August 4, 2015, we entered into an employment contract with a new Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, under which there is a guaranteed minimum salary totaling $140,000 in each of the next five years beginning August 20, 2015, which is not disclosed in the table above.
Related Party Transactions
During 2014, we formalized a lending arrangement with the Controlling Member to provide us with necessary working capital as needed upon his or her discretion. The maximum amount of the note is $2,500,000. The note is due on demand and interest accrues annually at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of advance. Interest is due and payable annually on the anniversary of any such advance. Interest expense of approximately $15,000 and $1,800 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, was included within our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income.
The Note from Controlling Member was approximately $2,018,000, $1,537,000, $513,000 at June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
60
We lease our principal offices from Society, LLC, an entity related through common ownership. The lease is for a period of 10 years commencing October 9, 2014, and terminating on December 31, 2024. The monthly rent under the lease is approximately $26,000. No payments were made in 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, $128,543 of payments were made to Society, LLC.
We guarantee two mortgages on our principal offices for Society, LLC, an entity related through common control. The first mortgage was obtained on April 25, 2014, with a principal balance of $1,480,000. No principal payments were made as of December 31, 2014. The second mortgage was obtained on March 24, 2015, with a principal balance of $160,500. Balances on the two mortgages as of June 30, 2015 were $1,472,215 and $159,257, respectively.
The Company sells products to an entity in which the majority owner is an immediate family member of the Controlling Member. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Revenues were approximately $412,000 and $849,000, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, Revenues were approximately $79,000 and $245,000, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the outstanding Accounts receivable, net from this entity was approximately $42,000, $95,000 and $82,000, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.
Revenue Recognition
Our revenue is primarily generated from sales in the United States and Europe. We ship our products directly to our customers, which consist primarily of dentists and lab. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred and title passed, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
Income Taxes
We have elected to be taxed as a partnership. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include no provision for income taxes as our income is reported for tax purposes by its members. We follow the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes. This standard prescribes a recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties associated with tax positions under this standard as a component of tax expense, and none was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Tax years 2010 through 2014 remain subject to examination by the IRS.
Our foreign subsidiaries are also subject to income tax under their local jurisdiction. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements contain a provision for corporate income tax as well as deferred tax assets.
61
Variable Interest Entities (VIE)
We consolidate variable interest entities where it has been determined we are the primary beneficiary of those entities operations.
In evaluating whether we have the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance, we consider the purpose for which the VIE was created, the importance of each of the activities in which it is engaged and our decision-making role, if any, in those activities that significantly determine the entitys economic performance as compared to other economic interest holders. This evaluation requires consideration of all facts and circumstances relevant to decision-making that affects the entitys future performance and the exercise of professional judgment in deciding which decision making rights are most important.
In determining whether we have the right to receive benefits or the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE, we evaluate all of our economic interests in the entity, regardless of form (debt, equity, management and servicing fees, and other contractual arrangements). This evaluation considers all relevant factors of the entitys design, including: the entitys capital structure, contractual rights to earnings (losses), subordination of our interests relative to those of other investors, contingent payments, as well as other contractual arrangements that have potential to be economically significant. The evaluation of each of these factors in reaching a conclusion about the potential significance of our economic interests is a matter that requires the exercise of professional judgment.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience adjusted for current conditions. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of historical loss experience, including the need to adjust for current conditions, and judgments about the probable effects of relevant observable data, including present economic conditions such as delinquency rates and financial health of specific customers. We recognized $78,178 and $427,503 in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively. In 2013 we recognized a one-time write-off of third party receivables at Ocean Blue of $331,000.
Equity-Based Compensation
The Company periodically issues member units to its employees. Costs for these transactions are measured at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The value of the member unit is measured at the earlier of (i) the date at which a firm commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instruments is reached or (ii) the date at which the counterpartys performance is complete.
Business Combinations
The application of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are depreciated and those that are determined to have indefinite useful life. Our estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, and when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party appraisal firms.
As a result of our acquisition of WorldStar we have recognized goodwill and patent, which both are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired.
Intangible Assets
We classify intangible assets into two categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization and (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization. We determine the useful lives of identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors we consider when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement related to the asset, the historical performance of the asset, our long-term strategy for using the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset, and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized primarily on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives, generally ranging from 1 to 20 years.
62
Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Useful Lives.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations.
We test intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives, including patent and goodwill, for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. We use a variety of methodologies in conducting impairment assessments of indefinite-lived intangible assets, including, but not limited to, discounted cash flow models, which are based on the assumptions we believe hypothetical marketplace participants would use. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, if the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived tangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived tangible assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the impairment to be recognized is measured by determining the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value may be determined using appraisals, management estimates and discounted cash flow calculations. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we determined that our long-lived assets were not impaired.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and do not believe we are exposed to material market risk with respect to our cash and cash equivalents.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with any future borrowings under our revolving credit facility, which bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable borrowing margin. For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into contractual arrangements to reduce our exposure to interest rate risks.
Foreign Exchange Risk
We operate in countries other than the United States, and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency risks. We bill direct sales outside of the United States in local currencies. We expect that the percentage of our sales denominated in foreign currencies will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand into international markets. When sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in exchange rates could affect our net income. We believe that the risk of a significant impact on our operating income from foreign currency fluctuations is minimal. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we may choose to hedge our exposure in the future.
Certain assets, liabilities and forecasted transactions are exposed to foreign currency risk, primarily the fluctuation of the U.S. dollar against European currencies and the Yuan. We face transactional currency exposures that arise when our foreign subsidiaries enter into transactions, primarily on an intercompany basis, denominated in currencies other than their local currency. We also face currency exposure that arises from translating the results of our global operations to the U.S. dollar at exchange rates that have fluctuated from the beginning of the period.
63
ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
Our directors hold office until their successors are elected and qualified, or until their deaths, resignations or removals. Our executive officers hold office at the pleasure of our board of directors, or until their deaths, resignations or removals.
Our directors, executive officers and significant employees, their ages, positions held, and durations of such are as follows:
| Name |
Position Held with Our Company |
Age | Initial Term of Office | |||
| Derek Diasti |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
56 | July 2004 | |||
| Chuck Stapleton |
Chief Operating Officer |
34 | June 2012 | |||
| Elizabeth Szeltner |
Chief Financial Officer |
54 | October 2014 | |||
| Joost Jorna |
President European Operations |
44 | January 2015 | |||
| Sara Yuan |
Vice President Asian Operations |
52 | August 2004 | |||
| Michael Brown |
Chief Sales and Marketing Officer |
60 | August 2015 | |||
| Paul Rogalski |
Nominee for Director |
|||||
| Darrell C. Smith |
Nominee for Director |
Executive Officers
Derek Diasti, DVM, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Dr. Diasti is the founder of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since July 2004. From 2005 to 2014, he also served as Chairman of the Board of Intelident Solutions, a dental practice management company. Dr. Diasti was a co-founder of DDS Labs in 2006 which was sold to a private equity fund in July 2014. He was also a co-founder of Coast Dental Services, Inc., a dental practice management company and from 1992 through 2005 served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. He guided Coast Dental through its successful initial public offering and NASDAQ listing in 1997 while also developing it into a leading U.S. dental practice management company with over 200 locations. Dr. Diasti received his Doctorate of Veterinary Medicine degree from Purdue University.
Chuck Stapleton, Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Stapleton has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2012. From September 2010 to June 2012 he served as Senior Director, Research and Development, for Den-Mat Holdings, LLC, a manufacturer of dental products. He received a Masters in Business Administration degree from Arizona State University, W. P. Carey School of Business and a Bachelors degree in Mathematics & Computer Science, and Economics from University of California, San Diego.
Elizabeth Szeltner, Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Szeltner, a Certified Public Accountant, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2014. From January 2013 to March 2014, she served as a Financial Consultant for Intelident Solutions, a dental practice management company. Prior to that she served as Founder and Chief Financial Officer of Superior Services, an accounting consulting firm. She received her Bachelors of Science degree in Accounting from the University of Texas at El Paso.
Significant Employees
Joost Jorna, President European Operations. Mr. Jorna has served as our President of European Operations since January 2015. From 2007 to 2014, he served as Chief Technology Officer of Excent Dental Laboratory Group, one of the largest dental laboratories in Europe. Mr. Jorna received his Master Dental Technician certification in fixed and removable implants.
Sara Yuan, Vice President Asian Operations. Ms. Yuan has served as our Vice President of Asian Operations since August 2004. She received her Professional Engineer license from Shanghai University and has a manufacturing background.
Michael Brown, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer. Mr. Brown began serving as our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer in August 2015. Mr. Brown is an experienced sales and business development professional with extensive history of devising and executing sales, account management and marketing strategies. From November 2102 to August 2015, he served as Vice President of Sales, United States and Canada, for Carestream Healthcare, Inc., a company that provides integrated IT solutions to healthcare providers to
64
streamline workflow and efficiently manage medical images. Prior to serving as Vice President of Sales, Mr. Brown served as Carestream Healthcare, Inc.s Vice President of Corporate Sales, United States and Canada, for more than nine years. From January 1998 to September 2003, Mr. Brown served as Director of Corporate Sales for Eastman Kodak-Health Group.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors is currently comprised of one director, Derek Diasti. Our Operating Agreement currently provides that the number of directors shall be as determined by our board. At the time of completion of this Offering, we intend to increase the size of our board of directors by three directors and appoint Paul Rogalski and Darrell C. Smith as directors followed by the appointment of a third director to be determined at a later date.
Paul Rogalski, Director Nominee. Mr. Rogalski will be appointed to the board of directors upon completion of this Offering. He is the head of the Industrial Group of Robert W. Baird & Co., an international, employee-owned financial services firm providing investment banking, capital markets, private equity, wealth management, and asset management services, and a member of the firms Investment Banking Management Committee. Mr. Rogalski has more than 25 years of investment banking experience and has been involved in a wide variety of financing and mergers and acquisitions transactions. Prior to joining Robert W. Baird & Co. in 1995, he was a Senior Vice President in the Investment Banking Group at Kidder, Peabody & Co. in Chicago. Mr. Rogalski received an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and his J.D., cum laude, from Northwesterns School of Law. He graduated, with high honors, from the University of Notre Dame.
Darrell C. Smith, Director Nominee. Mr. Smith will be appointed to the board of directors upon completion of this Offering. Since 1991, he has been a partner in the law firm of Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP and currently serves as Co-Chairman of the firms corporate department. Mr. Smith has been a practicing attorney for more than 30 years and has served as legal counsel for companies of various sizes including private and public companies. In connection with his representation. Mr. Smith has extensive experience in counseling boards of directors of both private and public companies. Mr. Smith received his J.D. from Capital University Law School. He was a Presidential Scholar at Grove City College.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the annual compensation of each of the three highest paid persons who were executive officers or directors during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.
| Name |
Capacities in which compensation was received |
Cash compensation ($) |
Other compensation ($) |
Total compensation ($) |
||||||||||
| Derek Diasti |
Chief Executive Officer | $ | 44,247 | $ | 55,754 | $ | 100,000 | |||||||
| Chuck Stapleton |
Chief Operating Officer | $ | 152,432 | $ | 202,262 | $ | 354,694 | |||||||
| Sara Yuan |
Vice President Asian Operations |
$ | 58,317 | $ | 33,710 | $ | 92,027 | |||||||
65
Employment Agreements
We currently do not have written employment agreements with our Chief Executive Officer or our Chief Financial Officer. Their compensation will be as determined by the board of directors based upon such factors as it is deemed appropriate. The compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer in 2015 is expected to be $100,000 and he will be entitled to the same benefits as other employees. We do have a written employment agreement with our Chief Operating Officer which is described below.
Supplementary Member Services Agreement with Chuck Stapleton, Chief Operating Officer
We entered into a Supplementary Member Services Agreement with Chuck Stapleton on October 7, 2014 pursuant to which agreement he is employed as our Chief Operating Officer. The initial term of the agreement is for a period of five years and will automatically renew for successive five year periods thereafter unless otherwise terminated as provided therein. The agreement provides for a base salary of $162,000 per year and a quarterly bonus of 3% of the Companys positive EBITDA. Under the agreement, Mr. Stapleton is also entitled to receive business class seats for airline travel, payment of up to $200 per month for a virtual assistant, payment of his medical insurance premiums, reimbursement for all of his reasonable business expenses incurred in performing his services to us pursuant to the agreement, as well as other benefits available to our employees. The agreement also provides that he will be entitled to severance of 150% of his recent annual base salary following a Termination without Cause (as defined in the agreement) which is payable in full within 12 months. In consideration for the Company entering into the agreement, Mr. Stapleton agreed to be bound by certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions during the term of the agreement and for 18 months following his termination.
Director Compensation
Our directors are not currently compensated for services as a director. However, when non-employee directors begin service in the future we may compensate them with cash fees, equity grants or a combination thereof. We also plan to reimburse our directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with their services provided in such capacity.
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC Special Equity Plan
We plan to adopt the Sun Dental Holdings, LLC Special Equity Plan (the Special Equity Plan).
Purpose. The purpose of the Special Equity Plan is to further our growth and success by enabling a manager, member, officer, employee, consultant or other service provider of ours located in the United States to acquire equity interests in us, thereby increasing their personal interest in our growth and success, providing a means of rewarding outstanding service, and aiding retention.
Administration. The Special Equity Plan shall be administered by the Board or by any Committee the Board has appointed for this purpose. The Board has the power and authority to administer, construe and interpret our Special Equity Plan, to make rules for carrying it out and to make changes in such rules
Special Equity Units Reserve. The aggregate number of Special Equity Units which may be granted under the Special Equity Plan shall, together with the contingent interests under our Special Incentive Compensation Plan, not exceed Eight Percent (8%) of the aggregate total number of Units of the Company outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of the date of the grant. As of [ ], 2015, a total of [ ] Special Equity Units were issued and outstanding.
Type of Award. The Special Equity Plan provides for grants of non-voting Special Equity Units that are intended to qualify as profits-only interests. The Board or Committee shall establish such vesting criteria for the Special Equity Units as it determines in its discretion and shall include such vesting criteria in each grant agreement. Vesting may be based on the continued service of the participant with, or the participants performance of duties, upon the achievement of performance goals set out in the grant agreement, or upon any other basis. The Board or Committee shall also establish the profits interest hurdle applicable to each Special Equity Unit in the applicable grant agreement which will initially be the tied to the value of the Company upon completion of this offering. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will set forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to the award.
66
Change in Control. Upon a change in control (as defined in the Special Equity Plan), any unvested Special Equity Units held by the participant that have not been previously forfeited pursuant to the terms of the participants grant agreement shall, in connection with such change in control, become fully vested in connection therewith
Transfer. Other than as specifically provided for in the grant agreement or our operating agreement, our Special Equity Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards without the prior written consent of the Board or Committee, which such consent may be withheld in the Boards or Committees sole discretion.
Amendment; Termination. The Board or Committee has the authority to make such amendments to any terms and conditions applicable to outstanding awards as are consistent with our Special Equity Plan, provided that no such action will modify any awards in a manner that materially impacts a participant with respect to any outstanding awards, other than as provided for under our Special Equity Plan, without the Participants consent.
Special Incentive Compensation Plan
We plan to adopt a cash incentive compensation plan for certain of our US and non-US employees which would provide these employees with the right to receive contingent future cash payments generally equivalent to what would they could have expected to be receive under the Special Equity Plan if they had been eligible for Special Equity Units under our Special Equity Plan with the profits interest hurdle as well as other performance hurdles set by the Board. These payments will be subject to vesting requirements similar to those imposed by the Special Equity Plan, and will generally only be made if the employee has continued his or her employment (or other service relationship) with the Company or subsidiary through the date the payment is to be made. In particular, active employees with vested awards under this cash incentive plan would be entitled to receive (i) dividend equivalent payments when the Company makes cash distributions to participants in the Special Equity Plan, (ii) payments for their vested awards upon termination of employment, to the extent the profits interest hurdle for their award has been satisfied, and (iii) payments upon a Change in Control of the company (as defined in the incentive compensation plan) if the proceeds of the change in control exceed the applicable profits interest hurdle.
ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS
The following table sets forth, as of the date hereof, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our voting securities by each unitholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 10% of our voting securities, by each of our directors and executive officers, and by our directors and executive officers as a group. Each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities, except as otherwise indicated.
| Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
Title of Class | Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership |
Percent of Class |
|||||||||
| Derek Diasti 1800 9th Ave N, St. Petersburg, Florida, 33713 |
Management Units | 200,000 | Direct | 100 | % | |||||||
67
ITEM 13: INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND
OTHERS IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above in Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers, during the past two completed fiscal years and the current fiscal year we have been a party to the following transactions in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of our voting securities, whom we refer to as our principal unitholders, or affiliates or immediate family members of our directors, executive officers and principal unitholders had or will have a material interest. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.
Loans from CEO. We have entered into a lending arrangement, which we formalized on October 29, 2014, with our CEO, Derek Diasti, to provide us with necessary working capital as needed. The maximum amount of the loan is $2,500,000. Interest accrues annually at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of advance. As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate outstanding balance of the loan was approximately $2,018,000, $1,537,000 and $513,000, respectively. The amounts of $182,000, $132,000 and $408,000 were repaid during the six months ending June 30, 2015, year ending December 31, 2014 and year ending December 31, 2013, respectively. Interest expense of approximately $31,000, $15,000 and $1,800 for the six months ended June 30, 2015, year ended December 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, respectively, was recognized to the loans from our CEO.
Lease from entity controlled by CEO. We lease our principal offices from Society, LLC, an entity controlled by our CEO, Derek Diasti. The lease is for a period of 10 years commencing October 9, 2014, and terminating on December 31, 2024. The monthly rent under the lease is approximately $26,000. No payments were made in 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, $128,543 of payments were made to Society, LLC. We also have guaranteed two mortgages on our principal offices for Society, LLC. The first mortgage was obtained on April 25, 2014, for a principal balance of $1,480,000. No principal payments were made as of December 31, 2014. The second mortgage was obtained on March 24, 2015, for a principal balance of $160,500. Balances as of June 30, 2015 were $1,472,215 and $159,257, respectively.
OceanBlue. On May 8, 2014, our CEO, Derek Diasti, contributed his shares in OceanBlue International Group Limited to us for 5,000 HKD (or approximately $2,000) resulting in our 50% ownership in such entity.
Sales to related party. We sell products to an entity in which the majority owner is an immediate family member of our CEO, Derek Diasti. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Revenues were approximately $412,000 and $849,000, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, Revenues were approximately $79,000 and $245,000. As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Accounts receivable, net due from this entity was approximately $42,000, $95,000 and $82,000, respectively.
Law Firm. Director Nominee Darrell C. Smith is a partner in the law firm of Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP which has served as legal counsel to the Company. The Company did not pay the law firm fees for services rendered during 2013, 2014 or for the six months ending June 30, 2015, but expects to pay legal fees in 2015.
Indemnification Agreements
We enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our LLC operating agreement require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Florida law.
68
ITEM 14: SECURITIES BEING OFFERED
We are offering [ ] Class A Common Units pursuant to this Offering Circular. Our authorized capital consists of 30,000,000 units. The Class A Common Units are a class of limited liability company interests in us. A description of the material terms and provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement our affecting the rights of holders of our Class A Common Units is set forth below. The description is intended as a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Limited Liability Company Agreement to this Offering Circular. As of September 1, 2015, there were outstanding 200,000 Management Units, 19,380,000 Investment Class A Units, and 700,000 Investment Class B Units held by seven unitholders.
Units
Economic Rights
The Management Units, Investment Class A Units, Investment Class B Units and Class A Common Units have the same economic rights and we refer to them collectively as Common Units.
Distributions
The holders of outstanding Common Units are entitled to receive proportionate distributions out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to make a distribution and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See Dividend Policy for more information.
Voting Rights
The holders of our Management Units are entitled to one hundred votes per unit. The holders of our Investment Class A Units and Investment Class B Units have no voting rights except as required by law. The holders of our Class A Common Units are entitled to one vote per Unit. The holders of our Class A Common Units and Management Units vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law.
Unitholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our Units are not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our unitholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our Common Units, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding preferred units.
Preferred Units
No preferred units are outstanding, but we will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Florida law, to issue preferred units in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of preferred units to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the preferred units of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also can increase or decrease the number of preferred units of any series, but not below the number of preferred units of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our unitholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred units with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the Common Units. The issuance of preferred units, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Units and the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Units. We have no current plan to issue any preferred units.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
So long as the outstanding Management Units represent a majority of the combined voting power of Common Units, Derek Diasti, our CEO, will effectively control all matters submitted to our unitholders for a vote, as well as the overall management and direction of our company, which will have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company.
69
Transfer Agent
[ ] is the transfer agent and registrant for our Class A Common Units.
Special Equity Plan
We plan to adopt the Sun Dental Holdings, LLC Special Equity Plan (the Special Equity Plan). The aggregate number of Special Equity Units which may be granted under the Special Equity Plan, together with the contingent interests under our Special Incentive Compensation Plan, shall not exceed Eight Percent (8%) of the aggregate total number of Units of the Company outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of the date of the grant. As of [ ], 2015, a total of [ ] Special Equity Units were issued and outstanding.
OUR LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement. For more detailed information, please see our Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (the LLC Agreement) which has been filed as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part.
Issuance of Units and Additional Members
There are five (5) classes of Units which we may currently issue to Members: Class A Common Units, Class B Common Units (f/k/a Investment Class A Units), Investment Class B Units, Management Units and Special Equity Units. The total number of Units, which we are authorized to issue, is thirty million (30,000,000). With the written consent of a majority of the Units held by Management Class Members and Class A Common Unit Members, the Company may authorize and issue additional Units, whether including new classes of Units, or a combination of the foregoing, directly from the Company, and admit one or more recipients of such Units as additional Members from time to time, on such terms and conditions and for such Capital Contributions, if any, as a majority of the Units held by Management Class Members and Class A Common Unit Members may deem favorable and advisable to the Company. Such Additional Member shall receive such distributions and allocations of Profits and Losses as a majority of the Units held by Management Class Members and Class A Common Unit Members deem favorable and advisable.
Voting by Members
Except as otherwise provided by the Act, only the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members shall be entitled to vote on matters pertaining to the Company. Each of the Class A Common Unit Members shall be entitled to one (1) vote per Class A Common Unit and each of the Management Class Members shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per Management Unit. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Act, the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of Units held by the A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary and sufficient to decide an issue.
Limited Authority of Members
Except as expressly provided in a duly filed and then-effective Statement of Authority, no Member, in its capacity as a Member, shall have authority to take or engage in any action to bind us in any manner.
Consent of Members in Lieu of Meeting
Unless otherwise provided by law, any action which may be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting and without a vote if a written consent, setting forth the action so taken, is signed in person, by proxy, by email signature, or by facsimile signature by a majority of Units held by the A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members entitled to vote on such action.
70
Board of Directors
The manager of the Company is the board of directors. The size and composition of the Board of Directors and removal of directors is by vote of a majority of the Units held by the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members.
Appraisal or Partition
Each Member waives its rights to any appraisal rights under the Act or any rights to have any Company Asset partitioned, or to file a complaint or to institute any suit, action, or proceeding at law or in equity asserting appraisal rights under the Act or to have any Company Asset partitioned, and each Member, on behalf of itself, its successors, and its assigns hereby waives any such right.
Allocations of Profits and Losses
After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in the LLC Agreement, profits and losses for any year shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests.
Distributions
Distributions to the Members will be made if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that there is sufficient cash available for distributions. Any such distributions will be payable on a pro-rata basis.
Transferability of Units
The Class A Common Units may only be transferred with the consent of the Company (which may be granted or denied in the sole discretion of the Company and may be withheld without reason or cause) and permitted transfers will require a legal opinion satisfactory to the Company. In addition, no assignment or transfer of a Unit will be permitted if such assignment or transfer would result in a violation of federal or state securities laws or result in the Company being treated as a corporation under the publicly traded partnership rules.
Amendment
The LLC Agreement may be amended with the approval of a majority of the Units held by the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members.
Applicable Law
The LLC Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with Florida law.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
The following general discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations in connection with the purchase, ownership and disposition of Class A Common Units. This discussion is a summary for general information only and does not discuss all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular investor, in light of its own circumstances, or to certain classes of investors subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws. For instance, unless otherwise specified, this summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in Interests by a dealer or trader in securities, financial institution, life-insurance company, tax-exempt entity (including a pension plan or similar arrangement), or a U.S. person that has a principal place of business outside the United States, whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, who is subject to the alternative minimum tax or who holds Class A Common Units as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, synthetic security or constructive sale transaction. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (like the Company)) is a beneficial owner
71
of the Class A Common Units Interests, the treatment of an investment in the Company will generally depend upon the status of the partners and upon the activities of the partnership. Moreover, this summary does not address any of the state, local or foreign tax consequences to the investors of an investment in the Class A Common Units.
Accordingly, prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the federal, state, local, and foreign income and other tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding, and disposing of Class A Common Units, including the application of the alternative minimum tax.
The statements in this summary are based upon various provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and on final, temporary, and proposed Treasury regulations under the Code, the legislative history of the Code, administrative rulings and practices of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. No assurance can be given that legislative, judicial or administrative changes will not occur which would affect the accuracy of any statements in this summary (with possible retroactive effect).
The summary set forth below relates solely to U.S. persons. As used in this section, the term U.S. person means a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. Under current law, this means an Investor that is for United States federal income tax purposes (a) a citizen or resident of the United States; (b) a corporation or partnership (including an entity treated as a corporation or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (unless Treasury regulations are adopted that provide otherwise); (c) an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or (d) a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and (ii) one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. As used herein, the term non-U.S. person means an Investor that is not a U.S. person. A non-U.S. person should consult its tax advisor with respect to the consequences of acquiring an Interest.
Tax Status of the Company
The Company is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. An entity that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes generally is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, the partners (or owners) of the entity are required to take into account in computing their federal income tax liability their allocable shares of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the partnership, regardless of whether cash distributions are made by the partnership to its partners. Distributions of money by a partnership to partners are generally not taxable to any such partner unless the amount of the distribution is in excess of such partners adjusted basis in their respective partnership Interests.
Were the Company to be treated as a corporation rather than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, its income would be subject to the federal corporate income tax at rates currently ranging to a maximum of 35%; moreover, the Companys income could also be subject to additional entity-level tax by state and local jurisdictions. Such corporate-level taxes would substantially reduce the cash available for distribution to the members of the Company. In addition, distributions made by the Company would be taxed as dividends or otherwise treated as corporate distributions, and there would be no flow-through of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction.
Publicly Traded Partnerships
Under current U.S. federal income tax law, an unincorporated entity that constitutes a publicly traded partnership (a PTP) may be taxed as a corporation in certain circumstances. A PTP is defined in Section 7704(b) of the Code as a partnership whose interests are (i) traded on an established securities market (i.e., a national exchange, local exchange, or over-the-counter market) or (ii) readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. The Class A Common Units will not be listed for trading on an established securities market, and the Company will not participate in the establishment of any secondary market or substantial equivalent thereof and will
72
not recognize any transfers made on any such market. An investor may not transfer such investors interest in the Company unless the investor represents, and provides other documentation, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that such transfer was not effected through a broker-dealer or matching agent which makes a market in interests in the Company or which provides a readily available, regular and ongoing opportunity to investors to sell or exchange their interests through a public means of obtaining or providing information of offers to buy, sell or exchange interests.
The Company intends to exercise its discretion regarding transfers of the Class A Common Units in a manner designed to prevent the Company from becoming a PTP. The Company anticipates that it will not be a PTP and will be classified at all times as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be successful in its efforts to prevent the Company from being a PTP.
The following discussion assumes that the Company is properly classified at all times as a partnership not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
TAXATION OF INVESTORS WHO ARE U.S. PERSONS
In General Allocation of Profits and Losses
By reason of its classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership, the Company will not itself be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, each of the Companys items of income, gain, profit, loss, deduction, expense or credit (including the Companys pro rata shares of such items derived through subsidiaries which are pass-through entities for tax purposes) will flow through the Company and be reportable directly by the Members of the Company, regardless of the amount of cash or other distributions such Members may receive from the Company. In general, the character of each Members share of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit is determined at the Company level.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, an Investors allocable share of the Companys items of income, gain, loss, deduction and other items (Tax Items) generally will be determined by the provisions of the LLC Agreement, provided such allocations have substantial economic effect or are determined to be in accordance with an investors interest in the Company. Under the LLC Agreement, allocations of Tax Items are generally made in such a manner as to reflect equitably amounts credited or debited to each Investors capital account for the current and prior fiscal periods. If the allocations provided by the LLC Agreement were successfully challenged by the IRS, the redetermination of the allocations to a particular Investor for U.S. federal income tax purposes could be less favorable than the allocations set forth in the LLC Agreement.
IT IS POSSIBLE THAT AN INVESTORS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ITS ALLOCABLE SHARE OF THE COMPANYS INCOME OR GAIN IN A PARTICULAR TAXABLE YEAR COULD EXCEED THE CASH DISTRIBUTIONS TO SUCH INVESTOR FOR SUCH YEAR. IN SUCH CASE, AN INVESTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO USE OTHER SOURCES OF CASH TO PAY THE TAXES ON THE INVESTORS SHARE OF THE COMPANYS INCOME.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Rates
As of the date of this Offering Circular, the maximum individual U.S .federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income and capital gain are 39.60% and 20%, respectively. Marginal tax rates may be higher for some Investors as a result of tax laws that phase out certain tax benefits as income rises. There is also an additional 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) an individual taxpayers net investment income for the taxable year or (ii) the excess of the taxpayers modified adjusted gross income for the year over a threshold amount. The threshold amount is $250,000 for taxpayers filing a joint return, $125,000 for married taxpayers filing separate returns and $200,000 for unmarried taxpayers. The tax is also imposed on trust and estates. It applies to the lesser of (i) the undistributed net investment income or (ii) the amount of the adjusted gross income of the trust or estate that exceeds the taxable income amount at which the highest tax bracket for the year begins ($12,300 for 2015). Income from passive activities is included in net investment income. As discussed in more detail below, it is anticipated that an interest in the Company held by individual and certain closely held C corporation investors will be a passive activity.
73
Cash Distributions
Cash distributions by the Company to U.S. persons with respect to their interests in the Company generally will not be reportable as taxable income by such investor. Rather, such distributions reduce (but not below zero) the total tax basis of the interests held by such investor. Any cash distribution in excess of a U.S. Persons adjusted tax basis for its Interests is taxable to it as gain from the sale or exchange of such interest (see -Sale or Other Disposition of Interests, below).
Sale or other Disposition of Interests
A U.S. person will generally be required to recognize gain or loss on a sale or exchange of interests measured by the difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and the investors adjusted tax basis in the interests sold. The amount realized will include the Investors share of the Companys nonrecourse liabilities, if any, as well as any cash or other proceeds from the sale. An Investors initial tax basis in the Interests generally will equal the cost to the Investor (i.e., the amount of cash contributed to the Company or the purchase price for the Interests) and the Investors share of the Companys nonrecourse liabilities, if any. An Investors tax basis in its Interests in the Company will generally be increased by the Investors share of the Companys income and the Investors share of the increase in the amount of the Companys nonrecourse liabilities, if any, and decreased (but not below zero) by the Investors share of cash distributions from the Company, the Investors share of the Companys losses and deductions, and the Investors share of the reduction in the amount of the Companys nonrecourse liabilities. Subject to the second following sentence, the gain or loss recognized by a U.S. person on a sale or exchange of Interests will generally be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the Investor has a tax holding period (as determined under the tax laws) of more than one year at the time of disposition. The deductibility of long-term and short-term capital losses may be subject to limitations. In addition, some or all of any such gains may be re-characterized as ordinary income under Section 751 of the Code depending upon whether the Company holds Section 751 Property (such as dealer property) (see -Cash Distributions, above). Prospective Investors should consult their tax advisors about the potential application of Section 751 of the Code.
Limitations on the Deductibility of Losses
The amount of any loss of the Company (including a capital loss) that an Investor is entitled to include in his, her, or its personal income tax return is limited to such Investors adjusted tax basis for such Investors Interests. The at-risk rules of Section 465 of the Code could also limit the deductibility of losses allocated by the Company to an investor that is an individual or closely held C corporation. An investor subject to the at-risk rules may deduct losses from the Companys business activities only to the extent of the aggregate amount the partner has at-risk. In general, an investors amount at risk will initially be equal to the amount of cash contributed to the Company. An investors amount at risk is generally increased by the investors distributive share of Company income and decreased by distributions and the investors distributive share of losses. Amounts borrowed by the Company increase an investors amount at risk only if the investor is personally liable for repayment of the borrowed amount or has pledged property not used by the Company as security for the Company loan.
Section 469 of the Code imposes limitations on the ability of non-corporate taxpayers, as well as certain closely held C corporations and personal service corporations, to deduct losses and credits from passive activities. In general, a passive activity is a trade or business activity in which a taxpayer does not materially participate or any rental activity. Section 469 of the Code generally provides that losses and credits from a passive activity may be used only to offset income from other passive activities, which does not include dividends, interest and capital gain from securities and other investment assets. Investors will have no right to participate in the management of the Companys business and therefor the income, loss and credits of the Company allocated to an investor will be subject to these rules.
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the at-risk and passive activity rules to their personal circumstances.
Additionally, capital losses of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers may be used to offset other capital gains for the taxable year plus up to $3,000 of the taxpayers ordinary income for such year. In general, the unused portion of such loss may be carried forward indefinitely but may not be carried back. Corporations are only permitted to apply capital losses against capital gains and have a limited period to which such losses can be carried back or forward.
Basis Adjustment for Built-In Loss
Pursuant to section 743(a) of the Code, the basis of a partnerships assets is required to be adjusted if there is a transfer of an interest in the partnership by sale or exchange or on the death of a partner, if the partnership has a substantial built-in loss immediately after such transfer. A substantial built-in loss exists when a partnerships basis in its assets exceeds by more than $250,000 the fair market value of such property. Pursuant to section 734(a) of the Code, the basis of a partnerships assets is also required to be adjusted in the event of a distribution of property to a partner if there is a substantial basis reduction. A substantial basis reduction exists if (i) the sum of (a) the loss recognized to the distributee partner plus (b) the excess of the basis of the distributed property in the hands of the distributee partner over the basis of the property to a partnership immediately prior to the distribution exceeds (ii) $250,000. The provisions of the Code could require the Company to adjust its basis in its assets under the circumstances described, which could result in adverse tax consequences to the other owners of an Interest.
Alternative Minimum Tax
An Investors potential alternative minimum tax liability may be affected by such Investors investment in the Company, e.g., if the Investor is allocated depreciation deductions in excess of the depreciation deductions used in determining such Investors alternative minimum taxable income. Depending on an Investors own tax situation, an investment in the Company could create or increase such Investors liability under the alternative minimum tax provisions applicable to corporations or individuals, as the case may be.
Tax Returns
The Company will furnish annually to each Investor a report containing an IRS Form 1065, Schedule K-1 that indicates such Investors distributive share for such year of the Companys taxable income or loss and other tax items for use in the preparation of the Investors income tax return. The preparation and filing of the Investors income tax return, however, will be the responsibility of each Investor and not of the Company. Each Investor will be required to treat Company items on his or her tax return consistently with the treatment on the Companys tax return. It is possible that the Company will not be able to distribute its annual federal tax information to Investors prior to April 15th of each year because, for example, the annual federal tax information from a subsidiary or related entity will not be received prior to such date. As a result, Investors may be required to obtain extensions for filing federal, state, and local income tax returns each year.
Audits and Adjustments to Tax Liability
Although an entity classified as a partnership is not required to pay any federal income tax, such an entity must file U.S. federal income tax information returns that are subject to audit by the IRS. If the Company were audited, any disputed items would be determined in a unified proceeding, which Derek Diasti as tax matters member (the Tax
74
Matters Member) would control, rather than in a separate proceeding for each Investor. These procedures for a unified proceeding make it easier for the IRS to eliminate many administrative difficulties in auditing an entity taxed as a partnership with many partners (or members) and could therefore increase the risk that the IRS will seek to adjust items on audit. If the Company were audited and the IRS were successful in adjusting items of income, gain, loss or deduction, such adjustments would change the federal and state income tax liabilities of the Investors and might require filing amended returns or claims for refund. Since Investors will be affected by the outcome of any administrative or court proceeding with regard to the Company, the Tax Matters Member is required by the LLC Agreement to notify all Investors of any audit of the Company. The LLC Agreement provides for the indemnification and reimbursement of the Tax Matters Member by the Company for any expenses incurred.
Possible Tax Law Changes
The foregoing discussion is only a summary and is based upon U.S. federal income tax law as in effect as of the date hereof. Prospective investors (both U.S. persons and non-U.S. persons) should recognize that the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in Interests may be modified at any time by legislative, judicial or administrative action. Any such changes may have retroactive effect with respect to existing transactions and investments and may modify the statements made above.
State, Local, and Other Tax Consequences
In addition to the U.S. federal income tax consequences described above, the Company, as well as all Investors, may be subject to various foreign, state, local, and other taxes and tax return filing and reporting requirements as a result of the Companys activities. An Investors allocable share of income or loss may be required to be included in determining such Investors reportable income for state or local tax purposes. In addition, state and local taxation of gains and losses from the Companys investment activities may differ from the treatment of such gains and losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes. All prospective Investors (both U.S. persons and non-U.S. persons) are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to their state, local and other tax liabilities and reporting requirements resulting from an investment in the Class A Common Units.
TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE CIRCULAR 230, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR (WHETHER A U.S. PERSON OR A NON-U.S. PERSONS) IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE DISCUSSION OF TAX MATTERS SET FORTH IN THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR WAS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THIS OFFERING, AND WAS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED BY ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX-RELATED PENALTIES UNDER FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL TAX LAW. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC an offering statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Units offered by this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular does not contain all of the information included in the offering statement, portions of which are omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information pertaining to us and the Common Units to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the offering statement and its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this Offering Circular to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the offering statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the offering statement or such other document, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of Tier 2 of Regulation A and will be required to file annual reports, semi-annual reports, current reports and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC.
You can read the offering statement and our future filings with the SEC over the Internet at the SECs website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100
75
F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.
76
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
| Audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 |
||||
| F-2 | ||||
| Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 |
F-3 | |||
| F-4 | ||||
| Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 |
F-5 | |||
| Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 |
F-6 | |||
| Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 |
F-7 | |||
| Unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 |
||||
| Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 |
F-19 | |||
| F-20 | ||||
| F-21 | ||||
| Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 |
F-22 | |||
| F-23 | ||||
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries
St. Petersburg, Florida
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income, changes in members equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required, at this time, to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Warren Averett, LLC
Warren Averett, LLC
Certified Public Accountants
Tampa, Florida
September 2, 2015
F-2
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Current assets |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,158,027 | $ | 825,744 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net |
2,066,706 | 1,986,140 | ||||||
| Inventory |
456,898 | 456,115 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
417,983 | 383,399 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current assets |
4,099,614 | 3,651,398 | ||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment, net |
3,334,006 | 2,624,241 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
889,047 | 911,472 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net |
708,169 | 794,372 | ||||||
| Deferred income tax assets |
395,209 | 449,574 | ||||||
| Other assets |
275,798 | 101,419 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 9,701,843 | $ | 8,532,476 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
||||||||
| Current liabilities |
||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,735,236 | $ | 2,050,132 | ||||
| Line of credit |
1,647,119 | 1,007,293 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
349,476 | 255,793 | ||||||
| Other current liabilities |
174,094 | 124,393 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current liabilities |
4,905,925 | 3,437,611 | ||||||
| Notes payable |
1,211,354 | 991,795 | ||||||
| Note from controlling member - related party |
1,537,056 | 512,581 | ||||||
| Other long-term liabilities |
75,390 | 21,595 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
7,729,725 | 4,963,582 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Members equity |
2,436,516 | 2,863,735 | ||||||
| Accumulated (deficit) earnings |
(138,038 | ) | 706,339 | |||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive income |
146,959 | 140,780 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Sun Dental Holdings, LLC equity |
2,445,437 | 3,710,854 | ||||||
| Noncontrolling interests |
(473,319 | ) | (141,960 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total members equity |
1,972,118 | 3,568,894 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and members equity |
$ | 9,701,843 | $ | 8,532,476 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-3
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
| Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 17,479,034 | $ | 18,744,185 | ||||
| Cost of goods sold |
12,504,358 | 12,775,571 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Gross profit |
4,974,676 | 5,968,614 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Operating expenses |
||||||||
| Sales and marketing |
987,301 | 905,727 | ||||||
| General and administrative |
4,018,885 | 4,377,763 | ||||||
| Research and development |
1,033,333 | 572,768 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating expenses |
6,039,519 | 5,856,258 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (Loss) income from operations |
(1,064,843 | ) | 112,356 | |||||
| Interest and other expenses, net |
185,657 | 304,866 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss |
$ | (1,250,500 | ) | $ | (192,510 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(300,553 | ) | (433,920 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (949,947 | ) | $ | 241,410 | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss |
$ | (1,250,500 | ) | $ | (192,510 | ) | ||
| Other comprehensive income: |
||||||||
| Net change in cumulative translation adjustment |
80,943 | 21,500 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Comprehensive loss |
$ | (1,169,557 | ) | $ | (171,010 | ) | ||
| Less: comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(225,789 | ) | (428,126 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (943,768 | ) | $ | 257,116 | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net (loss) income per unit attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
||||||||
| Basic |
$ | (0.05 | ) | $ | 0.01 | |||
| Diluted |
$ | (0.05 | ) | $ | 0.01 | |||
| Weighted average outstanding units attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
20,000,000 | 20,000,000 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS EQUITY
| Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | Accumulated | Non- | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Members Equity | Comprehensive | (Deficit) | controlling | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Units | Amount | Income | Earnings | Interests | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2012 |
20,000,000 | $ | 2,863,735 | $ | 125,074 | $ | 464,929 | $ | 286,166 | $ | 3,739,904 | |||||||||||||
| Net income (loss) |
| | | 241,410 | (433,920 | ) | (192,510 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | 15,706 | | 5,794 | 21,500 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2013 |
20,000,000 | $ | 2,863,735 | $ | 140,780 | $ | 706,339 | $ | (141,960 | ) | $ | 3,568,894 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net Loss |
| | | (949,947 | ) | (300,553 | ) | (1,250,500 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | 6,179 | | 74,764 | 80,943 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Equity-based compensation |
| 182,320 | | | | 182,320 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Transfer from noncontrolling interest (see Note 3) |
| (609,539 | ) | | 105,570 | (105,570 | ) | (609,539 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 |
20,000,000 | $ | 2,436,516 | $ | 146,959 | $ | (138,038 | ) | $ | (473,319 | ) | $ | 1,972,118 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Net Loss |
$ | (1,250,500 | ) | $ | (192,510 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||
| Depreciation & amortization |
823,901 | 632,676 | ||||||
| Equity-based compensation |
182,320 | | ||||||
| Bad debt expense |
78,178 | 427,503 | ||||||
| Gain on disposal of assets |
20,615 | 10,929 | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net |
(265,118 | ) | (110,664 | ) | ||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(96,996 | ) | (56,412 | ) | ||||
| Inventory |
(11,203 | ) | 188,843 | |||||
| Other assets |
271,070 | 227,687 | ||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
874,559 | 44,857 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
626,826 | 1,172,909 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Purchases of property, plant, and equipment |
(1,566,059 | ) | (1,386,590 | ) | ||||
| Cash outlays for intangible assets |
(14,414 | ) | (18,325 | ) | ||||
| Acquisition of additional ownership interests in affiliate |
(715,109 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used by investing activities |
(2,295,582 | ) | (1,404,915 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Proceeds from borrowings on line of credit |
7,112,049 | 6,289,315 | ||||||
| Repayments of borrowings on line of credit |
(6,472,223 | ) | (5,758,776 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt |
1,730,737 | 268,468 | ||||||
| Repayments of borrowings on long-term debt |
(393,020 | ) | (616,731 | ) | ||||
| Contribution from noncontrolling interest |
68,830 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
2,046,373 | 182,276 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(45,334 | ) | 30,934 | |||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
332,283 | (18,796 | ) | |||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
825,744 | 844,540 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 1,158,027 | $ | 825,744 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||
| Cash paid for interest |
$ | 104,028 | $ | 69,843 | ||||
| Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities: |
||||||||
| Existing long term debt resolved with the origination of new line of credit |
$ | 168,007 | $ | | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of business
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC located in St. Petersburg, Florida, and Subsidiaries (together the Company) was organized as a limited liability company in the state of Florida on January 21, 2005, to serve as the holding company for several subsidiaries both foreign and domestic.
The Company provides a unified digital technology manufacturing platform that fully integrates digital scanning, a cloud-based management system and 3D printing into the manufacturing process to produce a comprehensive line of over 400 different branded custom dental devices, including crowns, bridges, dentures, partials, implants and orthodontic products. The Company has seven design and manufacturing facilities with CAD/CAM technology in the U.S., United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of Presentation The Companys Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts and operations of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries along with the associated equity ownership as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and their geographic footprints are as follows: Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC (100%, United States), Sun Dental Laboratories, SAS (100%, France), Sun Dental Lab, GmbH (100%, Germany), Sun Dental Laboratories, UK (100%, United Kingdom), Sun Dental Laboratories AB (91%, Sweden), Sun Dental Laboratories BV (80%, Netherlands), World Star Dental Laboratory Ltd. (87.5% and 50% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, China) and OceanBlue International Group Limited (87.5% and 0% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, China). The Company consolidates variable interest entities when it has been determined the Company is the primary beneficiary of those entities operations (see Business Combination Note 3).
Principles of consolidation All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of estimates The preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of the contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimated.
Cash and cash equivalents The Company considers all short-term, highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.
Accounts receivable, net and concentration of credit risk Accounts receivable are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance is based on managements estimate of the amount of receivables that will actually be collected and the amount of credits that will be issued in future periods. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $109,000 and $150,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Financial instruments The aggregated net fair value of estimates discussed herein is based on certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management. The respective carrying value of certain on-balance-sheet financial instruments approximated fair value. These financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and the line of credit. Fair values were assumed to approximate carrying values for these financial instruments since they are short term in nature and their carrying amounts approximate fair values, or they are receivable or payable on demand. The fair value of note payables approximates its carrying value based on applicable interest rates and market prices.
Inventory Inventory, consisting of supplies and finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market using a first-in, first-out method. Inventory purchases are recorded at the date received by the Company. Management determines the need for a reserve based on a line-by-line review of the components of inventory.
F-7
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Property, plant and equipment, net Property plant and equipment, net, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized straight-line over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.
The estimated useful lives by major asset category are as follows:
| Asset Category |
Years | |
| Leasehold improvements |
7 | |
| Furniture and fixtures |
5-7 | |
| Vehicles |
3 | |
| Equipment |
3-5 | |
| Computer software |
3 |
The cost of property, plant and equipment sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts at the time of disposition, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Intangible assets, net Intangible assets, net consist of capitalized trademark costs, website development costs, a patent and internally developed software costs. Trademark costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over 15 years. Website development costs and costs related to internally developed software used to assist in the operations of the Company are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally over three years. Direct internal costs such as payroll, payroll-related and external costs incurred during the development stage of each project are capitalized to software costs. The Company ceases capitalization at the point at which the project is completed and the software is put into service. Patent cost are amortized on a straight-line basis over the 12 year life of the patent.
Impairment of long-lived assets The Company reviews the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets, other than purchased intangibles with indefinite useful lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable.
Goodwill The Company performs an annual qualitative goodwill impairment analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit to which the goodwill relates is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a more quantitative impairment test. Pursuant to this qualitative analysis, the quantitative analysis was not required, and there was no impairment of goodwill necessary for the years presented.
Income taxes The Company has elected to be taxed as a partnership. Accordingly, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include no provision for income taxes as the Companys income is reported for tax purposes by its members. The Company follows the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes. This standard prescribes a recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Companys policy is to recognize interest and penalties associated with tax positions under this standard as a component of tax expense, and none was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Tax years 2011 through 2014 remain subject to examination by the IRS.
The Companys foreign subsidiaries are also subject to income tax under their local jurisdiction. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements contain a provision for corporate income tax as well as deferred tax assets.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that included the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more-likely-than-not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
F-8
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Other taxes Amounts collected on behalf of and remitted to governmental authorities for sales taxes and other similar taxes are reported on a net basis.
Foreign currency transaction and translations The functional currency of the Companys foreign subsidiaries and Ocean Blue is the local currency. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date with the translation adjustments recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members Equity. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period.
Foreign currency exchange transaction gain (losses) of approximately $5,000 and ($55,000) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are recorded in Interest and other expenses, net in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income.
Net (loss) income per unit Basic income (loss) per unit is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of member units outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per unit is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of member units and potentially dilutive member unit equivalents. The effects of potential member unit equivalents are not included in computations when their effect is anti-dilutive. The Company did not have any securities that would have a potentially dilutive effect on net income (loss) per unit during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
Revenue recognition Revenues are recognized at the time finished goods are shipped to the buyer and are recorded net of estimated discounts provided and returns.
Shipping costs and income Shipping costs incurred by the Company are recorded in Cost of goods sold. Expenses from shipping and handling totaled approximately $2,590,000 and $2,499,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company bills certain shipping and handling expenses to customers. Income from shipping and handling totaled approximately $677,000 and $665,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Advertising costs Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs totaled approximately $664,000 and $574,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Equity-based compensation The Company periodically issues member units to its employees. Costs for these transactions are measured at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The value of the member unit is measured at the earlier of (i) the date at which a firm commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instruments is reached or (ii) the date at which the counterpartys performance is complete.
Segment reporting We aggregate our operating segments into a single reporting segment, as each of our entities have similar economic characteristics, nature of products and services, class of customer, and distribution methods.
Recently issued Financial Accounting Standards not yet adopted In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15: Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entitys Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU No. 2014-15). ASU No. 2014-15 will explicitly require management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entitys ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The new standard is applicable for all entities and will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2016. The Company does not expect ASU No. 2014-15 to have a material impact.
Recent accounting guidance not discussed above is not applicable, did not have, or is not expected to have a material impact to the Company.
F-9
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
3. Business combinations
Additional Interest in World Star
During June 2014, the Company purchased an additional 37.5% interest in World Star, a subsidiary of the Company in which it had significant control, for total consideration of RMB 4.4 million (or approximately $715,000) in cash. The acquisition resulted in a total interest of 87.5% of this subsidiary. Per ASC 810 Consolidation, changes in a parents ownership interest that do not result in a change in control of the subsidiary are accounted for as equity transactions. Thus, if the parent maintains control, it will recognize no gain or loss in earnings upon selling shares of a subsidiary. Similarly, the parent will not record any additional acquisition adjustments to reflect its subsequent purchases of additional shares in a subsidiary if there is no change in control. Instead, the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest will be adjusted to reflect the change in the noncontrolling interests ownership interest in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount by which the noncontrolling interest is adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized in equity and attributed to the equity holders of the parent.
The following table sets forth the effect of the World Stars acquisition transactions on members equity attributable to the Company on December 31, 2014:
| Transfers to noncontrolling interests: |
||||
| Decrease in Members equity for purchase of 37.5% of World Star: |
$ | 609,539 | ||
| Change in accumulated deficit attributable to the Company and transfers from noncontrolling interests: |
$ | 105,570 |
Interest in OceanBlue
Until May 8, 2014, the Chief Executive Officer (the Controlling Member) owned 50% of OceanBlue (Ocean Blue). Ocean Blue buys inventory from World Star and subsequently sells the inventory to Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC. Since this entity is under common control, under ASC Topic 605, Related Parties (including VIEs), the arrangement is deemed to create a variable interest. The Company has an implicit variable interest with Ocean Blue as the entity would not exist without World Stars business. The Company has the power to direct the activities of Ocean Blue as approximately 90% of its revenue is from the Company. Additionally, the Company has a receivable from Ocean Blue of approximately $600,000 as of December 31, 2013 which they could bear to lose and is a significant amount to the Company. As a result, the Company has been deemed the primary beneficiary and the operations of Ocean Blue have been consolidated into the accounts of the Company. The consolidation of this variable interest entity added approximately $281,000 of assets, and approximately $723,000 of related liabilities to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2013. Since the Controlling Member owned the equity interest, 100% of the net loss of Ocean Blue was eliminated within the Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income, for the year ended December 31, 2013.
On May 8, 2014, the Controlling Member, contributed its shares in Ocean Blue to the Company for 5,000 HKD, (or approximately $2,000) resulting in a 50% ownership. On the same date, the Company purchased an additional 37.5% ownership from an unrelated third party for 3,500 HKD (or approximately $1,400) resulting in total ownership of 87.5%. Since Ocean Blue is considered a related party the assets and liabilities were recorded at book value at the acquisition date. As of December 31, 2014, the noncontrolling interest is 12.5%. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the amount eliminated within the Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income was based on the percentage of ownership throughout the year.
F-10
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
4. Equity-based compensation
During the year ended December 31, 2014 the Company issued 350,000 Investment Class B Units in exchange for services which were valued based on the fair value of the units for $182,320. Prior to 2014, the Company did not issue any equity-based compensation.
Total compensation cost of $235,972 includes related taxes and was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income in the year ended December 31, 2014.
5. Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Deposit receivable |
$ | 97,615 | $ | 46,329 | ||||
| Other receivable |
24,839 | 126,071 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses |
250,564 | 165,763 | ||||||
| Other current asset |
44,965 | 45,236 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 417,983 | $ | 383,399 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
6. Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Equipment |
$ | 3,614,811 | $ | 3,276,658 | ||||
| Office equipment |
733,086 | 662,972 | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures |
638,422 | 469,512 | ||||||
| Other fixed assets |
1,300,016 | 716,821 | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements |
298,521 | 184,047 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 6,584,856 | $ | 5,310,010 | ||||
| Less: accumulated depreciation |
(3,250,850 | ) | (2,685,769 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Property, plant and equipment, net |
$ | 3,334,006 | $ | 2,624,241 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Depreciation expense was approximately $741,000 and $563,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
F-11
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. Inventory
Inventory consist of the following:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Raw Materials |
$ | 386,544 | $ | 409,832 | ||||
| Other Inventory |
66,721 | 46,283 | ||||||
| Finished Goods |
3,633 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 456,898 | $ | 456,115 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
8. Intangible assets, net
Intangible assets, net consist of the following:
| December 31, | ||||||||||
| Lives (years) | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||
| Patent |
12 | $ | 799,140 | $ | 819,298 | |||||
| Trademarks |
7 | 99,541 | 117,929 | |||||||
| Software |
1-10 | 93,883 | 71,761 | |||||||
| Loan Fees |
4 | 12,802 | 2,813 | |||||||
| Other intangible assets |
3 | 12,253 | 13,613 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 1,017,619 | $ | 1,025,414 | ||||||
| Less accumulated amortization |
(309,450 | ) | (231,042 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total Intangible assets, net |
$ | 708,169 | $ | 794,372 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Future estimated amortization expense over the next five years for Intangible assets, net is as follows:
| Year Ending December 31, |
||||
| 2015 |
$ | 94,209 | ||
| 2016 |
92,794 | |||
| 2017 |
89,672 | |||
| 2018 |
83,328 | |||
| 2019 |
80,830 | |||
| Thereafter |
267,336 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 708,169 | |||
|
|
|
|||
Amortization expense was approximately $82,000 and $69,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
F-12
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9. Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Accounts payable, trade |
$ | 1,736,869 | $ | 890,948 | ||||
| Other accrued expenses |
407,977 | 581,055 | ||||||
| Payroll related expenses |
447,007 | 417,815 | ||||||
| Accrued taxes |
143,383 | 160,314 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
2,735,236 | 2,050,132 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Employee benefit plan
The Company makes matching contributions under a Simple IRA plan, which qualifies under section 408(p) of the Internal Revenue Code that covers substantially all employees. Employees may contribute up to the maximum IRS limits and the Company matches at 3% of eligible compensation up to a maximum of 2% of employee contributions. Each year the Company makes either a matching contribution or a non-elective contribution based on the Companys annual election. Company matching contributions totaled approximately $31,000 and $36,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.
If the Company elects to make a matching contribution for the upcoming year, the Company must make a matching contribution to the IRA of each contributing participant in an amount equal to the amount of the participants elective deferral that does not exceed three percent of the participants compensation for the year.
The Company may elect to apply a lower matching contribution percentage (not less than one percent) for any year for all participants if the Company notifies participants within a reasonable period of time before the election period for such year. The Company may not elect a lower matching contribution percentage for any year if that election would result in the matching contribution percentage being lower than three percent in more than two of the years in the five-year period ending with such year. If any year in the five-year period described in the preceding sentence is a year prior to the first year for which this IRA plan is in effect with respect to the Company, the Company shall be treated as if the matching contribution percentage was equal to three percent of Compensation for such prior year.
If the Company elects the non-elective contribution for the upcoming year, the Company must make a contribution of two percent of compensation to the IRA of each participant who has at least $5,000 of compensation from the Company for the year.
F-13
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10. Debt
Line of Credit On September 7, 2012, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit. Interest accrues at one month LIBOR plus 2.5% annually (2.67% at December 31, 2014 and 2013). Borrowings may not exceed $2,000,000 and are subject to a borrowing base calculation as defined by the agreement. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had drawn approximately $1,647,000 and $1,007,000, respectively. The line of credit is secured by substantially all assets of the entities in the United States. The revolving line of credit is personally guaranteed by the Controlling Member of the Company. It matures on June 30, 2016.
Notes Payable and Related Party Notes payable consists of the following:
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Note A / 4.00% Annual Interest* |
$ | 560,030 | $ | 686,121 | ||||
| Note B / 3.25% Annual Interest |
190,892 | 253,984 | ||||||
| Note C / 4.10% Annual Interest |
742,544 | | ||||||
| Other |
67,364 | 307,483 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 1,560,830 | $ | 1,247,588 | ||||
| Less current portion |
(349,476 | ) | (255,793 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Notes payable, less current portion |
$ | 1,211,354 | $ | 991,795 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Note from controlling member related party |
$ | 1,537,056 | $ | 512,581 | ||||
| * | The interest rate increased to 4.10% as a result of the February 20, 2015, renewal. |
Note A This note required interest-only payments through June 30, 2012; thereafter, the outstanding principal is due over 77 months, maturing December 29, 2018. Monthly principal and interest payments of $12,000 were due beginning July 2012. Interest accrues at 4.00% per annum and are secured by certain assets and guaranteed by the Controlling Member.
Note B This note payable is collateralized by all assets of the Company and requires principal and interest payments of approximately $6,000 due monthly beginning November 26, 2012, and maturing October 26, 2017. Interest accrues at 3.25%. The note is guaranteed by the Controlling Member.
Note C During 2014, the Company entered into a $750,000 non-revolving line of credit collateralized by certain listed equipment of the Company. This note requires interest only payments through March 28, 2015; thereafter, outstanding principal is due over 60 months, maturing March 28, 2020. Monthly principal and interest payments of $14,000 are due beginning April 28, 2015. Interest accrues at 4.10% per annum. As of December 31, 2014 the Company has drawn approximately $743,000 against this loan.
Each of the notes and the line of credit, require the Company to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants that, among other things, may limit its ability to incur additional debt or participate in business combinations. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
Other Other notes consist of installment notes payable; interest ranging from 0.00% to 3.15%; payments aggregating approximately $7,000 per month, including interest through various dates ending 2019; collateralized by certain assets.
Note from controlling member During 2014, the Company formalized a lending arrangement with the Controlling Member to provide the Company with necessary working capital as needed. The maximum amount of the note is $2,500,000. The note is due on demand and interest accrues annually at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of advance. Interest is due and payable annually on the anniversary of any such advance. Interest expense of approximately $15,000 and $1,800 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, was included within the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income related to this note.
F-14
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Future principal payment obligations of notes payable as of December 31, 2014, are as follows:
| Year Ending December 31, |
||||
| 2015 |
$ | 349,476 | ||
| 2016 |
390,375 | |||
| 2017 |
346,041 | |||
| 2018 |
296,148 | |||
| 2019 |
160,946 | |||
| Thereafter |
17,844 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 1,560,830 | ||
|
|
|
|||
11. Commitments and contingencies
Operating leases The Company leases certain office facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases.
Future minimum lease payments under these agreements at December 31, 2014, are as follows:
| Year Ending December 31, |
||||
| 2015 |
$ | 946,334 | ||
| 2016 |
780,033 | |||
| 2017 |
765,647 | |||
| 2018 |
755,341 | |||
| 2019 |
743,026 | |||
| Thereafter |
3,833,959 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 7,824,340 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The Company also rents equipment under operating leases with terms of less than one year. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was approximately $617,000 and $521,000, respectively.
Guaranteed payments The Company has guaranteed $100,000 to the Controlling Member with no expiration date. This amount has been paid each year since 2011.
Member service agreement liabilities In 2014, the Company has entered into a five-year member service agreement with its Chief Operating Officer, which includes a guaranteed minimum payment(s) totaling $162,000 in each of the next five years, assuming continued engagement. In addition, the Company entered into a three-year member service agreement with its Vice President of Global Operations, in 2014 which there is a guarantee of a minimum annual payment(s) of $70,000 from the period October 7, 2014 to October 7, 2017, assuming continued engagement. Beginning with the first quarter of 2015, both these members are entitled to a quarterly bonus equal to a percentage (COO three percent and VP of Global Operations half of one percent) of the Companys positive EBITDA to be calculated and paid quarterly during the term.
F-15
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Legal matters From time to time, the Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Companys financial position or results of operations.
12. Geographic and product information
Revenues and tangible long-lived assets are presented below by geographic area:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| External revenues by country |
||||||||
| United States |
$ | 8,516,036 | $ | 8,621,455 | ||||
| Germany |
2,880,326 | 2,967,800 | ||||||
| United Kingdom |
2,436,081 | 2,312,519 | ||||||
| France |
1,280,374 | 1,299,412 | ||||||
| Sweden |
962,810 | 1,342,724 | ||||||
| Netherlands |
865,617 | 1,001,257 | ||||||
| China |
537,790 | 1,199,018 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total external revenues |
$ | 17,479,034 | $ | 18,744,185 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Long-lived assets by country |
||||||||
| United States |
$ | 1,190,734 | $ | 1,315,901 | ||||
| Germany |
181,388 | 269,873 | ||||||
| United Kingdom |
278,165 | 319,062 | ||||||
| France |
156,983 | 195,054 | ||||||
| Sweden |
17,120 | 15,967 | ||||||
| Netherlands |
26,109 | 37,995 | ||||||
| China |
1,483,507 | 470,389 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total long-lived assets |
$ | 3,334,006 | $ | 2,624,241 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2014 | 2013 | |||||||
| Revenues by product line |
||||||||
| Removable |
$ | 10,064,491 | $ | 10,150,795 | ||||
| Fixed |
6,814,045 | 7,374,932 | ||||||
| Other |
600,498 | 1,218,458 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenues |
$ | 17,479,034 | $ | 18,744,185 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-16
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. Related parties
Due from controlling member-related party On October 29, 2014, the Company formalized a lending arrangement with the Controlling Member to provide the Company with necessary working capital as needed upon his or her discretion. See Note 10 Debt for further information.
Lease from entity owned by related party The Company leases its principal offices from an entity related through common ownership. The lease is for a period of 10 years commencing October 9, 2014, and terminating on December 31, 2024. The monthly rent under the lease is approximately $26,000. No payments were made in 2014, and the related payable has been accrued.
Loan guarantee for related party The Company guarantees two mortgages on its principal offices and entity related through common control. The first mortgage was obtained on April 25, 2014, for a principal balance of $1,480,000. No principal payments were made as of December 31, 2014. The outstanding balance as of August 28, 2015 was approximately $1,464,000. The second mortgage was obtained on March 24, 2015, for a principal balance of $160,500. The outstanding balance as of August 28, 2015, was approximately $158,000.
The Company reviewed the guidance prescribed in FASB topic 810, and determined that the above entities were not variable interest entities and the Company was not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the entities are not consolidated in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Sales to related party The Company sells products to an entity in which the majority owner is an immediate family member of the Controlling Member. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Revenues were approximately $412,000 and $849,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding Accounts receivable, net was approximately $95,000 and $82,000, respectively.
14. Income Taxes
Income tax expense consists of change in deferred taxes in the amount of $30,278 for the year ended December 31, 2013, which is included in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive (loss) income. There was no income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2014.
For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013 the source of significant temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets is income tax loss carryforward in the amount of $395,209 and $449,575, respectively. One of the foreign subsidiaries net operating loss that is available to offset taxable income in future years amounted to approximately 1,100,000 Euros. The deferred tax asset did not change in the local currency therefore the change between the years is a result of the change in the exchange rate which flows through other comprehensive income.
Several of the foreign subsidiaries have incurred losses since inception; therefore, it does not have any foreign earnings or tax expense.
When the undistributed earnings of these foreign subsidiaries are distributed they will be deemed a taxable event for the partners of the partnership, therefore, the Company has not recorded the net deferred tax liability associated with the foreign earnings.
15. Members Equity
During 2014, the Company had a one thousand-for-one unit split. This resulted in 10,000 units increasing to 10,000,000 units during 2014. Subsequent to December 31, 2014, the Company had a unit split on a two-for-one basis, increasing the units outstanding to 20,000,000 units for all periods presented. The Company consummated the above splits by increasing the authorized units from 15,000,000 units to 20,000,000 units on April 15, 2015, and then amending the operating agreement in August 25, 2015 to increase the authorized units to 30,000,000. The amendments created three classes of units which consist of Investment Class A Units, Investment Class B Units, and Management Units. Only Management Units can vote on corporate matters. Pursuant to FASB ASC 260, all units outstanding for all periods presented reflect the above unit splits. The classes of units are as follows for all periods presented:
| Investment Class A Units |
19,100,000 | |||
| Investment Class B Units |
700,000 | |||
| Management Units |
200,000 |
F-17
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
16. Subsequent events
Line of credit On February 20, 2015, the Company entered into a $1,000,000 non-revolving line of credit collateralized by certain listed capital expenses of the Company. This note requires interest-only payments through February 20, 2016; thereafter, the outstanding principal will be amortized over 60 months, maturing February 20, 2021. Interest accrues at 4.10% per annum. As of August 28, 2015, the Company has drawn approximately $1,000,000 against this loan. The Company is required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants that, among other things, may limit our ability to incur unsecured debt. The note payable is personally guaranteed by the Two Member companies and the Controlling Member of the Company and secured by Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC.
Loan guarantee for related party On March 24, 2015, the Company guaranteed a second mortgage on its principal offices. See Note 13 Related Party for further information.
Members contribution and ownership On May 15, 2015 and August 21, 2015, the Company issued 100,000 and 40,000 Class A membership units, respectively, in exchange for total proceeds of $700,000. The membership units issued on August 21, 2015 were to a related party. These membership units were split on a two-for-one basis on August 25, 2015, resulting in 280,000 units issued and outstanding.
Units issued and outstanding On April 21, 2015, the Company approved an increase in the number of authorized units from 15,000,000 to 20,000,000. On August 25, 2015, the Company approved a Second Amendment to the Operating Agreement which increased the number of authorized units to 30,000,000 and split the 10,140,000 units issued and outstanding as of this date on a two-for-one basis resulting in a 20,280,000 units issued and outstanding.
Employment agreements On August 4, 2015, the Company has entered into a five-year employment contract with its Chief Sales and Marketing Officer (CSMO), under which there is a guaranteed minimum salary totaling $140,000 in each of the next five years beginning August 20, 2015, assuming continued employment. Beginning with the final quarter of 2015, this employee is entitled to a quarterly bonus equal to a percentage of the Companys global revenue growth to be calculated and paid quarterly during the term.
F-18
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Current assets |
||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 827,936 | $ | 1,158,027 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, net |
2,442,618 | 2,066,706 | ||||||
| Inventory |
573,084 | 456,898 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
833,679 | 417,983 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current assets |
4,677,317 | 4,099,614 | ||||||
| Property, plant, and equipment, net |
3,046,256 | 3,334,006 | ||||||
| Goodwill |
890,173 | 889,047 | ||||||
| Intangible assets, net |
747,551 | 708,169 | ||||||
| Deferred income tax assets |
363,960 | 395,209 | ||||||
| Other assets |
782,424 | 275,798 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 10,507,681 | $ | 9,701,843 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
||||||||
| Current liabilities |
||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
$ | 2,685,468 | $ | 2,735,236 | ||||
| Lines of credit |
2,788,035 | 1,647,119 | ||||||
| Current portion of long-term debt |
361,544 | 349,476 | ||||||
| Other current liabilities |
154,202 | 174,094 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total current liabilities |
5,989,249 | 4,905,925 | ||||||
| Notes payable |
1,008,495 | 1,211,354 | ||||||
| Note from controlling member - related party |
2,017,989 | 1,537,056 | ||||||
| Other long-term liabilities |
80,383 | 75,390 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
9,096,116 | 7,729,725 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Members equity |
2,936,516 | 2,436,516 | ||||||
| Accumulated (deficit) earnings |
(1,090,903 | ) | (138,038 | ) | ||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive income |
84,767 | 146,959 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Sun Dental Holdings, LLC equity |
1,930,380 | 2,445,437 | ||||||
| Noncontrolling interests |
(518,815 | ) | (473,319 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total members equity |
1,411,565 | 1,972,118 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities and members equity |
$ | 10,507,681 | $ | 9,701,843 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-19
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE /LOSS/
(Unaudited)
| Six Month Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| Revenue |
$ | 9,028,569 | $ | 8,632,798 | ||||
| Cost of goods sold |
6,680,468 | 6,010,249 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Gross profit |
2,348,101 | 2,622,549 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Operating expenses |
||||||||
| Sales and marketing |
445,149 | 567,605 | ||||||
| General and administrative |
2,483,322 | 2,109,613 | ||||||
| Research and development |
265,647 | 358,724 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating expenses |
3,194,118 | 3,035,942 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Loss from operations |
(846,017 | ) | (413,393 | ) | ||||
| Interest and other expenses, net |
153,172 | 108,071 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss |
$ | (999,189 | ) | $ | (521,464 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest |
(46,324 | ) | (246,682 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (952,865 | ) | $ | (274,782 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss |
$ | (999,189 | ) | $ | (521,464 | ) | ||
| Other comprehensive income: |
||||||||
| Net change in cumulative translation adjustment |
(61,364 | ) | 77,520 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Comprehensive loss |
$ | (1,060,553 | ) | $ | (443,944 | ) | ||
| Less: comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
(45,496 | ) | (191,815 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Comprehensive loss attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
$ | (1,015,057 | ) | $ | (252,129 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loss per unit attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
||||||||
| Basic |
$ | (0.05 | ) | $ | (0.01 | ) | ||
| Diluted |
$ | (0.05 | ) | $ | (0.01 | ) | ||
| Weighted average outstanding units attributable to Sun Dental Holdings, LLC |
20,100,000 | 20,000,000 | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-20
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS EQUITY
(Unaudited)
| Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | Accumulated | Non- | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Members equity | Comprehensive | (Deficit) | controlling | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Units | Amount | Income | Earnings | Interests | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2013 |
20,000,000 | $ | 2,863,735 | $ | 140,780 | $ | 706,339 | $ | (141,960 | ) | $ | 3,568,894 | ||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | 22,653 | | 54,867 | 77,520 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Transfer to noncontrolling interest (see Note 3) |
| (609,539 | ) | | 105,570 | (105,570 | ) | (609,539 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
| | | (274,782 | ) | (246,682 | ) | (521,464 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance, June 30, 2014 |
20,000,000 | $ | 2,254,196 | $ | 163,433 | $ | 537,127 | $ | (439,345 | ) | $ | 2,515,411 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | Accumulated | Non- | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Members equity | Comprehensive | (Deficit) | controlling | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Units | Amount | Income | Earnings | Interests | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2014 |
20,000,000 | $ | 2,436,516 | $ | 146,959 | $ | (138,038 | ) | $ | (473,319 | ) | $ | 1,972,118 | |||||||||||
| Units issued |
100,000 | 500,000 | | | | 500,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | (62,192 | ) | | 828 | (61,364 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Net loss |
| | | (952,865 | ) | (46,324 | ) | (999,189 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Balance, June 30, 2015 |
20,100,000 | $ | 2,936,516 | $ | 84,767 | $ | (1,090,903 | ) | $ | (518,815 | ) | $ | 1,411,565 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-21
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
| 6 months Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Net Loss |
$ | (999,189 | ) | $ | (521,464 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities: |
||||||||
| Depreciation & amortization |
441,190 | 356,356 | ||||||
| Bad debt expense |
64,571 | 28,556 | ||||||
| (Gain) loss on disposal of assets |
(3,132 | ) | 1,360 | |||||
| Transaction-related expenses |
236,964 | | ||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net |
(501,592 | ) | (178,612 | ) | ||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(159,101 | ) | (24,281 | ) | ||||
| Inventory |
(117,903 | ) | (316,008 | ) | ||||
| Other assets |
(312,215 | ) | 202,729 | |||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
(10,726 | ) | 261,927 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used by operating activities |
(1,361,133 | ) | (189,437 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Purchases of property, plant, and equipment |
(135,733 | ) | (98,780 | ) | ||||
| Cash outlays for intangible assets |
(80,383 | ) | (7,475 | ) | ||||
| Acquisition of additional ownership interests in affiliate |
| (715,110 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash used by investing activities |
(216,116 | ) | (821,365 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Proceeds from borrowings on line of credit |
4,397,897 | 3,808,018 | ||||||
| Repayments of borrowings on line of credit |
(3,256,981 | ) | (3,682,342 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt |
662,674 | 1,071,088 | ||||||
| Repayments of borrowings on long-term debt |
(371,089 | ) | (233,267 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities |
1,432,501 | 963,497 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(185,343 | ) | 16,316 | |||||
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(330,091 | ) | (30,989 | ) | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
1,158,027 | 825,744 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 827,936 | $ | 794,755 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
||||||||
| Cash paid for interest |
$ | 81,383 | $ | 41,764 | ||||
| Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities: |
||||||||
| Existing long term debt resolved with the origination of new line of credit |
$ | | $ | 168,007 | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-22
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
1. Description of business
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC located in St. Petersburg, Florida, and Subsidiaries (together the Company) was organized as a limited liability company in the State of Florida on January 21, 2005 to serve as the holding company for several subsidiaries both foreign and domestic.
The Company provides a unified digital technology manufacturing platform that fully integrates digital scanning, a cloud-based management system and 3D printing into the manufacturing process to produce a comprehensive line of over 400 different branded custom dental devices, including crowns, bridges, partials, implants, dentures and orthodontic devices. The Company has seven design and manufacturing facilities with CAD/CAM technology in the United States, United Kingdom, Sweden, Netherlands, Germany, France and China.
2. Basis of presentation
The Companys Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts and operations of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries along with the associated equity ownership as of June 30, 2015 and their geographic footprints are as follows: Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC (100%, United States), Sun Dental Laboratories, SAS (100%, France), Sun Dental Lab, GmbH (100%, Germany), Sun Dental Laboratories, UK (100%, United Kingdom), Sun Dental Laboratories AB (91%, Sweden), Sun Dental Laboratories BV (80%, Netherlands), World Star Dental Laboratory Ltd. (87.5%, China) and OceanBlue International Group Limited (87.5%, China). The Company consolidates variable interest entities when it has been determined the Company is the primary beneficiary of those entities operations (see Business combination Note 3).
All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of the contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimated.
Recently issued Financial Accounting Standards not yet adopted
In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (ASU 2015-02). The new consolidation standard changes the way reporting enterprises evaluate whether (a) they should consolidate limited partnerships and similar entities, (b) fees paid to a decision maker or service provider are variable interests in a variable interest entity (VIE), and (c) variable interests in a VIE held by related parties of the reporting enterprise require the reporting enterprise to consolidate the VIE. The guidance is effective for public business entities for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is allowed, including early adoption in an interim period. A reporting entity may apply a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption or may apply the amendments retrospectively. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, of the adoption of this guidance on the condensed consolidated financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. The amendments in this ASU require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected. ASU No 2015-03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. ASU No. 2015-03 should be applied on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impacts of this ASU on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
F-23
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
3. Business combinations
Additional Interest in World Star
During June 2014, the Company purchased an additional 37.5% interest in World Star, a subsidiary of the Company in which it had significant control, for total consideration of RMB 4.4 million (or approximately $715,000) in cash. The acquisition resulted in a total interest of 87.5% of this subsidiary. Per ASC 810 Consolidation, changes in a parents ownership interest that do not result in a change in control of the subsidiary are accounted for as equity transactions. Thus, if the parent maintains control, it will recognize no gain or loss in earnings upon selling shares of a subsidiary. Similarly, the parent will not record any additional acquisition adjustments to reflect its subsequent purchases of additional shares in a subsidiary if there is no change in control. Instead, the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest will be adjusted to reflect the change in the noncontrolling interests ownership interest in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount by which the noncontrolling interest is adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized in equity and attributed to the equity holders of the parent.
The following table sets forth the approximate effect of the World Stars acquisition transactions on members equity attributable to the Company on June 30, 2015:
| Transfers to noncontrolling interests: |
||||
| Decrease in Members equity for purchase of 37.5% of World Star: |
$ | 609,539 | ||
| Change from net income attributable to the Company and transfers from noncontrolling interests |
$ | 105,570 |
Interest in OceanBlue
Until May 8, 2014, the Chief Executive Officer (the Controlling Member) owned 50% of OceanBlue (Ocean Blue). Ocean Blue buys inventory from World Star and subsequently sells the inventory to Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC. Since this entity is under common control, under ASC Topic 605, Related Parties (including VIEs), the arrangement is deemed to create a variable interest. The Company has an implicit variable interest with Ocean Blue as the entity would not exist without World Stars business. The Company has the power to direct the activities of Ocean Blue as approximately 90% of its revenue is from the Company. Additionally, the Company has a receivable from Ocean Blue of approximately $600,000 as of December 31, 2013 which they could bear to lose and is a significant amount to the Company. As a result, the Company has been deemed the primary beneficiary and the operations of Ocean Blue have been consolidated into the accounts of the Company. The consolidation of this variable interest entity added approximately $281,000 of assets, and approximately $723,000 of related liabilities to the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, 2013. Since the Controlling Member owned the equity interest, 100% of the net loss of Ocean Blue was eliminated within the Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
On May 8, 2014, the Controlling Member, contributed its shares in Ocean Blue to the Company for 5,000 HKD, (or approximately $2,000) resulting in a 50% ownership. On the same date, the Company purchased an additional 37.5% ownership from an unrelated third party for 3,500 HKD (or approximately $1,400) resulting in total ownership of 87.5%. Since Ocean Blue is considered a related party the assets and liabilities were recorded at book value at the acquisition date. As of June 30, 2015, the noncontrolling interest is 12.5%. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the amount eliminated within the Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss was based on the percentage of ownership throughout the year.
4. Equity-based compensation
During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, there was no equity-based compensation.
F-24
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
5. Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||
| Deposit receivable |
$ | 84,641 | $ | 97,615 | ||||
| Other receivable |
528,758 | 24,839 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses |
168,564 | 250,564 | ||||||
| Other current asset |
51,716 | 44,965 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 833,679 | $ | 417,983 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other receivable - In May 2015, the Company issued 100,000 of Class A membership units in exchange for total proceeds of $500,000. As of June 30, 2015, the Company had not received the proceeds. See Note 12 Members equity for further information.
6. Property and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following:
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||
| Equipment |
$ | 3,492,219 | $ | 3,614,811 | ||||
| Office equipment |
849,703 | 733,086 | ||||||
| Furniture and fixtures |
644,703 | 638,422 | ||||||
| Other fixed assets |
1,360,611 | 1,300,016 | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements |
295,642 | 298,521 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 6,642,878 | $ | 6,584,856 | ||||
| Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(3,596,622 | ) | (3,250,850 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Fixed Assets, Net |
$ | 3,046,256 | $ | 3,334,006 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Depreciation expense was approximately $400,000 and $318,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
7. Inventories, net
Inventories, net, consisted of the following:
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||
| Raw Materials |
$ | 451,427 | $ | 386,544 | ||||
| Other Inventory |
112,722 | 66,721 | ||||||
| Finished Goods |
8,935 | 3,633 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 573,084 | $ | 456,898 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-25
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
8. Intangible asset, net
Intangible assets, net consist of the following:
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||||
| Lives (years) | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||||
| Software |
1-10 | $ | 148,246 | $ | 93,883 | |||||
| Loan Fees |
4 | 27,393 | 12,802 | |||||||
| Trademarks |
7 | 99,541 | 99,541 | |||||||
| Other intangible assets |
3 | 15,972 | 12,252 | |||||||
| Patent |
12 | 821,784 | 799,141 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total intangible assets |
1,112,936 | 1,017,619 | ||||||||
| Less accumulated amortization |
(365,385 | ) | (309,450 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total Intangible Assets, net |
$ | 747,551 | $ | 708,169 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortization expense was approximately $40,000 and $35,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
9. Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following:
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||
| Accounts payable, trade |
$ | 1,807,751 | $ | 1,736,868 | ||||
| Other accrued expenses |
274,818 | 407,979 | ||||||
| Payroll related expenses |
435,560 | 447,007 | ||||||
| Accrued taxes |
167,339 | 143,382 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 2,685,468 | $ | 2,735,236 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Legal matters From time to time, the Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on the Companys financial position or results of operations.
10. Debt
Lines of Credit On September 7, 2012, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit. Interest accrues at one month LIBOR plus 2.5% annually (2.68% at June 30, 2015). Borrowings may not exceed $2,000,000 and are subject to a borrowing base calculation as defined by the agreement. As of June 30, 2015, the Company had drawn approximately $1,953,000. The line of credit is secured by substantially all assets of the entities in the United States. The revolving line of credit is personally guaranteed by the Controlling Member of the Company. It matures on June 30, 2016.
On February 20, 2015, the Company entered into a $1,000,000 non-revolving line of credit collateralized by certain listed capital expenses of the Company. This note requires interest-only payments through February 20, 2016; thereafter, the outstanding principal will be amortized over 60 months, maturing February 20, 2021. Interest accrues at 4.10% per annum. As of June 30, 2015, the Company has drawn approximately $835,000 against this loan. The Company is required to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants that, among other things, may limit our ability to incur unsecured debt. The note payable is personally guaranteed by the Two Member companies and the Controlling Member of the Company and secured by Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC.
F-26
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
Notes payable and related party Notes payable consists of the following:
| June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
| 2015 | 2014 | |||||||
| (unaudited) | ||||||||
| Note A / 4.00% Annual Interest |
$ | 486,330 | $ | 560,030 | ||||
| Note B / 3.25% Annual Interest |
158,552 | 190,892 | ||||||
| Note C / 4.10% Annual Interest |
709,015 | 742,544 | ||||||
| Other |
16,142 | 67,364 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 1,370,039 | $ | 1,560,830 | ||||
| Less current portion |
(361,544 | ) | (349,476 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Notes payable, less current portion |
$ | 1,008,495 | $ | 1,211,354 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Note from controlling member - related party |
$ | 2,017,989 | $ | 1,537,056 | ||||
Note A This note required interest-only payments through June 30, 2012; thereafter, the outstanding principal is due over 77 months, maturing December 29, 2018. Monthly principal and interest payments of $12,000 were due beginning July 2012. Interest accrues at 4.10% per annum (4.00% previous to February 20, 2015 renewal) and secured by certain assets and guaranteed by the Controlling Member.
Note B This note payable is collateralized by all assets of the Company and requires principal and interest payments of approximately $6,000 due monthly beginning November 26, 2012, and maturing October 26, 2017. Interest accrues at 3.25%. The note is guaranteed by the Controlling Member.
Note C During 2014, the Company entered into a $750,000 non-revolving line of credit collateralized by certain listed equipment of the Company. This note requires interest only payments through March 28, 2015; thereafter, outstanding principal is due over 60 months, maturing March 28, 2020. Monthly principal and interest payments of $14,000 are due beginning April 28, 2015. Interest accrues at 4.10% per annum. As of June 30, 2015 the Company has drawn approximately $709,000 against this loan.
Each of the notes and the lines of credit, require the Company to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants that, among other things, may limit its ability to incur additional debt or participate in business combinations. At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
Other Other notes consist of installment notes payable; interest ranging from 2.90% to 3.15%; payments aggregating approximately $7,000 per month, including interest through various dates ending 2019; collateralized by certain assets.
Note from controlling member - During 2014, the Company formalized a lending arrangement with the Controlling Member to provide the Company with necessary working capital as needed. The maximum amount of the note is $2,500,000. The note is due on demand and interest accrues annually at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the date of advance. Interest is due and payable annually on the anniversary of any such advance. Interest expense of approximately $31,000 and $1,300 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, was included within the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) related to this note.
F-27
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
11. Related Party
Due from controlling member On October 29, 2014, the Company formalized a lending arrangement with the Controlling Member to provide the Company with necessary working capital as needed upon his or her discretion. See Note 10 Debt for further information.
Loan guarantee for related party The Company guarantees two mortgages on its principal offices for Society, LLC, and entity related through common ownership. The first mortgage was obtained on April 25, 2014, for a principal balance of $1,480,000. There were no principal payments made in 2014. The outstanding balance as of June 30, 2015 was $1,472,215. The second mortgage was obtained on March 24, 2015, for a principal balance of $160,500. The outstanding balance as of June 30, 2015, was $159,257.
Sales to related party The Company sells products to an entity in which the majority owner is an immediate family member of the Controlling Member. For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, Revenues were approximately $79,000 and $245,000, respectively. As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Accounts receivable, net due from this entity was approximately $42,000, and $95,000, respectively.
12. Members equity
During 2014, the Company had a one thousand-for-one unit split. This resulted in 10,000 units increasing to 10,000,000 units during 2014. Subsequent to December 31, 2014, the Company had a unit split on a two-for-one basis, increasing the units outstanding to 20,000,000 units for all periods presented. The Company consummated the above splits by increasing the authorized units from 15,000,000 units to 20,000,000 units on April 15, 2015, and then amending the operating agreement in August 25, 2015 to increase the authorized units to 30,000,000. The amendments created three classes of units which consist of Investment Class A Units, Investment Class B Units, and Management Units. Only Management Units can vote on corporate matters. Pursuant to FASB ASC 260, all units outstanding for all periods presented reflect the above unit splits. The classes of units are as follows for all periods presented:
| Investment Class A Units |
19,100,000 | |||
| Investment Class B Units |
700,000 | |||
| Management Units |
200,000 |
On May 15, 2015 and August 21, 2015, the Company issued 100,000 and 40,000 Class A membership units, respectively, in exchange for total proceeds of $700,000. The membership units issued on August 21, 2015 were to a related party. These membership units were split on a two-for-one basis on August 25, 2015, resulting in 280,000 units issued and outstanding. The Company received the proceeds for both issuances in August 2015. An outstanding receivable for the May 2015 issuances of $500,000 is in Other Current Assets as of June 30, 2015.
13. Subsequent events
Employment agreements - On August 4, 2015, the Company has entered into a five-year employment contract with its Chief Sales and Marketing Officer (CSMO), under which there is a guaranteed minimum salary totaling $140,000 in each of the next five years beginning August 20, 2015, assuming continued employment. Beginning with the final quarter of 2015, this employee is entitled to a quarterly bonus equal to a percentage of the Companys global revenue growth to be calculated and paid quarterly during the term.
Units issued and outstanding - On August 25, 2015, the Company approved a Second Amendment to the Operating Agreement which increased the number of authorized units to 30,000,000 and split the 10,140,000 units issued and outstanding as of this date on a two-for-one basis resulting in a 20,280,000 units issued and outstanding. See Note 12 Members equity for further information.
F-28
PART III EXHIBITS
Index to Exhibits
| Exhibit |
Exhibit Description | |
| 1.1 | Placement Agent letter agreement with VRA Partners, LLC | |
| 2.1 | Articles of Organization of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC | |
| 2.2 | Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC dated September 1, 2015. | |
| 4.1 | Form of Subscription Agreement | |
| 6.1 | Open End Credit Agreement dated October 29, 2014 between Derek T Diasti, Trustee of Derek T Diasti Revocable Trust and Sun Dental Holdings, LLC | |
| 6.2 | Lease Agreement between Society, LLC (Landlord) and Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC (Tenant) dated November 18, 2014 | |
| 6.3 | Instrument of Transfer Ocean Blue International Group Limited between Derek T Diasti and Sun Dental Holdings, LLC dated May 8, 2014 | |
| 6.4 | Supplementary Member Services Agreement between Chuck Stapleton and Sun Dental Holdings, LLC, dated October 7, 2014 | |
| 8.1* | Escrow Agreement | |
| 10.1 | Power of attorney reference is made to the signature page of this offering statement. | |
| 11.1 | Consent of Warren Averett, LLC | |
| 12.1 | Opinion of Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP | |
| 15.1 | Consent of Paul Rogalski, Director Nominee | |
| 15.2 | Consent of Darrell C. Smith, Director Nominee | |
| * | To be filed by amendment. |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St. Petersburg, State of Florida, on this 3rd day of September, 2015.
| SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC | ||
| By: |
/s/ Derek Diasti | |
| Derek Diasti | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Derek Diasti and Elizabeth Szeltner, or any of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Form 1-A offering statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
This offering statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| /s/ Derek Diasti |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
September 3, 2015 | ||
| Derek Diasti |
||||
| /s/ Elizabeth Szeltner |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
September 3, 2015 | ||
| Elizabeth Szeltner |
||||
Exhibit 1.1
August 11, 2015
Derek Diasti
Chief Executive Officer
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
1800 9th Ave N
St. Petersburg, Florida 33713
Dear Derek:
We are pleased to confirm the understanding and agreement (this Agreement) between VRA Partners, LLC (VRA) and Sun Dental Holdings, LLC (the Company) as follows:
| 1. | The Company hereby engages VRA to act as its exclusive placement agent and broker-dealer in connection with a Regulation A Tier 2 Funding (the Proposed Transaction) of up to $50 million of its common units (or such other security as may be determined) (the Securities). The Company authorizes VRA to arrange a placement of Securities at a price satisfactory to the Company. |
| 2. | VRA hereby accepts the engagement described in paragraph 1 of this Agreement and agrees, if requested by the Company, to: |
| (a) | provide advisory services, including financial analysis and transaction feasibility analysis of the Proposed Transaction; and |
| (b) | consult with and advise the Company concerning opportunities for a placement for the Company that have been identified by VRA or others and participate on the Companys behalf in negotiations for such placement. |
| 3. | The placement of Securities is to be made directly by the Company to the purchasers pursuant to agreements entered into by the purchasers and the Company. For purposes of this Agreement: |
| (a) | VRA will not have any rights or obligations in connection with the placement of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein. In no event will VRA be obligated to purchase the Securities for its own account or to place the Securities. |
| (b) | If another registered broker-dealer identifies a prospective purchaser of the Securities to VRA or the Company, and VRA and the Company agree that including such broker-dealer and its prospective purchaser would assist the Company in consummating the Proposed Transaction, then VRA will use its reasonable best efforts to enter into a written agreement with |
Mr. Derek Diasti
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
August 11, 2015
Page 2
| such broker-dealer regarding a sales commission payable by VRA in cash upon the closing of the Securities purchased by the purchaser identified by such broker-dealer. |
| (c) | The Company will comply with all requirements of Regulation A promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), including, without limitation, the Tier 2 offering requirements that: |
| (i) | The Company will file a Form 1-A with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission). VRA will have the right to approve the Form 1-A, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company will not make any other filings with the Commission with respect to the offer and sale of the Securities without VRAs prior consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. |
| (ii) | The Company will limit sales by selling securityholders in its initial Regulation A offering and any subsequently qualified Regulation A offering within the first 12-month period following the date of qualification of the initial Regulation A offering to no more than 30% of the aggregate offering price. |
| (iii) | The Company will limit the amount of securities that an investor who is not an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D can purchase in a Tier 2 offering to no more than: (a) 10% of the greater of annual income or net worth (for natural persons); or (b) 10% of the greater of annual revenue or net assets at fiscal year end (for non-natural persons). |
| (d) | The Company agrees to take such action (if any) as VRA may reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities laws of such states as VRA may specify; provided that in connection therewith the Company will not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or file a general consent to service of process. The Company agrees that it will make all filings or take all other action required under applicable state securities laws to permit the sale of the Securities. |
| (e) | In order to allow proper coordination of the proposed financing, during the term of this engagement, the Company will promptly notify VRA of any potential purchasers known to the Company to be interested in purchasing any Securities. In addition, the Company will keep VRA fully and promptly informed of the status of any discussions or negotiations between the Company and any potential purchaser of Securities. |
Mr. Derek Diasti
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
August 11, 2015
Page 3
| 4. | The Company shall make available to VRA all information (Information) concerning the Company and any of its subsidiaries (as and if reasonably available) which VRA reasonably requests in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder. All such Information provided by or on behalf of the Company shall be complete and accurate in all material respects, and VRA may rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all such Information without independent verification. VRA will assume no responsibility for the independent verification of such Information. Until 12 months following the termination or expiration of VRAs engagement hereunder, except as required by applicable law, VRA shall keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by the Company, and VRA shall not disclose such information to any third-party, other than such of its employees and advisors as VRA determines to have a need to know such information, all of whom shall be advised by VRA of the confidentiality of such information. VRA will assist the Company in preparing a Form 1-A (the Offering Circular) for use in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will be solely responsible for the contents of the Offering Circular and any and all other oral or written communication provided to any actual or prospective purchaser of the Securities with the approval of the Company, and the Company represents and warrants that the Offering Circular and such other communication will not, as of the date of the offer or sale of the Securities, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. The Company authorizes VRA to provide the Offering Circular and such other communications to prospective purchasers of the Securities. |
| 5. | The Company may refuse to discuss or negotiate the Proposed Transaction for any reason whatsoever and may terminate negotiations with any party at any time. |
| 6. | As compensation for the services rendered by VRA hereunder, the Company shall pay VRA a non-refundable retainer fee of $50,000 due upon signing of this Agreement, plus a fee of 4.5% of the amount of any Securities sold by the Company in cash upon the closing of the Proposed Transaction. |
| 7. | The Company shall reimburse VRA upon request for its reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal and other professional fees and expenses) incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder with respect to the services to be rendered by it; provided that, except as otherwise contemplated by Annex A hereto, such expenses will not exceed $25,000 without the prior consent of the Company. In addition to the provisions of Annex A, if any personnel of VRA shall be required to testify or otherwise participate in connection with a legal proceeding related to this engagement, the Company agrees to pay VRA $3,000 per diem as reasonable compensation for each such individuals participation. |
Mr. Derek Diasti
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
August 11, 2015
Page 4
| 8. | The Company agrees to the provisions with respect to the indemnification of VRA and other matters set forth in Annex A, the terms of which are hereby incorporated into this Agreement in their entirety. |
| 9. | The Company acknowledges that various communications systems and networks do not necessarily represent a secure environment in which to conduct communications. Nevertheless, the Company authorizes VRA to use such systems (including sending and receiving electronic mail) for communication of sensitive information to or about the Company. |
| 10. | Except as required by applicable law or as provided specifically herein, any advice or material to be provided by VRA under this Agreement shall not be disclosed publicly or made available to third parties without the prior approval of VRA, and accordingly such advice or material shall only be relied upon by the person or entity to whom such advice or material is directed. |
| 11. | The Company agrees that VRA has the right, at its own expense, (a) to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals (including electronic versions thereof) describing its services to the Company hereunder and (b) to use the Companys corporate logo in such advertising or related promotional materials (including electronic versions thereof) concerning VRAs services hereunder; provided that such advertisements (other than those appearing in trade journals or other marketing materials of VRA) will require the prior approval of the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). |
| 12. | Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 12, Annex A, and paragraphs 3 through 11 and 13 through 17, which shall survive any termination of this Agreement, either party may terminate VRAs engagement hereunder at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving the other party at least 10 days prior written notice. If during the period of 12 months following such termination, the Company sells any Securities or securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities to purchasers contacted by VRA in its capacity as placement agent hereunder, the Company will pay VRA upon completion of such Sale the fee as described under paragraph 6. |
| 13. | Subject to the provision of paragraph 3(b), the Company and VRA acknowledge and agree that there are no brokers, representatives or other persons which have an interest in compensation due to VRA from any transaction contemplated herein. All fees and expenses payable hereunder are net of applicable withholding, sales or similar taxes. |
Mr. Derek Diasti
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
August 11, 2015
Page 5
| 14. | It is understood and agreed that VRA will act under this Agreement as an independent contractor with duties solely to the Company and that VRA is not providing any tax, legal, accounting, regulatory or other similar advice to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall he deemed to create a fiduciary or agency relationship between VRA and the Company or its stockholders or is intended to confer on any person or entity other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any relationship, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or as a result of the services to be rendered by VRA hereunder. |
| 15. | The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. |
| 16. | This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by the parties hereto and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof. The Company and VRA hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Georgia and of the United States District Courts located in the City of Atlanta for any lawsuits, claims or other proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agree not to commence any such lawsuit, claim or other proceeding except in such courts. The Company and VRA hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any lawsuit, claim or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in the courts of the State of Georgia or the United States District Courts located in the City of Atlanta, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such lawsuit, claim or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any lawsuit, claim or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the services to be rendered by VRA hereunder is expressly and irrevocably waived. |
| 17. | The benefits of and liabilities and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns (whether by merger or otherwise) of the parties hereto and of the Indemnified Persons hereunder and their successors, assigns and representatives. |
Mr. Derek Diasti
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
August 11, 2015
Page 6
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding and agreement between VRA and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided for that purpose below, whereupon this Agreement (including Annex A hereto) shall constitute a binding agreement as of the date first above written.
| VRA PARTNERS. LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ Mark A. Loeffler | |
| Mark A. Loeffler Managing Director | ||
Agreed to and Accepted this
18 day of August, 2015:
| SUN DENTAL LABS, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ Derek Diasti | |
| Derek Diasti Chief Executive Officer | ||
| cc: | Darrell C. Smith, Esq Douglas J. McCartney | |
Annex A
In connection with the engagement of VRA to assist the Company as set forth in this Agreement, including amendments to such engagement and related activities prior to the date of this Agreement (the Engagement), the Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless VRA and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, partners, members, agents and employees and each other person controlling VRA or any of its affiliates (collectively, the Indemnified Parties), to the full extent lawful, from and against any losses, damages, claims or expenses incurred by the Indemnified Parties (collectively, Losses) related to or arising out of the Engagement or any transaction or conduct in connection therewith, except that this right to indemnification shall not apply with respect to any Losses that are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.
In the event that the foregoing indemnity is unavailable to any Indemnified Party for any reason (other than as a result of having resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties), the Company agrees to contribute to any Losses related to or arising out of the Engagement or any transaction or conduct in connection therewith as follows. Each of VRA and the Company shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by VRA, on the one hand, and by the Company and its security holders, on the other hand, from the actual or proposed transaction arising in connection with the Engagement, and if such allocation is judicially unavailable or insufficient to hold such Indemnified Party harmless, each of VRA and the Company shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits as set forth above, but also the relative fault of each of us in connection with the statements, omissions or other conduct that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company and its security holders shall be deemed to be equal to the aggregate cash consideration and value of securities or any other property payable in such transaction, and benefits received by VRA shall be deemed to be equal to the compensation payable by the Company to VRA in connection with the Engagement (exclusive of amounts paid for reimbursement of expenses or paid under this Annex A). Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by VRA, on the other hand. VRA and the Company agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, except as otherwise provided by law, in no event shall VRA be responsible for any amounts in excess of the amount of the compensation actually paid by the Company to VRA in connection with the Engagement (exclusive of amounts paid for reimbursement of expenses or paid under this Annex A).
The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of VRA, which will not be unreasonably withheld, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened claim or proceeding related to or arising out of the Engagement or other conduct in connection therewith (whether or not VRA or any Indemnified Party is a party to such claim or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination (i) includes a release of each Indemnified Party from all liabilities arising out of the Engagement or any conduct in connection therewith and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability, or failure to act by any Indemnified Party. The Company also agrees to promptly reimburse each Indemnified Party for all reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) within a reasonable time after they are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating, preparing for, defending, or providing evidence in, any pending or threatened claim or proceeding related to or arising out of the Engagement or other conduct in connection therewith or otherwise in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not VRA or any Indemnified Party is a party to such claim or proceeding) or in enforcing the Agreement (including this Annex A).
If indemnification is to be sought hereunder by an Indemnified Party, then such Indemnified Party will promptly notify the Company of the commencement of any action or proceeding in respect thereof; provided, however, that the failure so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder, except to the extent that it is materially prejudiced by such failure, and will not relieve the Company from any other liability that it may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. Following such notification, the Company may elect in writing to assume the defense of such action or proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and upon such election, the Company will not be liable for any legal costs subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party (other than reasonable costs of investigation) in connection therewith, unless (i) the Company has failed to provide counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in a timely manner, (ii) counsel which has been provided by the Company reasonably determines that its representation of such Indemnified Party would present it with a conflict of interest, or (iii) such Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that there may be legal defenses available to it or any other Indemnified Party that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company. In any action or proceeding the defense of which the Company assumes the Indemnified Party will have the right to participate in such litigation and to retain its own counsel at such Indemnified Partys own expense.
The Company further agrees that the Indemnified Parties shall have no liability (regardless of the legal theory advanced) to the Company or any other person, or in connection with the Engagement or other conduct in connection therewith except for Losses incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties.
The agreement of the Company in this Annex A shall apply whether or not any Indemnified Party is a formal party to any lawsuit, claim or other proceeding and is in addition to any rights VRA or any other Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
Exhibit 2.1
| Sent By: Brett Hendee, P.A.; |
813 259-1106; | Jan-21-05 4:21 PM; | Page 1/3 |
Division of Corporations
Florida Department of State
Division of Corporations
Public Access System
Electronic Filing Cover Sheet
Note: Please print this page and use it as a cover sheet. Type the fax audit
number (shown below) on the top and bottom of all pages of the document.
(((H05000017855 3)))
Note: DO NOT hit the REFRESH/RELOAD button on your browser from this
page. Doing so will generate another cover sheet.
| To: |
||||||
| Division of Corporations | ||||||
| Fax Number | : | (850) 205-0383 | ||||
| From: |
||||||
| Account Name | : | BRETT HENDEE, P.A. | ||||
| Account Number | : | I19980000066 | ||||
| Phone | : | (813) 258-1177 | ||||
| Fax Number | : | (813) 259-1106 | ||||
RECEIVED
05 JAN 21 AM 8:16
DIVISION OF CORPORATION
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
| Certificate of Status |
0 | |
| Certified Copy |
0 | |
| Page Count |
03 | |
| Estimated Charge |
$125.00 |
| Electronic Filing Menu | Corporate Filing | Public Access Help |
FILED
2005 JAN 21 A 11:16
SECRETARY OF STATE
ALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA
| https://efile.sunbiz.org/scripts/efilcovr.exc | 1/21/2005 |
| Sent By: Brett Hendee, P.A.; |
813 259-1106; | Jan-21-05 4:22 PM; | Page 2/3 |
(((H05000017855 3)))
ARTICLES
OF ORGANIZATION
OF
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
ARTICLE I-Name
The name of the limited liability company shall be Sun Dental Holdings, LLC.
ARTICLE II-Address
The street address and mailing address of the principal office of the limited liability company is: 1700 S. MacDill Avenue, STE 200, Tampa, FL 33629.
ARTICLE III-Registered Agent
The name and the Florida street address for the registered agent of the limited liability company is: Brett Hendee, Esquire, 1700 South MacDill Avenue, STE 200, Tampa, FL 33629.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Articles of Organization and acknowledged them to be my act this 21st day of January, 2005.
/s/ Brett Hendee
Signature of a member or an authorized representative of a member
(In accordance with Section 608.408(3), Florida Statutes, the execution of this affidavit constitutes an affirmation under the penalties of perjury that the facts stated herein are true.)
Brett Hendee
Typed or printed name of signee
FILED
2005 JAN 21 A 11:16
SECRETARY OF STATE
ALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA
(((H05000017855 3)))
| Sent By: Brett Hendee, P.A.; |
813 259-1106; | Jan-21-05 4:23 PM; | Page 3/3 |
(((H05000017855 3)))
ACCEPTANCE OF DESIGNATION
Having been named as registered agent and to accept service of process for the above stated limited liability company at the place designated in this certificate, the undersigned hereby accepts the appointment as registered agent and agrees to act in this capacity. The undersigned further agrees to comply with the provisions of all statutes relating to the proper and complete performance of the duties, and the undersigned is familiar with and accepts the obligations of the position as registered agent as provided for in Chapter 608, Florida Statutes.
| /s/ Brett Hendee |
| |
| Brett Hendee | ||
| Brett Hendee, P.A. | ||
| 1700 S. MacDill Avenue, STE 200 | ||
| Tampa, Florida 33629 | ||
FILED
2005 JAN 21 A 11:16
SECRETARY OF STATE
ALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA
(((H05000017855 3)))
Exhibit 2.2
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
A Florida Limited Liability Company
dated
September 1, 2015
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS (THE INTERESTS) OF SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT INCLUDING THE PRIORWRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
1
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT (this Agreement) of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the Company), is made and entered into effective the 1st day of September, 2015 (the Effective Date) by and among the Company and the Persons listed as Members of the Company in the Register as amended from time to time (collectively, the Members).
BACKGROUND AND BASIS FOR OPERATING AGREEMENT
A. The Company was formed pursuant to the Articles of Organization filed with the Florida Department of State on January 1, 2005 and accepted for recording by the Florida Department of State.
B. The Members originally entered into that certain operating agreement of the Company dated January 1, 2005, which was amended and restated effective January 1, 2011 and amended and restated effective October 1, 2014 as subsequently amended on May 1, 2015 and August 26, 2015.
C. The Members now desire to amend and restate the operating agreement of the Company in its entirety and to set forth the terms and conditions by which the Company will be governed as of the Effective Date.
In consideration of the foregoing recitals which are hereby incorporated as a part of this Agreement, the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Members hereby amend and restate the operating agreement of the Company and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
1.1 Formation. The Members formed the Company as a limited liability company under the Prior Act for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions set forth below. The Members hereby elect to be governed by the terms and provisions of the Act as of the Effective Date. The rights and liabilities of the Members shall be as provided in the Act, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. In the event of any inconsistency between any terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any non-mandatory provisions of the Act, the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement shall govern.
1.2 Name. The name of the Company is Sun Dental Holdings, LLC. The Board may change the name of the Company, from time to time, in accordance with applicable law.
1.3 Principal Place of Business; Other Places of Business. The principal place of business of the Company is located at 1800 9th Ave N, St Petersburg, Florida, 33713, or such other place within or outside the State of Florida as the Board may from time to time designate. The Company may maintain offices and places of business at such other place or places within or outside the State of Florida, as the Manager deems advisable.
2
1.4 Articles of Organization; Filings. The Articles of Organization were executed and filed in the Office of the Florida Department of State as required by applicable law. The Manager may execute and file any duly authorized amendments to the Articles of Organization from time to time in a form prescribed by the Act. The Manager shall also cause to be made, on behalf of the Company, such additional filings and recordings as the Manager shall deem necessary or advisable.
1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statements. The Company may also conduct business at the same time under one or more fictitious names if the Manager determines that such is in the best interests of the Company. Fictitious business name statements shall be filed and published when and if the Manager determines it necessary or advisable. Any such statement shall be renewed as required by applicable law.
1.6 Registered Office and Designated Agent for Service of Process. The Company shall continuously maintain a registered office and a designated and duly qualified agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Florida. The address of the current registered office of the current registered agent for service of process, Brett Hendee, is 1700 South MacDill Avenue, Suite 200, Tampa, Florida 33629.
1.7 Term. The Company commenced on January 21, 2005 and shall continue and be perpetual until terminated pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article 2:
Acceptance Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(b).
Act means the Florida Revised Limited Liability Company Act, Florida Statutes, Sections 605.0101 et seq., as amended from time to time, or any subsequent Florida law concerning limited liability companies that is enacted in substitution for that law.
Additional Members means those Persons admitted to the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 below.
Adjusted Capital Account Deficit means, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Members Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Allocation Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
(a) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and
(b) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations.
The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
3
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person (a) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; (b) any Person owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting interests of such Person; (c) any director, officer, partner, managing member, or trustee of, or any Person serving in a similar capacity with respect to, such Person; (d) any Person who is an officer, director, partner, member, trustee, or holder of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting interests of any Person described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this sentence; or (e) any ancestor, spouse, or family member, whether by blood or marriage, of the such Person, or any trust for the primary benefit of such Persons. For purposes of this definition, the terms controlling, controlled by, or under common control shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
Agreement means this limited liability company operating agreement including the Register and all schedules and exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof, as originally executed and as amended from time to time in writing.
Allocation Year means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31 of the same year, (b) any subsequent period commencing on January 1, and ending on the following December 31, or (c) any portion of the period described in clause (b) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Article 6.
Approved by the Members or Approval of the Members means the consent or approval of Members holding, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the Units held by all or a designated class of Members.
Articles of Organization mean the articles of organization of this Company, as more fully described in Section 1.4.
Board or Board of Directors means the Manager.
Business means the manufacture, sourcing, distribution, marketing, selling, or any combination of the foregoing, of custom dental prosthetic devices, including the remote capture and transmission of digital scans of the mouth or teeth to a manufacturing facility, the receipt of such transmission, and the production of custom dental prosthetic devices based on such transmission, as well as any lawful business activity in which the Company engages, whether directly or through a Subsidiary.
Business Day means any calendar day, other than Saturday, Sunday or days that are legal holidays observed by the State of Florida.
4
Capital Account means, with respect to any Member, the capital account established, maintained and adjusted for such Member in accordance with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) or other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations promulgated thereunder.
Capital Contributions means, with respect to any Member, the total amount of money and the fair market value of property (other than money) contributed to the capital of the Company by such Member, whether as an Initial Capital Contribution or as an additional Capital Contribution, as further described in Section 7.1.
Cash Available for Distribution means, for any period, (a) the sum of gross receipts, all investment income of the Company and all cash received by the Company, reduced by (b) Operating Expenses.
Class A Common Unit Member means a Member who holds Class A Common Units.
Class A Common Units means voting Units with one vote per Unit designated as Class A Common Units by the Company and issued by the Company to Persons in consideration for Capital Contributions to the Company. A Member whose ownership interest in the Company is represented by Class A Common Units shall, with respect to such Units, have the rights of an Class A Common Unit Member.
Closing Date has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(b).
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended, or any subsequent federal law concerning income tax as enacted in substitution for, or that corresponds with, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Company Minimum Gain has the same meaning as the term partnership minimum gain in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
Company means the limited liability company formed pursuant to the Articles of Organization and governed by this Agreement, as said limited liability company may from time to time be constituted.
Company Assets, means all direct and indirect interests in real and personal property owned by the Company from time to time, and shall include both tangible and intangible property (including cash) and ownership interests in Subsidiaries. Such definition includes all property originally contributed to the Company or subsequently acquired by the Company by purchase or other method and property acquired with Company funds. A Member has no interest in any specific Company Assets. Company Assets may not be used to satisfy the individual debts of any Member.
Company Option has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a)(iii).
Continuation Period has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b).
Covered Person means a Member, Manager, officer of the Company, Liquidator or a manager or officer of a Covered Person, as well as any agent of the Company designated in writing by the Manager as a Covered Person.
Debt means (a) any indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property as evidenced by a note, bonds, or other instruments, (b) obligations as lessee
5
under capital leases, (c) obligations secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind existing on any asset owned or held by the Company whether or not the Company has assumed or become liable for the obligations secured thereby, (d) any obligation under any interest rate swap agreement, (e) accounts payable and (f) obligations under direct or indirect guarantees of (including obligations (contingent or otherwise) to assure a creditor against loss in respect of) indebtedness or obligations of the kinds referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e), above provided that Debt shall not include obligations in respect of any accounts payable that are incurred in the ordinary course of Business and are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
Depreciation means, for each Allocation Year or part thereof, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Allocation Year or part thereof, except that if the book value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such fiscal year or part thereof shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such book value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such Allocation Year or part thereof bears to such adjusted tax basis. If such asset has a zero adjusted tax basis, the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for each Allocation Year shall be determined under a method reasonably selected by the Manager.
Dissolution Event has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a).
Economic Interest means only the right as a Member (or Transferee) to receive distributions from the Company in accordance with this Agreement, including the right to receive allocations of Company tax items and distributions of Company profits and other assets, whether the Person remains a Member or becomes a Transferee. The term Economic Interest applies to any fraction of the interest, by whomever owned. The mere holder of an Economic Interest does not have full Membership Rights unless such holder is admitted as a Member in accordance with this Agreement. An Economic Interest alone does not include any right to participate in, vote on, or authorize or approve any decision concerning the management or affairs of the Company.
Effective Date has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.
Guaranteed Payment has the same meaning as the term guaranteed payments in Code Section 707(c).
Gross Appraised Value has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11(e).
Gross Asset Value means with respect to any asset, the assets adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
(a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Manager;
(b) The Gross Asset Values of all Company Assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account), as determined by the Manager, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company Assets as consideration for an interest in the Company; (iii) the
6
liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and (iv) in connection with the grant of Units in the Company (other than a de minimis grant) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in such Members capacity as a Member or by a new Member in anticipation of being a Member, provided that an adjustment described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Manager reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;
(c) The Gross Asset Value of any item of Company Assets distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Manager; and
(d) The Gross Asset Values of Company Assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and subparagraph (f) of the definition of Profits and Losses or Section 6.3(g) below; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (d).
If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) or (d), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.
Incapacity means (a) the entry of an order of incompetence or of insanity of a Person, (b) the death, dissolution, bankruptcy (as defined in the Act) or termination (other than by merger or consolidation) of a Person, (c) the death of both spouses of a tenancy by the entireties, or (d) the transfer of the beneficial interest of any Person (e.g., the transfer of any of the shares of a corporation, the interests of an limited liability company, or a change in the beneficiary of a trust). For purposes of this Agreement, a Person under Incapacity is considered to be Incapacitated.
Initial Capital Contribution has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
Investment Class A Member means a Member who holds Investment Class A Units.
Investment Class A Units means non-voting Units designated as Investment Class A Units by the Manager and issued by the Company to Persons in consideration for Capital Contributions to the Company. A Member whose ownership interest in the Company is represented by Investment Class A Units shall, with respect to such Investment Units, have the rights of an Investment Class Member.
Investment Class B Member means a Member who holds Investment Class B Units.
Investment Class B Units means non-voting Units designated as Investment Class B Units by the Manager and issued by the Company to Persons in consideration for services provided to the Company. A Member whose ownership interest in the Company is represented by Investment Class B Units shall, with respect to such Investment Units, have the rights of an Investment Class Member.
7
Investment Class Members means a class of Members consisting of Investment Class A Members and Investment Class B Members. Investment Class Members, with respect to their ownership of Investment Units, do not have the right or power to (a) participate in the designation of a Manager of the Company, (b) participate in the management of the Company, or (c) contractually bind the Company. Unless specifically provided for by this Agreement, Investment Class Members have no right to vote on any Company matter. Aside from the limitations set forth in the preceding sentences, Investment Class Members otherwise possess all other Membership Rights afforded to a Member pursuant to this Agreement.
Investment Units mean Investment Class A Units, Investment Class B Units, or a combination of the foregoing.
Issuance Items has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(h).
Liquidation Period has the meaning set forth in Section 11.8.
Liquidator means the Manager, or a Person appointed by the Manager, to oversee the liquidation of the Company.
Majority of the Members means Members holding, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the Units held by all or a designated class of Members.
Majority of the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members means Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members holding, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the Units held by such Members voting together as a single class
Management Class Members means a class of Members consisting of those Members holding Management Units.
Management Units means voting Units with 100 votes per Unit designated as Management Units by the Manager and issued by the Company. A Member whose ownership interest in the Company is represented by Management Units shall, with respect to such Management Units, have the rights of a Management Class Member.
Manager means the Board or Board of Directors of the Company.
Member or Members means any member of the Company that becomes a member of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and who has not dissociated from the Company. A Member may be an Investment Class Member, a Management Class Member, or both. A class of Members may vote on such matters as provided in this Agreement. A reference to a Member or the Members shall be a reference to such Member or all Members unless specific reference is made to a particular Member or to a particular class of Members.
Member Loans has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(a).
Member Nonrecourse Debt has the same meaning as the term partner nonrecourse debt in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain means any amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).
8
Member Nonrecourse Deductions has the same meaning as the term partner nonrecourse deductions in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).
Membership Rights means the totality of a Members rights as a Member, including the Economic Interest and the Members voting rights (if so provided by this Agreement or the non-waivable provisions of the Act) and other rights, including those set forth in this Agreement. The rights and obligations of each Member of a particular class of Members shall be identical with respect to all other Members of such class.
Net Cash Flow means the gross cash proceeds of the Company, less the portion thereof used to pay or establish Reserves for all Operating Expenses, as determined by the Manager. Net Cash Flow shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances, but shall be increased by any reductions of Reserves previously established pursuant to the first sentence of this definition.
Net Equity has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11(c).
Net Equity Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 9.11(d).
Nonrecourse Deductions has the meaning set forth in Regulations Sections 1.7042(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c).
Nonrecourse Liability has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(3).
Notice means a writing, containing the information required by this Agreement to be communicated to any Person, sent as provided in Section 12.2.
Operating Expenses means, with respect to any Allocation Year, the amount of cash disbursed by the Company in the ordinary course of business during the period, including without limitation, all cash expenses, such as advertising, promotion, property management, insurance premiums, taxes, utilities, repair, maintenance, legal, accounting, bookkeeping, computing, equipment use, travel on Business, telephone expenses, and salaries, and direct expenses of Company employees (if any) and agents while engaged in Business, payments required to be made in connection with any loan to the Company or any other loan secured by a lien on any Company Assets, payments required to be paid in connection with any refinancing, sale or other event, capital expenditures, and any other amounts set aside for the restoration, increase, or creation of reasonable Reserves. Operating Expenses shall not include expenditures paid from Reserves.
Option Period has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(b).
Organizer has the meaning set forth in Section A of the Background.
Percentage Interest means the percentage interest indicated as such in Schedule A, as adjusted from time to time. At any time, each Members Percentage Interest is computed by dividing the number of Units owned by a Member by the total number of authorized and issued Units. At all times, the sum of the Percentage Interests of all Members and Transferees will equal one hundred percent (100%).
Person means any individual, tenancy by the entireties, partnership (general or limited), joint venture corporation, association, trust, limited liability company, or other legal entity, whether foreign or domestic, and its heirs, executors, administrators, legal representative, successors, and assigns where the context requires.
9
Prior Act means the Florida Limited Liability Company Act, Florida Statutes, Sections 608.401 et seq.
Profits and Losses mean, for each Allocation Year, an amount equal to the Companys taxable income or loss for such Allocation Year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):
(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
(b) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company Asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;
(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company Assets with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the Company Assets disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Company Assets differs from its Gross Asset Value;
(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Allocation Year, computed in accordance with the definition of Depreciation;
(f) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company Asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Members Economic Interest, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and
(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 or Section 6.4 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.
(h) The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Sections 6.3 and 6.4 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (f) above.
10
Proposed Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.
Pro Rata means in the proportion that the item being measured for each Member bears to the total of all such items for all Members for whom a contribution, distribution, or allocation is due, or is being made, shared, or determined.
Purchaser has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a).
Regulations means the regulations of the United States Treasury Department, as amended, and any successor provision.
Register has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
Regulatory Allocations has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.
Reserves means funds set aside or amounts allocated to reserves that shall be maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Manager for working capital, to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, and other costs or expenses incident to the conduct of Business.
Sale Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a).
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 as amended and in effect from time to time.
Selling Member has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a).
Statement of Authority has the meaning set forth in Section 605.0302 of the Act.
Subsidiary means, with respect to the Company, any legal entity with respect to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company collectively owns or controls, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the total outstanding equity securities or other beneficial ownership interests of such legal entity (whether by having the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the managers or members of the board of directors or comparable governing body, or otherwise) or fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the total outstanding equity securities or beneficial ownership interests of such legal entity.
Substitute Member means any Person (a) to whom a Member (or Transferee thereof) Transfers all or any part of its interest in the Company, and (b) whom has been admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member pursuant to Section 9.14 of this Agreement.
Supplementary Agreements has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b)(x).
Tax Advance has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.
Tax Matters Partner has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(c).
Terminating Member means a Member or Transferee who is to receive a Termination Payment as a result of dissociation and redemption.
Termination Payment has the meaning set forth in Section 9.10.
Third Party Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a).
11
Third Party Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a)(iii).
Third Party Transfer Period has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(d).
Transfer or Transfers means, with respect to any interest in the Company, a sale, conveyance, exchange, assignment, encumbrance, gift, bequest, hypothecation, or other transfer or disposition by any other means, whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary (including, without limitation, by operation of law), or an agreement to do any of the foregoing. A Transfer shall not include a pledge of a Members Economic Interest to any lender as collateral security if such pledge is made to a Lender in conjunction with a Lender loaning funds to or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary. Used as a verb, the foregoing terms, as well as the terms Transferred and Transferring, shall mean the effecting, with respect to such interest, any of the foregoing.
Transferee means any Person (a) to whom a Member (or Transferee) Transfers, voluntarily or involuntarily, all or any part of its Economic Interest and (b) who has not been admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. A Transferee is the holder of a mere Economic Interest, rather than full Membership Rights.
Transferor means a Member or (Transferee) who Transfers all or a part of its Economic Interest to a Transferee. A Member who becomes a Transferor forfeits such Members full Membership Rights with respect to the Transferred Economic Interest immediately upon Transfer.
Unit means an ownership interest in the Company, representing Capital Contributions, as set forth on Schedule A from time to time, including any and all benefits to which the holder of such Units may be entitled, as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such holder to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Units may be classified as Investment Units or Management Units. A Member may hold both Investment Units and Management Units.
ARTICLE 3
PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY
3.1 Purpose of the Company. The purpose of the Company is to engage, whether directly or
indirectly through Subsidiaries, in any and all lawful business purposes for which a limited liability company may be formed under the Act. The Members acknowledge that the Company Assets are necessary to fulfill the purpose of the Company, vital to the success of the Company, necessary for the Company to produce income and profit for the benefit of all Members, and may not be used to satisfy the individual debts of any Member.
3.2 Authority of the Company. To carry out its purposes, the Company, consistent with and
subject to the provisions of this Agreement and all applicable laws, is empowered and authorized to do any and all acts and things incidental to, or necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, or convenient for, the furtherance and accomplishment of its purposes and the protection and benefit of the Company, including, without limitation:
(a) Buying, owning, selling, conveying, assigning, exchanging, mortgaging, managing, or leasing any property (including real property, personal property, as well as securities) necessary, convenient, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company, including life insurance and interests in other business entities, whether in corporate, partnership, joint venture or other forms;
12
(b) Entering into any kind of activity, and performing and carrying out contracts of any kind, in connection with, or necessary or incidental to, the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company;
(c) Negotiating and concluding agreements for the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all or any part of the Company Assets, or for the refinancing of any mortgage or loan on Company Assets, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
(d) Investing in assets, securities, or interests in securities of any nature, including (without limit) commodities, options, futures, precious metals, currencies, life insurance products, in domestic and foreign markets;
(e) Placing investment capital with other managers, including but not limited to mutual funds, separate account managers, and limited partnerships; and
(f) Borrowing money and issuing evidences of indebtedness in furtherance of the Business and securing Company indebtedness by mortgage, pledge, security interest, or other lien, in accordance with Section 5.1(b).
ARTICLE 4
MEMBERS, STATUS, RIGHTS, AND OBLIGATIONS
4.1 Register; Capital Contributions of Members. The Company shall cause to be maintained in the principal office of the Company the books and records of the Company, which shall include, among other things, the name, address and amount of the Capital Contribution of each Member and such other information as the Company may deem necessary or desirable (the Register). The Register shall be maintained separately from this Agreement and the Company shall from time to time update the Register as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein. Any reference in this Agreement to the Register shall be deemed a reference to the Register as in effect from time to time. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company may take any action authorized hereunder in respect of the Register without any need to obtain the consent of any other Member. No action of any Member shall be required to amend or update the Register.
4.2 Issuance of Units. There shall be four (4) classes of Units which the Company may currently issue to Members as follows: Class A Common Units, Investment Class A Units, Investment Class B Units, Management Units. The total number of Units, which the Company shall be authorized to issue, is thirty million (30,000,000). The Board, in its sole discretion, may create new classes of Units with respect to authorized but unissued Units and establish the rights and preferences thereunder. Any increase in the authorized number of Units shall require the affirmative vote or consent of a Majority of the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members, voting together as a single class.
4.3 Right to Dissociate. A Member may dissociate from the Company pursuant to Article 9.
4.4 Powers of Members. Members shall have the powers and authority conferred upon them pursuant to this Agreement, and, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Act, Members shall have the right to attend all meetings of the Members.
4.5 Voting by Members. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Act, only the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members shall be entitled to vote on matters pertaining to the Company and Business. Each of the Class A Common Unit Members shall be entitled to one (1) vote per Class A Common Unit and each of the Management Class Members
13
shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes per Management Unit. Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Act, the affirmative vote or consent of a Majority of the Class A Common Unit Members and Management Class Members, voting together as a single class, shall be necessary and sufficient to decide an issue.
4.6 Limited Authority of Members. Except as expressly provided herein or in a duly filed
and then-effective Statement of Authority, no Member, in its capacity as a Member, shall have authority to take or engage in any action to bind the Company in any manner.
4.7 Consent of Members in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or by law, any action which may be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting and without a vote if a written consent, setting forth the action so taken, is signed in person, by proxy, by email signature, or by facsimile signature by a Majority of the Members entitled to vote on such action, unless Approval of the Members entitled to vote on such action is required. If Approval of the Members is required, then such written consent shall be signed by the requisite number of Members constituting Approval of the Members. Such consent shall be delivered to the Company by delivery to the President (if there is a President, and if not, to the Manager or such other individual as the Manager may designate) and shall be filed with the minutes of the meetings of Members in the records of the Company. Facsimile signatures and email signatures shall be deemed originals for purposes of this Section 4.7. Every written consent shall bear the signature of each Member who signs such consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the Company action referred to therein unless, within fifteen (15) Business Days of the earliest consent delivered to the Company in the manner required hereby, written consents signed by the requisite number of Members are so delivered to the Company. On an action taken without a meeting by fewer than all of the Members (entitled to vote), Notice of the action must be given within ten (10) Business Days after the action was taken to those Members who did not consent in writing to the action or who were not entitled to vote on the action.
4.8 Meetings; Notice. Regular or special meetings of the Members shall be held from time to time, (a) at such place and time as shall be set by the Board or (b) at such place and time as shall be set by the Chief Executive Officer upon five (5) Business Days Notice to the Members. Each Member shall attend annual meetings, either in person or via telephone. The Members acknowledge that one of the primary purposes of the Company is to promote knowledge of and communication about the Business and to educate the Members about the operating and investment strategy that will be implemented by the Company. To perpetuate such purpose, the Members shall periodically meet in person or by telephone to review the Companys investment or operating plan pursuant to which investment strategies shall be developed, implemented, and monitored for the investments of the Company, provide feedback to the Manager, if necessary, and to address other issues affecting the Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all decisions regarding the formulation and implementation of the investment or operating plan shall be made by the Manager in the Managers sole discretion, taking into account the Managers duty of care and loyalty to the Company and the terms of this Agreement.
4.9 Waiver of Notice by Members. Whenever any Notice whatsoever is required to be given to any Member under this Agreement or any provision of law, a written waiver of such Notice, signed at any time, whether before or after the time of meeting, by the Member entitled to such Notice shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such Notice. The attendance of a Member at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of Notice of such meeting, except where a Member attends a meeting and objects at the beginning of such meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Members need be specified in any waiver of Notice of such meeting.
14
4.10 Quorum. At all meetings of the Members, the presence of a Majority of the Management Class Members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Though less than a quorum, a majority of the Management Class Members present at a meeting may adjourn the meeting, from time to time and without further notice, until a quorum shall be present; provided, however, that any Members absent from the adjourned meeting shall be provided written Notice of such adjournment.
4.11 Conduct of Meetings. A designee of the Manager shall call meetings of the Members to order and shall act as chair of the meeting. A second designee of the Manager shall record all actions at such meeting of the Members, which shall be maintained in a Company minute book under the supervision of the President or Manager, as the case may be.
4.12 Participation. Members may participate in any meeting either in person or by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
4.13 Additional Members. With the written consent of a Majority of the Management Class Members and Class A Common Unit Members voting as a single class, the Company may issue Units in excess of the then authorized Number of Units, whether Investment Units, Management Units, Common Units, new classes of Units, or a combination of the foregoing, directly from the Company, and admit one or more recipients of such Units as additional Members from time to time, on such terms and conditions and for such Capital Contributions, if any, as the Board may deem favorable and advisable to the Company. Such Additional Member shall receive such distributions and allocations of Profits and Losses as the Board may deem favorable and advisable. No action or consent, other than by a Majority of the Management Class Members and the Class A Common Units voting as a single class, shall be required in connection with the admission of an Additional Member. As a condition to being admitted to the Company, each Additional Member shall execute an agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Manager shall amend Schedule A to appropriately reflect the admission of the Additional Member.
4.14 Liability of Members. Except as otherwise required by any nonwaivable provision of the Act or other applicable law:
(a) No Member or Manager shall be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise; and
(b) No Member or, if applicable, Manager shall in any event have any liability whatsoever in excess of (i) the amount of its Capital Contributions, (ii) its share of any Company Assets and undistributed Profits, (iii) the amount of any unconditional obligation of such Member to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) the amount of any wrongful distribution to such Member, if, and only to the extent, such Member has actual knowledge (at the time of the distribution) that such distribution is made in violation of Section 605.0405 of the Act.
4.15 Fiduciary Duties of Members and Managers. The Members hereby acknowledge that Section 605.0105 of the Act prohibits the terms of this Agreement from: (a) eliminating a Managers duty of loyalty, including a Member serving as a Manager, under Section 605.04091
15
(except as otherwise provided in Section 605.0105(4)); (b) unreasonably reducing a Managers duty of care under Section 605.04091; and (c) eliminating a Members or Managers obligation of good faith and fair dealing under Section 605.04091 (except as otherwise provided in Section 605.0105(3)(f)). Accordingly, each of the Members and Managers shall comply with its fiduciary duties owed to the Company and the Members in accordance with Florida law.
4.16 Appraisal or Partition. Each Member waives its rights to any appraisal rights under the Act or any rights to have any Company Asset partitioned, or to file a complaint or to institute any suit, action, or proceeding at law or in equity asserting appraisal rights under the Act or to have any Company Asset partitioned, and each Member, on behalf of itself, its successors, and its assigns hereby waives any such right.
4.17 Executory Agreement. This Agreement constitutes an executory contract with respect to all Membership Rights and Economic Interests in the Company. This Agreement imposes on each Member the following affirmative duties (each of which constitutes a material unperformed and future obligation):
(a) The duty and obligation of good faith and fair dealing as set forth in Section 4.15;
(b) The duty and obligation to attend, and participate in, Member meetings as set forth in Section 4.8;
(c) The duty and obligation of the Management Class Members to elect Managers as set forth in Section 5.1; and
(d) The duty and obligation to refrain from wrongfully dissociating as set forth in Article 9; and
(e) The duty and obligation not to transfer its Economic Interest in the Company, except in accordance with Article 9.
ARTICLE 5
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
5.1 Manager. The management of the Company shall be vested in a board of directors (the Manager or the Board) elected by a Majority of the Management Class Members and the Class A Common Unit Members. The size and the composition of the Board shall be as established by a Majority of the Management Class Members and the Class A Common Unit Members voting as a single class. Each Manager shall remain in office until removed by a written instrument signed by a Majority of the Management Class Members and the Class A Common Unit Members voting as a single class, until such Manager resigns in a written instrument delivered to the Members, or until such Manager is unable to serve due to Incapacity. In the event of any such vacancy, the Board may fill the vacancy.
(a) Duties and Liability. Each Manager shall perform its duties as such in good faith, in a manner the Manager reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Company, and with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. A person who so performs these duties shall not have any liability by reason of serving or having served as a Manager. A Manager shall not be liable under a judgment, decree or order of court, or in any other manner, for a debt, obligation or liability of the Company.
16
(b) Powers. Without any limitation thereon, the Board shall have the power, on behalf and for the purposes of the Company, to:
(i) acquire, operate, maintain, finance, improve, sell, convey, assign, mortgage, or lease any personal or real property;
(ii) sell, dispose, trade, or exchange Company Assets in the ordinary course of business;
(iii) purchase insurance to protect the Manager, Members and the Companys officers, employees, properties, and business;
(iv) borrow money and, in connection therewith, grant security interests in and mortgages upon the property of the Company and execute and deliver documents and instruments authorizing the confession of judgment against the Company;
(v) execute and deliver releases and discharges on behalf of the Company;
(vi) make any and all expenditures that the Manager, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the management of the Companys affairs and the conduct of its Business, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, and other related expenses incurred in connection with the organization, financing, and operation of the Company;
(vii) invest and reinvest Company reserves in short-term instruments or money market funds;
(viii) admit new Members to the Company;
(ix) hire employees of the Company and establish the terms of their employment, and discharge employees of the Company;
(x) enter into supplementary agreements (each a Supplementary Agreement and collectively, the Supplementary Agreements) with (A) one or more Members regarding the rights and obligations of such Members with respect to the Company and/or (B) one or more employees or service providers of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or Affiliates regarding the rights and obligations of such employees or service providers with respect to the Company, its Subsidiaries, or Affiliates. A Supplementary Agreement specifically shall include any Unit Grant Agreement. Among other things, the Supplementary Agreements may provide for allocations and distributions to such Members and/or bonuses and other compensation to such Members and/or employees or service providers;
(xi) do all other things necessary to accomplish the Companys purposes, including the execution of contracts, instruments and documents that the Manager deems necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to, contracts, instruments, and documents whose operation and effect extend beyond the term of the Company; and
(xii) carry out, or cause to be carried out, any of the foregoing powers through a Subsidiary.
(c) Manager Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, without the prior consent of a Majority of the Management Units Members and Class A Common Units Members voting as a single class the Manager shall have no authority to:
(i) Act in contravention of this Agreement;
17
(ii) Perform an act which would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Company, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;
(iii) Dissolve, liquidate, consolidate or merge the Company or authorize or agree to any of the foregoing;
(iv) Sell or lease, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or authorize or agree to any of the foregoing; or
(v) Amend this Agreement, except as provided in Section 12.1.
(d) Compensation of Managers. Each Manager shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for services provided to the Company. In the event that a Manager is also a Member, any compensation for services shall be a Guaranteed Payment. The Guaranteed Payment for services shall be due and payable without regard to the income of the Company, but in all events shall be reasonable based on all facts and circumstances.
5.2 Officers. The Company may have officers who are appointed by the Board. The officers of the Company may consist of a Chief Executive Officer/President, a Vice President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such powers and duties as the Board deems necessary or appropriate. All officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, and the Board may remove an officer at any time, with or without cause. Such removal, however, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. If an officer who is also a Member dissociates from the Company, then such officer shall automatically be removed from such office. Any officer of the Company may resign at any time by giving written Notice of the resignation to the Manager. Any resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if the time when it shall become effective is not specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. The powers and duties of each officer shall be as follows:
(a) The President. The Chief Executive Officer/President shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Manager, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the Company including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the Company. The Board may also appoint a Vice President who shall act with the same authority as the President should the President be unable to act.
(b) The Secretary. The Secretary shall attend meetings of the Manager and meetings of the Members and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book kept for such purpose. The Secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer/President.
(c) The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of the Companys funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities, and transactions of the Company and shall see that adequate audits thereof are
18
currently and regularly made. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer/President.
5.3 Statement of Authority. The Company with the approval of the Board may file a Statement of Authority, or amend or cancel a previously filed Statement of Authority, which states the authority or limitations on the authority of a Person to bind the Company to Persons who are not Members. Such Statement of Authority shall be in the form described by, and contain the information required in, Section 605.0302 of the Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentences, the Company shall not file a Statement of Authority which authorizes an Investment Class Member, in such Members capacity as such, to bind the Company to any Person.
5.4 General Disclosure Duty. The Board shall keep the other Members generally informed of the affairs of the Company and shall furnish to the other Members, upon request, information and account of any transaction and matters within the Boards knowledge materially affecting or relating to the business of the Company.
ARTICLE 6
ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES
6.1 Profits. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 6.3 and 6.4, Profits for any Allocation Year shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests.
6.2 Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 6.3 and 6.4 and subject to Section 6.5, Losses for any Allocation Year shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests.
6.3 Special Allocations. The following special allocations shall be made in the following order:
(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Allocation Year, each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Years) in an amount equal to such Members share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 6.3(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(b) Member Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Allocation Year, each Member who has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Years) in an amount equal to such Members share of the net decrease
19
in Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Member pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 6.3(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(c) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6) of the Regulations, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Member as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that the Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.3(c) were not in this Agreement.
(d) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Member has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3(d) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article 6 have been made as if Section 6.3(c) and this Section 6.3(d) were not in the Agreement.
(e) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Year shall be specially allocated to the Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
(f) Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Year shall be specially allocated to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).
(g) Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company Asset, pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Member in complete liquidation of such Members Economic Interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in accordance with their interests in the Company in the event Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Member to whom such distribution was made in the event Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.
(h) Allocations Relating to Taxable Issuance of Company Units. Any income, gain, loss or deduction realized as a direct or indirect result of the issuance of Units by the Company to a Member (the Issuance Items) shall be allocated among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such Issuance Items, together with all other allocations under this Agreement to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Issuance Items had not been realized.
20
6.4 Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 6.3(a), 6.3(b), 6.3(c), 6.3(d), 6.3(e), 6.3(f), 6.3(g) and 6.5 (the Regulatory Allocations) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 6.4. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6 (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Manager shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Members Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3(h).
6.5 Loss Limitation. Losses allocated pursuant to Section 6.2 shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be allocated without causing any Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any Allocation Year. In the event some but not all of the Member would have Adjusted Capital Account Deficits as a consequence of an allocation of Losses pursuant to Section 6.2, the limitation set forth in this Section 6.5 shall be applied on a Member by Member basis and Losses not allocable to any Member as a result of such limitation shall be allocated to the other Members in accordance with the positive balances in such Members Capital Accounts so as to allocate the maximum permissible Losses to each Member under Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations.
6.6 Other Allocation Rules.
(a) For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Manager using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.
(b) The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article 6 and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article 6 in reporting their shares of Company income and loss for income tax purposes.
(c) Solely for purposes of determining a Members proportionate share of the excess nonrecourse liabilities of the Company within the meaning of Section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Regulations, the Members interests in Profits are in proportion to their Percentage Interests.
(d) To the extent permitted by Section 1.704-2(h)(3) of the Regulations, the Manager shall endeavor to treat distributions of Net Cash Flow as having been made from the proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability or a Member Nonrecourse Debt only to the extent that such distributions would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit for any Member.
6.7 Tax Allocations; Code Section 704(c).
(a) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take
21
account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with the definition of Gross Asset Value) using an allocation method or methods allowable pursuant to Section 1.704-3 of the Regulations.
(b) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company Asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall account for any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.
(c) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Manager in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.7 are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Members Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
6.8 Tax Matters and Accounting.
(a) Tax Year and Accounting Matters. The Allocation Year of the Company shall be the calendar year. The Company shall adopt such methods of accounting and file its tax returns on the methods of accounting determined by the Manager. The Manager shall be responsible for all accounting matters of the Company.
(b) Tax Elections. The Company shall be taxed as a partnership for tax purposes, and the Members and Manager shall take any and all action necessary to effectuate partnership tax treatment. The Tax Matters Partner may make all elections for federal income and all other tax purposes (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 754 and 6231(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code).
(c) Tax Matters Partner. Sun Dental Laboratories, Inc. shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Company (as defined in Code Section 6231), and the Members will take such actions as may be necessary, appropriate, or convenient to effect the designation of the above-named person as such Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner shall have full and unlimited discretion to perform or to fail to perform any actions or to make any decisions which under the Code may be made by a Tax Matters Partner. All costs of the Tax Matters Partner in connection with its duties as Tax Matters Partner, including reasonable attorneys fees and accountants fees, shall be the obligation of and shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company.
(d) Tax Returns. Income tax returns of the Company shall be prepared by such accountants or tax preparers as the Manager shall retain at the expense of the Company.
(e) Accounting. Subject to Code Section 448, the books of the Company shall be kept on such method of accounting for tax and financial reporting purposes as may be determined by the Manager.
ARTICLE 7
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND FINANCES
7.1 Capital Contributions. Initial Capital Contributions and additional Capital Contributions may sometimes hereinafter be referred to collectively as the Capital Contributions, as the context may require. The Capital Contributions of the Members are as set forth on the Register.
22
7.2 No Interest upon Contributions. No Member shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contributions.
7.3 Capital Accounts. Each Members Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:
(a) Each Members Capital Account shall be credited with the amounts of such Members Capital Contributions, such Members distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated to the Member pursuant to Article 6.
(b) Each Members Capital Account shall be charged with the amounts of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed by the Company to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Members distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated to the Member pursuant to Article 6.
(c) If all or a portion of a Members Economic Interest is Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, then the Transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the Transferor to the extent it relates to the Transferred Economic Interest.
7.4 Capital Account Deficit. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or pursuant to a non-waivable provision of the Act, no Member shall have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in such Members Capital Account.
7.5 Return of Capital Contributions. No Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Company except as specifically provided in this Agreement.
7.6 Limited Liability. Except as provided in this Agreement, no Member shall be required under any circumstances to contribute or lend any money or property to the Company.
7.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Article 7 are not intended to be for the benefit of any creditor or other person (other than a Member in its capacity as Member) to whom any debts, liabilities, or obligations are owed by (or who otherwise has any claim against) the Company or any of the Members, and no such creditor or other person shall obtain any right under any such provisions or shall by reason of any such provisions make any claim in respect of any debt, liability, obligation, or claim against the Company or any of the Members.
7.8 Organizational Costs. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred with respect to the organization of the Company or a Subsidiary shall be borne by the Company.
7.9 Unreimbursed Business Expenses of Members. From time to time, a Member will be required to incur certain expenses related to the trade or business of the Company for which the Company will not reimburse that Member. These expenses include, but are not limited to: (a) use of the Members transport such as vehicles, vessels, and aircraft for business; (b) meals and entertainment of persons who are clients or prospective clients of the Company; (c) professional organization dues, licenses, publications, etc. for the Member related to the Companys business; (d) use of a Members computer equipment (including software
23
purchased for business purposes) or other office equipment on behalf of the Company; (e) conventions; or (f) charitable contributions. The unreimbursed business expenses paid from the funds of a Member shall be treated as a trade or business expense. It is the responsibility of the Member to maintain records to support any such expenditure.
7.10 Member Loans or Services. Loans or services provided by any Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions.
7.11 Loans from Members.
(a) The money required to finance the Business and expenses of the Company shall be derived from any revenues of the Company, from Capital Contributions, and from loans to the Company. If funds are not otherwise reasonably obtainable to finance the Business and expenses of the Company, with due regard being given to the particular needs of the Company, then one or more Members may make loans to the Company if such loans are first approved by the Manager (Member Loans). Nothing in the foregoing shall be deemed to require any Member to make any Member Loans.
(b) Member Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal, as may change from time to time, and shall be repayable in whole or in part without premium or penalty at the option of the Company. Payments with respect to Member Loans shall first be applied to accrued but unpaid interest and then to principal. Payments with respect to multiple Member Loans shall be applied pro rata in proportion to the outstanding principal amount of each such Member Loan. Except for allocations required under the Code and Regulations, Member Loans and payments with respect thereto shall have no effect on the Capital Accounts of the Members. No Member shall be personally obligated for the payment of any amounts due with respect to any Member Loans.
(c) If any Member lends or advances any funds to the Company, then the amount of any such loan or advance shall not be treated as a Capital Contribution, but shall be a debt due from the Company to such Member to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such loan or advance approved by the Manager.
ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTIONS
8.1 Distribution of Net Cash Flow.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8 and in Article 11, Net Cash Flow, if any, shall be distributed on a pro rata basis at such time as the Board may determine in the Boards sole discretion.
(b) The Members intend that a significant amount of the Net Cash Flow may be retained by the Company to manage and maintain its business and the Members understand and acknowledge that such Net Cash Flow may be accumulated and reinvested (and not distributed) even if a particular asset has not been identified by the Board for purchase by the Company.
8.2 Tax Distributions. With respect to any taxable period of the Company, within thirty (30) days after the Company files its federal U.S. Partnership Return of Income, Form 1065, the Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts to distribute cash to the Members Pro Rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the product of the maximum federal individual income tax rate in effect for such
24
period applicable to the particular type or types of taxable income of the Company allocated to the Members for such taxable period multiplied by the Companys taxable income allocated to the Members for such taxable period, over (b) all previous distributions to the Members of the Companys Net Cash Flow attributed to the taxable period. The foregoing will be subject to to any restrictions in any of the Companys and/or any Company Subsidiarys then applicable debt-financing arrangements, the payment of all expenses then due; the creation of a reasonable reserve for expenses; and the Managers determination, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such cash is not expected to be used in the operation of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to liquidate any fixed assets to generate cash to distribute nor make any tax distribution to any Member who would otherwise be entitled to a tax distribution of less than $250.
8.3 Tax Advances.
(a) With respect to any Member as of the date of any distribution of Net Cash Flow pursuant to Section 8.1,
(i) if the product of
(A) the sum of (I) the cumulative historic taxable income allocated to such Member pursuant to this Agreement (after taking into account any taxable loss so allocated to such Member) for all Allocation Years, or portions thereof, ending before the date of distribution and (II) the taxable net income allocated to such Member pursuant to this Agreement for the Allocation Year (or portion thereof) that includes such date of distribution, and
(B) the maximum federal individual income tax rate in effect for each of such Allocation Years,
(ii) exceeds the sum of
(A) the aggregate amount distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 8.1 for all Allocation Years, or portions thereof, ending on or before such date of distribution, and
(B) the aggregate amount distributed or to be distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 8.1 during such Allocation Year (or portion thereof) ending on such date of distribution
(iii) then the Manager may make an advance (a Tax Advance) to any Member in the amount up to the aggregate excess tax liability of the Member; provided, however, that the Manager shall make a Tax Advance in accordance with the foregoing provisions only to the extent that the Company has Net Cash Flow sufficient to satisfy such Tax Advance in full.
(b) Repayment. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Member shall be repaid to the Company by reducing the amount of the next succeeding distribution or distributions made pursuant to Section 8.1 which would otherwise have been made to such Member, or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Member. To the extent that an amount otherwise distributable to a Member is so applied, it shall be treated for all purposes hereof as if such amount had actually been distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 8.1.
(c) Dissociation; Termination Payment. If a Member who has received a Tax Advance dissociates from the Company prior to repaying all Tax Advances made to such Member, then any Termination Payment that the Company determines to make to such Member pursuant to Section 9.10 shall be reduced by the sum of all of such Members outstanding Tax Advances.
25
8.4 Limitations on Distributions.
(a) The Company shall make no distributions to the Members except as provided in this Article 8 and in Article 11.
(b) In the event that the Board determines to distribute Net Cash Flow as provided in Section 8.1, such distribution shall be made to the Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests.
(c) The Company shall not make a distribution to the extent that, after giving effect to the distribution, all the Companys total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities and the amount that would be needed if the Company were to be dissolved and wound up at the time of the distribution. This provision is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 605.0405(1)(b) of the Act.
8.5 Amounts Withheld. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state, local or foreign tax law with respect to any payment, distribution or allocation to the Company or the Members shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed, as the case may be, to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld pursuant to this Section 8.5 for all purposes under this Agreement. The Company is authorized to withhold from payments and distributions, or with respect to allocations to the Members, and to pay over to any federal, state and local government or any foreign government, any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any other federal, state or local law or any foreign law, and shall allocate any such amounts to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld.
ARTICLE 9
DISSOCIATION; TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
9.1 Dissociation. The following events shall be the exclusive dissociation events regardless of the dissociation events listed in Section 605.0602 of the Act.
(a) A Member withdraws with the consent of the Manager;
(b) A Member becomes Incapacitated;
(c) The Companys participation in a conversion, interest exchange, or merger under the Act, or the comparable laws of another jurisdiction, if the Company:
(i) Is not the converted or surviving entity; or
(ii) Is the converted or surviving entity and, because of the conversion, interest exchange, or merger, a Member ceases to be a Member;
(d) A Member Transfers its Membership Interest pursuant to Section 9.12 or Section 9.13;
26
(e) A Member, if an estate or if acting as a Member by virtue of being a personal representative of an estate, distributes the estates entire Economic Interest;
(f) A Member is expelled as a Member pursuant to Section 9.8;
(g) A Member withdraws without obtaining the express written consent of the Manager;
(h) The dissociation is in breach of an express provision of this Agreement;
(i) In the case of a Member who is an individual, the Member dies;
(j) It is or becomes unlawful to carry on the Companys activities and affairs with the Member as a Member;
(k) The Member becomes a debtor in bankruptcy, executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, seeks, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of that Member or of all or substantially all of that Members property, and the Member fails, within ninety (90) calendar days after the appointment, to have vacated or stayed the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator of the Member or of all or substantially all of the Members property obtained without the Members consent or acquiescence, or fails within ninety (90) calendar days after the expiration of a stay to have the appointment vacated;
(l) A transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the beneficial or legal ownership of a Member if such Member is not an individual, unless such transfer is approved by the Manager;
(m) There has been a Transfer, not permitted elsewhere in this Agreement, of all or substantially all of a Members Economic Interest, other than a Transfer for security purposes, or a charging order in effect under Section 605.0503 of the Act which has not been foreclosed;
(n) In the case of a Member that is an entity (other than an entity described in Section 9.1(o), below), trust (other than a business trust), or estate, the Member has been dissolved and the Members business is being wound up;
(o) In the case of a Member that is a corporation, limited liability company, or partnership, the Member has filed articles or a certificate of dissolution or the equivalent, the Member has been administratively dissolved, the Members charter or equivalent has been revoked, or the Members right to conduct business has been suspended in the jurisdiction, the laws of which then control the Members organizational documents, and within ninety (90) calendar days the articles or certificate of dissolution or the equivalent has not been revoked or the charter or right to conduct business has not been reinstated; provided, however, the forgoing provisions of this Section 9.1(o) shall not apply if such Member, upon receipt of notice from the applicable jurisdiction of administrative dissolution, revocation or suspension, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice, takes adequate steps to cure the dissolution, revocation or suspension, as the case may be;
(p) On application by the Company or a Member, the expulsion of a Member by judicial order due to any of the following (to facilitate such application, the Company may take such action as is necessary):
(i) The Member engaged in or is engaging in wrongful conduct that has affected adversely and materially, or will affect adversely and materially, the Companys activities and affairs;
27
(ii) The Member has committed willfully or persistently, or is committing willfully and persistently, a material breach of this Operating Agreement or a duty or obligation owed to the Company or other Members under Section 605.04091 of the Act; or
(iii) The Member has engaged or is engaging in conduct relating to the Companys activities and affairs which makes it not reasonably practicable to carry on the activities and affairs of the Company with the Member as a Member;
(q) The Member, if a trust, distributes the trusts Economic Interest, but not merely by reason of the substitution of a successor trustee; provided, however, that if the Member is a revocable trust, the distribution of the trusts Economic Interest to the grantor of such revocable trust shall not constitute an event of dissociation pursuant to this Section 9.1(q); or
(r) In the case of a Member that is not an individual, the existence of the Member terminates.
9.2 Wrongful Dissociation; Liability for Damages. A Member wrongfully dissociates from the Company if such Member dissociates pursuant to any of the provisions of Sections 9.1(e) through 9.1(r), inclusive. A Member who wrongfully dissociates is liable to the Company and to the other Members for damages caused by the dissociation. The liability is in addition to any other obligation of the Member to the Company or to the other Members.
9.3 Redemption Events; Termination Payment. Upon the dissociation of a Member pursuant to Section 9.1(a), the Company shall, within ninety (90) calendar days of the event causing dissociation, purchase the Economic Interest of the Member pursuant to Section 9.10. Upon the dissociation of a Member for any other reason, the Company may, within ninety (90) calendar days of the event causing dissociation, purchase the Economic Interest of the Member pursuant to Section 9.10. Upon the purchase of a dissociated Members Economic Interest, such dissociated Member shall have no further rights as a Member or Transferee.
9.4 Effect of Dissociation.
(a) If a Member dissociates as a Member, then:
(i) Neither the dissociated Member nor any Transferee of such dissociated Member shall have any right to vote or to participate as a Member in the management and the conduct of the Companys activities and affairs (if such Member previously held such rights);
(ii) The dissociated Member shall automatically be removed as an officer if the dissociated Member was also an officer of the Company; and
(iii) The Members Economic Interest is owned by such dissociated Member solely as a Transferee.
(b) A Persons dissociation as a Member does not, of itself, discharge the Person from a debt, obligation, or other liability, incurred while a Member, to the Company or other Members.
28
9.5 Certificates. In the event the Company issues certificates representing Economic Interests, any such certificate shall be imprinted with a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:
THE INTEREST REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF APPLICABLE LAW AND THE OPERATING AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE COMPANYS PRINCIPAL OFFICE.
9.6 Further Restrictions. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, any otherwise permitted Transfer shall be null and void if:
(a) such Transfer requires the registration of such Economic Interest pursuant to any applicable federal or state securities laws;
(b) such Transfer subjects the Company to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, each as amended;
(c) such Transfer results in a violation of applicable laws;
(d) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power, or capacity to own such Economic Interest;
(e) such Transfer would cause the Company to be a publicly traded partnership or otherwise cause the Company to be taxed as a corporation and not a partnership; or
(f) the Company does not receive written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Transferees consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Transferee) that are in a form satisfactory to the Manager (as determined in the Managers sole and absolute discretion).
In addition to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements of this Section 9.6, no Transfer may be made unless the Transferor or Transferee pays to the Company all direct out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by the Company as a result of such Transfer, and indemnifies the Company (in a manner which is reasonable satisfactory to the Manager) for any such costs reasonably incurred after such Transfer.
9.7 Rights of Transferees. Until such time, if any, that a Transferee is admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member pursuant to Section 9.14, (a) such Transferee shall be a Transferee only, and shall receive, to the extent Transferred, only the distributions and allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, or similar item to which the Transferring Member, which transferred its Economic Interest, would be entitled, (b) such Transferee shall not have any right (i) to vote on any Company matter, (ii) to any information or accounting of the affairs of the Company, or (iii) to inspect the books or records of the Company, and (c) such Transferee shall not be entitled or enabled to exercise any other Membership Rights. In the event any Transferee desires to make a further Transfer of any Economic Interest, such Transferee shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent and in the same manner as any Member desiring to make such a transfer.
9.8 Expulsion. Any Investment Class B Member shall be expelled immediately, with or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of a Majority of the Management Class Members.
29
Upon the expulsion of an Investment Class B Member, such Investment Class B Members Membership Rights shall be terminated and, unless the Company redeems the disassociated Investment Class B Members Investment Class B Units, such Investment Class B Member shall be a mere Transferee with respect to its Economic Interest.
9.9 Incapacity and Conversion. Upon the Incapacity of a Member, such Members Membership Rights shall automatically be converted to an Economic Interest only, and such incapacitated Member (or such Members executor, administrator, trustee, receiver, attorney in fact, or guardian, as applicable) shall thereafter be deemed a Transferee for all purposes of this Agreement and without any other Membership Rights, unless such Transferee is admitted as a Substitute Member pursuant to Section 9.14.
9.10 Termination Payment upon Dissociation. If any Member dissociates from the Company and if the Company is either required or elects to redeem such Member pursuant to Section 9.3, then such Terminating Member shall receive from the Company an amount for its vested Economic Interest determined pursuant to Section 9.11 (the Termination Payment). The Termination Payment shall be made by the tenth (10th) Business Day following the determination of the Termination Payment. However, prior to or on the seventh (7th) Business Day following the determination of the Termination Payment, the Company may elect to make the Termination Payment in installments.
(a) Right of Offset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to withhold from, and set off against, the Termination Payment (i) such amounts owed to the Company by the Terminating Member, and (b), without duplication, such expenses and damages as the Manager (or, if the Manager is the dissociating Member, the remaining Members) may reasonably determine were incurred by the Company and its Members in connection with the matters or events resulting in such dissociation and redemption, other than a dissociation under Section 9.1(f).
(b) Release. As a condition to the closing of the foregoing transaction and payment of the Termination Payment, the Terminating Member, other than a Member dissociating pursuant to Section 9.1(f), shall deliver or cause to be delivered a release, pursuant to which the Terminating Member (i) shall release the Company and remaining Members from any and all claims, obligations and liabilities, other than any unpaid balance under this Section 9.10 and other than any claims described in Section 10.3, and (ii) shall covenant not to sue the Company, the Manager or remaining Members with respect to any such claims, obligations and liabilities.
(c) Installment Terms. If the Company elects to make the Termination Payment in installments, then the following terms shall apply:
(i) No less than ten percent (10%) of the Termination Payment shall be paid in immediately available funds by the Company; and
(ii) The Company shall deliver a duly executed promissory note for the unpaid balance of the Termination Payment, payable in quarterly installments of principal and accrued interest at the rate below, for a term not to exceed three (3) years, as determined by the Manager in the Managers sole discretion.
Any such promissory note shall bear interest in an amount equal to the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal on the date of such note. The Company shall have the right to prepay this amount in whole or in part at any time with no penalty.
(d) Form of Termination Payment. Unless otherwise consented to by a Majority of the Management Class Members, a Terminating Member shall receive cash (or cash and a promissory note payable in cash in the event the Company makes such election) in satisfaction of such Termination Payment. Such consent shall exclude such Terminating Member.
30
9.11 Valuation Method.
(a) For the purposes of Section 9.10, the Manager and the Terminating Member shall determine the amount of the Termination Payment.
(b) If the Manager and the Terminating Member cannot agree upon the Termination Payment within thirty (30) calendar days following the event creating the option or obligation to purchase such Economic Interest, then the amount of the Termination Payment shall be the Terminating Members Net Equity.
(c) The Net Equity of the Terminating Member shall be the amount that, as of the date of the event creating the option or obligation, would be distributed to such Terminating Member in liquidation of the Company pursuant to Article 11 if (i) the Company were sold substantially in its entirety for the Gross Appraised Value, (ii) the Company paid, or established reserves for the payment of all Company liabilities; and (iii) the Company distributed the remaining proceeds to the Members in liquidation, all as of such day.
(d) The Net Equity shall be determined, without audit or certification, by the Companys accountants, taking into account the Gross Appraised Value. The Net Equity shall be determined within thirty (30) calendar days of the day upon which the accountants are apprised in writing of the Gross Appraised Value of the Company Assets, and the Net Equity shall be disclosed to the Company and each of the Members by written Notice (the Net Equity Notice). The Net Equity determination of the accountants shall be final and binding in the absence of a showing of a materially manifest error.
(e) The Gross Appraised Value, as of any day, shall be equal to the fair market value of the Company as of such day, including goodwill, going concern value, and any other intangibles associated with the Company. The fair market value of the Company shall be determined by an appraiser selected by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Manager has previously engaged an appraiser to determine the fair market value of the Company and if such determination was made with respect to a date which falls during the six (6) month period ending on the date on which the Gross Appraised Value is to be determined, then the Manager, in the Managers sole discretion, may use such prior determination of fair market value as the Gross Appraised Value for purposes of this Section 9.11.
9.12 Third Party Purchase; Right of First Refusal.
(a) If a Member holding Units other than Class A Common Units (a Selling Member) receives a bona fide written offer that the Member desires to accept (the Third Party Offer), other than a Proposed Transaction in accordance with Section 9.13, from any Person (a Purchaser) to purchase all or any portion of or any interest or rights in the Selling Members Economic Interest for a purchase price denominated and payable in United States dollars, then, prior to any Transfer of the Selling Members Economic Interest, the Selling Member shall give the Company written Notice (the Sale Notice) containing each of the following:
(i) The Purchasers identity;
31
(ii) A true and complete copy of the Third Party Offer; and
(iii) The Selling Members offer to sell the Selling Members Economic Interest to the Company (the Company Option) for a price equal to that contained in the Third Party Offer (the Third Party Purchase Price).
(b) The Company Option shall be and remain irrevocable for a period ending at 11:59 P.M., local time at the Companys principal office, on the thirtieth (30th) calendar day following the receipt of the Sale Notice (the Option Period). At any time during the Option Period, the Company may accept the Company Option by giving written Notice to the Selling Member of its acceptance (the Acceptance Notice). The approval and exercise of the Company Option shall require the vote of a Majority of the Management Class Members. If the Company exercises the Company Option, then the Acceptance Notice shall fix a closing date (the Closing Date) for the purchase, which shall not be earlier than ten (10) or more than ninety (90) calendar days after the expiration of the Option Period.
(c) If the Company exercises the Company Option, then the Third Party Purchase Price shall be paid in immediately available funds on the Closing Date unless the Company elects prior to or on the Closing Date to pay the Third Party Purchase Price in installments. If the Company elects to pay the Third Party Purchase Price in installments, the following terms shall apply:
(i) No less than ten percent (10%) of the Third Party Purchase Price shall be paid in immediately available funds by the Company on the Closing Date, and
(ii) the Company shall deliver a duly executed promissory note for the unpaid balance of the Third Party Purchase Price, payable in quarterly installments of principal and accrued interest at the rate below, for a term not to exceed three (3) years, as determined by the Manager in the Managers sole discretion.
Any such promissory note shall bear interest at the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal on the date of such note. The Company shall have the right to prepay this amount in whole or in part at any time with no penalty.
(d) If the Company rejects the Company Option or fails to exercise the Company Option (within the time and in the manner specified in this Section 9.12), then the Selling Member shall be free for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the earlier of Notice of rejection or the expiration of the Option Period (the Third Party Transfer Period) to Transfer the Selling Members Economic Interest to the Purchaser, for the same or greater price and on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Sale Notice. If the Selling Member does not Transfer the Selling Members Economic Interest within the Third Party Transfer Period, then the Selling Members right to Transfer the Selling Members Economic Interest pursuant to the Sale Notice shall cease and terminate.
(e) Any Transfer by the Selling Member after the last day of the Third Party Transfer Period or without strict compliance with the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Section 9.12 and the other terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement, shall be null and void and of no force or effect.
(f) Neither the Selling Member nor the Purchaser will have any voting rights during the Option Period. Transfers made pursuant to this Section 9.12 shall not require the
32
consent of the Members or the consent of the Manager, as otherwise required by this Agreement. However, a Purchaser acquiring a Selling Members Economic Interest pursuant to this Section 9.12 shall be a Transferee until such time as such Purchaser is admitted as a Substitute Member pursuant to Section 9.14, below.
9.13 Sale of Controlling Units. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time a Majority of the Management Class Members propose to undertake a sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the then issued and outstanding Units in a single transaction or series of related transactions (a Proposed Transaction), then each Member other than Members holding Class A Common Units shall, upon request by the above mentioned Members, sell all of such Members Units in such transaction on the same terms and for the same per Unit consideration. The Member or Members who propose a Proposed Transaction shall be under no obligation to sell or otherwise divest themselves of all their Units as a result of the Proposed Transaction. The Manager shall give each Member written Notice of any Proposed Transaction at least five (5) days prior to the date on which such transaction shall be consummated, including the terms and conditions thereof, and each Member shall (a) have the obligation to sell its Units on such same terms and conditions in accordance with the instructions set forth in such Notice, (b) consent to and raise no objections to the Proposed Transaction, (c) waive any appraisal, dissenters and similar rights with respect thereto, and (d) shall make representations and warranties, and shall enter into such agreements, as are reasonable and customary in the context of the Proposed Transaction.
9.14 Additional Restrictions on Transfers by Class A Common Unit Members.
(a) Transfers by Class A Common Unit Members. Except as set forth in this Section 9.14, no Class A Common Unit Member may Transfer all or any part of its interest in the Company, provided that a Member may, with the prior written consent of the Company Transfer all or a portion of such Members interest in the Company in compliance with Section 9.14(b). The consent of the Company to any such Transfer by a Member may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion.
(b) Conditions to Transfer. Any purported Transfer by a Member pursuant to the terms of this Section 9.14 shall, in addition to requiring the prior written consent of the Company referred to in Section 9.14(a), be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions unless such condition is waived by the Company in its sole discretion:
(i) the Member that proposes to effect such Transfer (a Transferor) or the Person to whom such Transfer is to be made (a Transferee) shall have undertaken to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by the Company, the Company or any Company in connection therewith;
(ii) the Company shall have been given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the proposed Transfer;
(iii) the Company shall have received from the Transferee and, in the case of clause (C) below, from the Transferor to the extent specified by the Company, (A) such assignment agreement and other documents, instruments and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Company, pursuant to which such Transferee shall have agreed to be bound by this Agreement, including, if requested, a counterpart of this Agreement executed by or on behalf of such Transferee, (B) a certificate or representation to the effect that the representations set forth in the Subscription Agreement of such Transferor are (except as otherwise disclosed to and consented to by the Company) true and correct with respect to such Transferee as of the date of such Transfer and (C) such other documents, opinions, instruments and certificates as the Company shall have reasonably requested;
33
(iv) such Transferor or Transferee shall have delivered to the Company the opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, described in Section 9.14(c);
(v) each of the Transferor and the Transferee shall have provided a certificate or representation to the effect that (A) the proposed Transfer will not be effected on or through (1) a U.S. national, regional or local securities exchange, (2) a non-U.S. securities exchange or (3) an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or dealers and (B) it is not, and its proposed Transfer or acquisition (as the case may be) will not be made by, through or on behalf of, (1) a Person, such as a broker or a dealer, making a market in interests in the Company or (2) a Person that makes available to the public bid or offer quotes with respect to interests in the Company; and
(vi) such Transfer will not be effected on or through an established securities market or a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, as such terms are used in section 1.7704-1 of the Treasury Regulations.
The Company may waive any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 9.14(b), other than clause (vi) of the preceding sentence, if the Company determines that such waiver is in the Companys interests. The Company may impose such additional conditions to Transfer as determined by the Company to be in the Companys interests.
(c) Opinion of Counsel. The opinion of counsel referred to in Section 9.14(b)(iv) with respect to a proposed Transfer shall, unless otherwise specified by the Company, be substantially to the effect that:
(i) such Transfer will not require registration under the Securities Act or violate any provision of any applicable state securities laws;
(ii) such Transfer will not cause the Company to be treated as a corporation or as a publicly traded partnership under the Code; and
(iii) such Transfer will not violate this Agreement or the laws, rules or regulations of any state or any governmental authority applicable to the Transferor, the Transferee or such Transfer.
In giving such opinion, counsel may, with the consent of the Company, rely as to factual matters on certificates of the Transferor, the Transferee and the Company and may include in its opinion customary qualifications and limitations.
9.15 Admission of Transferee as Substitute Member.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no dissociating Member will have any right to substitute a Transferee in its place as a Member. A Transferee shall become a Substitute Member only if and when each of the following conditions is satisfied:
(i) the Transferor of the Economic Interest sends written Notice to the Manager requesting the admission of the Transferee as a Substitute Member and setting forth the name and address of the Transferee, the Economic Interest Transferred, and the effective date of the Transfer;
34
(ii) Consent of a Majority of the Management Class Members to such admission has been given in writing, which approval may be withheld or delayed for any reason or no reason at all, in the sole and absolute discretion of each Member of the Management Class; and
(iii) the Manager receives from the Transferee (A) such information concerning the Transferees financial capacities and investment experience as may reasonably be requested by the Manager, (B) written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Transferees consent to be bound by this Agreement as a Substitute Member) that are in a form satisfactory to the Manager (as determined in the Managers reasonable discretion), and (C) all reasonable expenses, including attorneys fees and accountants fees incurred by the Company in connection with such admission as a Substitute Member.
(b) Upon the admission of any Substitute Member, the Manager shall amend Schedule A to reflect the name, address, Percentage Interest, Units, and membership class of such Substitute Member and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address, Percentage Interest, Units, and membership class of the predecessor of such Substitute Member.
ARTICLE 10
LIABILITY; EXCULPATION; INDEMNIFICATION
10.1 Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations, and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member or delegate of the Members (including, without limitation, the Manager) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or delegate.
10.2 Exculpation.
(a) No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Persons gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(b) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, Profits, Losses, or Net Cash Flow or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid.
10.3 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage, or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person (including alleged breaches of fiduciary duty) in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, or claim incurred by such
35
Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 10.3 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company Assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability with respect to such indemnity.
10.4 Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding may, from time to time, be advanced by the Company, upon approval by the Manager, prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon Notice to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person. Such advancement shall be conditioned on the agreement of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it is determined by the Manager that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 10.3.
10.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Manager shall determine, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Manager shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such Person in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The Company may enter into indemnity contracts with Covered Persons and such other Persons as the Manager shall determine and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under Section 10.4 and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.
10.6 Outside Businesses; Outside Activities; Competition. Subject to any contrary restrictions contained in a Supplementary Agreement entered into by the Company and a Member, any Member may engage in or possess any interests in business ventures and may engage in other activities of every kind and description independently or with others in addition to those relating to the Company. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, any Member may act as a director of any corporation, trustee of any trust, partner of any partnership or administrative officer of any business entity, and may receive compensation for service as a director, employee, advisor, consultant or manager with respect to, or participate in profits derived from investments in or of any corporation, trust, partnership or other business entity. Each Member authorizes, consents to and approves of such present and future activities by the other Members, whether or not any such activities may conflict with any of the Members or be competitive with the business of the Members. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, no Member shall have any obligation or responsibility to disclose or refer any such investments or other activities to the Company or any Member. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to other ventures or activities of any other Member or its Affiliates or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom.
ARTICLE 11
DISSOLUTION; LIQUIDATION; TERMINATION
11.1 Dissolution Events.
(a) Dissolution. The Company shall dissolve and shall commence winding up and liquidating upon the first to occur of any of the following (each a Dissolution Event):
(i) The consent of a Majority of the Management Class Members and Class A Common Unit Class Members to dissolve, wind up, and liquidate the Company; or
(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution in accordance with Section 605.0705 of the Act.
36
Notwithstanding any provision of the Act, the Company shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of a Dissolution Event.
(b) Continuation. If it is determined, by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Company has dissolved prior to the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, then within ninety (90) calendar days after such determination (the Continuation Period), the personal or other legal representative of the remaining Member may agree in writing to continue the Company and may agree to the admission of the personal representative of such Member or its nominee or designee to the Company as a Member, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining Member. In such case, the Company and its Business shall be continued on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement pursuant to Section 605.0701 of the Act. Unless such an election is made within the Continuation Period, the Company shall liquidate and wind up its affairs in accordance with Section 11.3. If such an election is made within the Continuation Period, then:
(i) The Company shall continue until the occurrence of a Dissolution Event as provided in Section 11.1(a); and
(ii) Unless otherwise agreed to by a Majority of the Members of the continued Company, and if not otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the Articles of Organization and this Agreement shall automatically constitute the Articles of Organization and Operating Agreement of such continued Company. If new Articles of Organization are required, the Manager shall cause such new Articles of Organization to be filed with the Florida Secretary of State. The assets and liabilities of the continued Company shall remain unaltered as if the events resulting in the Company being a continued Company had never occurred. No bond, collateral, assumption or release of any Members or the Companys liabilities shall be required; provided that the right of the Management Class Members to select successor managers and to continue the Business shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Member and neither the Company nor the continued limited liability company would cease to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue.
11.2 Articles of Dissolution. Upon the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Manager shall file Articles of Dissolution with the Florida Department of State pursuant to Section 605.0707 of the Act. Upon such filing, the Company shall cease conducting its Business and shall continue solely for the purpose of winding up its affairs in accordance with Section 605.0709 of the Act, except for purposes of lawsuits, other proceedings, and appropriate actions as provided in the Act.
11.3 Winding Up. Upon the occurrence of (1) a Dissolution Event or (2) the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Company has dissolved prior to the occurrence of a Dissolution Event (unless the Company is continued pursuant to Section 11.1(b)), and after the filing of the Articles of Dissolution pursuant to Section 11.2, above, the Company shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Members, and no Member shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Business and the Companys affairs, provided that all covenants contained in this Agreement and obligations provided for in this Agreement shall continue to be fully binding upon the Members until such time as the Company Assets have been distributed pursuant to this
37
Section 11.3. The Liquidator shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Company, which winding up and dissolution shall be completed within ninety (90) calendar days of filing the Articles of Dissolution and within ninety (90) calendar days after the last day on which the Company may be continued pursuant to Section 11.1(b). The Liquidator shall take full account of the Companys liabilities and Company Assets and shall cause the Company Assets or the proceeds from the sale thereof (as determined pursuant to Section 11.10), to the extent sufficient therefor, to be applied and distributed, to the maximum extent permitted by law, in the following order:
(a) First, to creditors (including Members and Managers who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law) in satisfaction of all of the Debts and the other liabilities of the Company (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof); and
(b) The balance, if any, to the Members in accordance with the positive balance in their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.
No Member or Manager shall receive additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 11, except as set forth in Section 11.10(a).
11.4 Compliance With Certain Requirements of Regulations; Deficit Capital Accounts. In the event the Company is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article 11 to the Members who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2). If any Member has a deficit balance in his Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all Allocation Years, including the Allocation Year during which such liquidation occurs), such Member shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Company with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Company or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever. In the discretion of the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Members pursuant to this Article 11 may be:
(a) Distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Members for the purposes of liquidating Company Assets, collecting amounts owed to the Company, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Members from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Liquidator, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Company would otherwise have been distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 11.3; or
(b) Withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Company liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Company, provided that such withheld amounts shall be distributed to the Members as soon as practicable.
11.5 Deemed Distribution and Recontribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11, in the event the Company is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Dissolution Event has occurred, the Company Assets shall not be liquidated, the Debts and other liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Companys affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, solely for federal income tax purposes, the Company shall be deemed to have distributed the Company Assets in kind to the Members, who shall be deemed to have taken subject to all Debts of the Company and other liabilities all in
38
accordance with their respective Capital Accounts. Immediately thereafter, the Members shall be deemed to have recontributed the Company Assets in kind to the Company, which shall be deemed to have taken subject to all such liabilities.
11.6 Rights of Members. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Member shall look solely to the Company Assets for the return of its Capital Contribution and has no right or power to demand or receive Company Assets other than cash from the Company. If the assets of the Company remaining after payment or discharge of the debts or liabilities of the Company are insufficient to return such Capital Contribution, the Members shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member or Manager.
11.7 Statement of Termination; Notice. After the Company has completed winding up, the Liquidator shall deliver to the Florida Department of State a Statement of Termination pursuant to Section 605.0709 of the Act.
11.8 Allocations During Liquidation. During the period commencing on the first day of the Allocation Year during which a Dissolution Event occurs and ending on the date on which all of the assets of the Company have been distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 11.3 (the Liquidation Period), the Members shall continue to share Profits, Losses, gain, loss and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in the manner provided in Article 6.
11.9 Character of Liquidating Distributions. All payments made in liquidation of the interest of a Member in the Company shall be made in exchange for the interest of such Member in Company Assets pursuant to Section 736(b)(1) of the Code, including the interest of such Member in Company goodwill.
11.10 Liquidator.
(a) Fees. The Company is authorized to pay a reasonable fee to the Liquidator for its services performed pursuant to this Article 11 and to reimburse the Liquidator for its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in performing those services.
(b) Form of Liquidating Distributions. For purposes of making distributions required by Section 11.3, the Liquidator may determine whether to distribute all or any portion of the Company Assets in kind or to sell all or any portion of the Company Assets and distribute the proceeds therefrom.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1 Joinder; Amendments.
(a) Each Additional Member and Substitute Member shall become a signatory hereto by signing such number of counterpart signature pages to this Agreement, a joinder to this Agreement or other writing in form acceptable to the Company and such other instruments, in such manner, as the Manager shall determine. By so signing, each Additional Member and Substitute Member, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have adopted and to have agreed to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement may be amended at any time by the written consent of a Majority of the Management Class Members and the Class A Common Units Members voting as a single class. Provided, however, any amendment that materially impairs the economic rights of the Investment Class Members must be Approved by the Investment Class Members.
(c) In making any amendments, there shall be prepared and filed by, or for, the Members such documents and certificates as may be required under the Act and under the laws of any other jurisdiction applicable to the Company.
39
12.2 Notices.
(a) Any Notice to a Member will be made at the address of that Member set forth in Schedule A or such other mailing address of which that Member advises the Manager in writing. Any Notice to the Company or the Board will be made at the principal place of business of the Company. If the Company changes the location of its principal place of business, notice of any change will be given to the Members on or before the date of that change.
(b) Any Notice will be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by United States mail or by facsimile transmission confirmed by letter personally delivered or sent by United States mail and will be deemed given, unless earlier received, (i) if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, five (5) calendar days after being deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid; (ii) if sent by United States Express Mail, two (2) calendar days after being deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid; (iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, the date sent provided confirmatory notice was sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid; and (iv) if delivered by hand, on the date of receipt.
12.3 Confidentiality.
(a) Each of the Members hereby acknowledges that, in connection with the development and operation of the Company, it may have access to confidential material regarding the operations of the other Members. Each Member agrees that it shall: (i) take all reasonable steps necessary to hold and maintain such confidential information in confidence and not to disclose it to any third party; (ii) only use such confidential information for the purpose of developing and operating the Company; (iii) only disclose such confidential information to its employees and agents who have a need to know such information in order to assist the Member to carry out its responsibilities to the Company; and (iv) not use such confidential information in a way which would be detrimental to any other Member.
(b) Each Member agrees that, upon the dissolution and termination of the Company, it will return to each requesting Member, as appropriate, all confidential information of that Member then in its possession and specified in the request. Each Member further agrees to return or destroy all other memoranda, notes, copies, or other writings that contain confidential information of the other Members.
(c) The provisions of this Section 12.3 shall apply to each Member, regardless of the status of such Member as a Member in the Company, for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the effective date of the termination of the applicable Members status as a Member in the Company.
12.4 Limitation on Rights of Others. No Person other than a Member is, nor is it intended that any such other Person be treated as, a direct, indirect, intended or incidental third party beneficiary of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall any other Person have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement.
12.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and fully supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, except for any Supplementary Agreement.
40
12.6 Headings; Interpretation. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural will include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the neuter gender will include the masculine, the feminine and the neuter.
12.7 Binding Effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Members, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and all other Persons hereafter holding, having, or receiving an interest in the Company, whether as Additional Members, Transferees, Substitute Members, or otherwise.
12.8 Waivers. No waiver of or any breach of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the Member against whom such waiver is claimed. No waiver of or any breach shall be deemed a waiver of any other subsequent breach.
12.9 Exhibits. All exhibits referenced in this Agreement shall be incorporated herein by such reference and shall be deemed to be an integral part hereof.
12.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, and any electronic transmission of the same, will be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
12.11 Certain Remedies. Each Member and the Company shall be entitled to all remedies at law and equity for breach of this Agreement. Each Member further acknowledges that specific performance is an appropriate remedy for breach of any obligation hereunder. Without limitation of such remedy or any other remedy available at law or equity, any Member in default in respect of its obligation to make a Capital Contribution hereunder shall not be entitled to any distributions, which shall be deemed assigned to the Company, until such breach shall have been cured.
12.12 Litigation. In the event of any litigation among Members, the reasonable expenses of such litigation shall be paid by the losing party to the party substantially prevailing in a court of law.
12.13 Governing Law; Severability; Construction. The organic laws of the State of Florida and, in particular, the provisions of the Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, will govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms and interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, then the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected. This Agreement shall be construed as if all parties prepared this Agreement.
12.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL AND CERTAIN DAMAGES. THE MEMBERS WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL, AND ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, IN RESPECT OF ANY DISPUTE BASED ON THIS AGREEMENT.
41
12.15 Construction. Every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any Member or the Company.
12.16 Initial Public Offering.
(a) If at any time the Company desires to cause (i) a transfer of all or a substantial portion of (x) the assets of the Company or (y) the Units to a newly organized corporation or other business entity (an IPO Entity), (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company into or with a IPO Entity as provided under the Act or otherwise, or (iii) another restructuring of all or substantially all the assets or Units of the Company into an IPO Entity, including by way of the conversion of the Company into a Delaware or Florida corporation as provided under the Act (any such corporation also herein referred to as an IPO Entity), in any such case in anticipation of or otherwise in connection with an Initial Public Offering of securities of an IPO Entity or its Affiliate (an Initial Public Offering), each Member shall take such steps to effect such Transfer, merger, consolidation, conversion or other restructuring as may be reasonably requested by the Board, including, without limitation, executing and delivering all agreements, instruments and documents as may be reasonably required and Transferring or tendering such Members Units to an IPO Entity in exchange or consideration for shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the IPO Entity, determined in accordance with the valuation procedures set forth in Section 12.16(b) below.
(b) In connection with a transaction described in Section 12.16(a), the Board shall, in good faith but subject to the following sentence, determine the Fair Market Value of the assets and/or Units Transferred to, merged with or converted into shares of the IPO Entity, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the IPO Entity and the number of shares of capital stock or other equity interests to be issued to each Member in exchange or consideration therefor. In determining Fair Market Value, (i) the offering price of the Initial Public Offering shall be used by the Board to determine the Fair Market Value of the capital stock or other equity interests of the IPO Entity and (ii) the Distributions that the Members would have received with respect to their Units, including Incentive Units, if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and Distributions made to the Members in accordance with this Agreement shall determine the Fair Market Value of the Units. In addition, any Units (including Incentive Units) to be converted into or redeemed or exchanged for shares of the IPO Entity shall receive shares with substantially equivalent economic, governance, priority and other rights and privileges as in effect immediately prior to such transaction (disregarding the tax treatment of such transaction). For purpose of this Section 12.16 the Fair Market Value means the purchase price that a willing buyer having all relevant knowledge would pay a willing seller for such asset in an arms length transaction, as determined in good faith by the Board based on such factors as the Board, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, considers relevant.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Operating Agreement is entered into to be effective as of the above date first written.
| COMPANY | ||
| Sun Dental Holdings, Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Derek T. Diasti | |
| Name: | Derek T. Diasti | |
| Title: | CEO | |
42
Exhibit 4.1
FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
The undersigned (the Subscriber), desires to purchase Class A Common Units (the Units) of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the Company). This Agreement is intended to set forth certain representations, covenants and agreements between Subscriber and the Company with respect to the offering (the Offering) for sale by the Company of Class A Common Units (the Units) as described in the Companys Offering Circular dated , 2015 (the Offering Circular), a copy of which has been delivered to Subscriber.
Accordingly, the Subscriber hereby agrees as follows:
1. Subscription for Units.
| 1.1 | The Subscriber hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to accept from the Company that number of Units set forth on the Signature Page attached to this Subscription Agreement (the Agreement), in consideration of $[ ] per Unit. This offer to purchase is submitted in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions described in this Agreement. The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to accept or reject this subscription and the subscription will not be binding until accepted by the Company in writing. |
| 1.2 | The closing of the Subscription of Units hereunder (the Closing) shall occur immediately upon: (i) the Companys receipt of subscriptions from investors for the minimum offering amount set forth in the Offering Circular, (ii) acceptance by the Company of a properly executed Signature Page to this Agreement; and (iii) receipt of all funds for the subscription of Units hereunder. |
2. Purchase Procedure. The Subscriber acknowledges that, in order to subscribe for Units, he must, and he does hereby, deliver to the Company:
| 2.1 | One (1) executed counterpart of the Signature Page attached to this Agreement; and |
| 2.2 | a check or wire transfer in the amount set forth on the signature page attached to this agreement, representing payment in full for the units desired to be purchased hereunder, made payable to the order of SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LL in accordance with the instructions set forth on Appendix A hereto |
3. Representations and Warranties of Subscriber. By executing this Agreement, the Subscriber makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:
| 3.1 | Such Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber has read the Companys most recent 1-A Registration Statement, the Offering Circular contained therein, and the risks associated therewith are described. |
| 3.2 | Such Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement. All action on Subscribers part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement has been taken. Upon execution and delivery, this Subscription Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies. |
| 3.3 | If the Subscriber is purchasing the Units in a fiduciary capacity for another person or entity, including without limitation a corporation, partnership, trust or any other entity, the Subscriber has |
| been duly authorized and empowered to execute this Subscription Agreement and all other subscription documents. Upon request of the Company, the Subscriber will provide true, complete and current copies of all relevant documents creating the Subscriber, authorizing its investment in the Company and/or evidencing the satisfaction of the foregoing. |
| 3.4 | Either, (a) The aggregate purchase price such Subscriber is paying for the Units does not exceed 10% of the greater of such Subscribers annual income or net worth or (b) Subscriber is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. If Subscriber is an accredited investor Subscriber has checked the box below indicating the basis on which it is representing its status as an accredited investor: |
| ¨ | a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; an insurance company as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Act; an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that act; a small business investment company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors; |
| ¨ | a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; |
| ¨ | an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000; |
| ¨ | a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with the undersigneds spouse, excluding the net value of his or her primary residence, at the time of this purchase exceeds $1,000,000 and having no reason to believe that net worth will not remain in excess of $1,000,000 for foreseeable future, with net value for such purposes being the fair value of the residence less any mortgage indebtedness or other obligation secured by the residence, but subtracting such indebtedness or obligation only if it is a liability already considered in calculating net worth; |
| ¨ | a natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with the undersigneds spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year; |
| ¨ | a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; or |
| ¨ | an entity in which all of the equity holders are accredited investors by virtue of their meeting one or more of the above standards. |
| ¨ | an individual who is a director or executive officer of the Company. |
| 3.5 | If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Subscriber hereby represents and warrants that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Units or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Units, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Units. Subscribers subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Units will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscribers jurisdiction. |
4. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws applicable to contracts made and wholly performed in the State of Florida.
5. Execution in Counterparts. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic transmission.
6. Persons Bound. This Subscription Agreement shall, except as otherwise provided herein, inure to the benefit of and be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns and on each Subscriber and his respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
7. Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, to the address of each party set forth herein. Any such notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, three days after the date of deposit in the United States mails.
8. Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of Subscriber shall be irrevocable, except with the consent of the Company, until the consummation or termination of the Offering.
9. Joinder. Subscriber hereby agrees that upon acceptance of this Subscription Agreement by the Company Subscriber shall be deemed a Member under the Companys Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement and be bound by such agreement.
10. Certification. The Subscriber certifies that Subscriber has read this entire Subscription Agreement and that every statement made by the subscriber herein is true and complete.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
SUBSCRIBER SIGNATURE
The undersigned, desiring to irrevocably subscribe for the number of Units of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC (the Company) as is set forth below, acknowledges that it/he/she has received and understands the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement attached hereto and that he/she does hereby agree to all the terms and conditions contained therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereby executed this Subscription Agreement as of the date set forth below.
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE)
| Number of Units: |
| Total Dollar Amount of Subscription: |
|
|
| Name: |
|
|
| Tax Identification or |
| Social Security Number |
|
|
| Address |
|
|
| City, State and Zip Code |
COMPANY ACCEPTANCE OF SUBCRIPTION
In consideration of and in reliance upon the foregoing, the subscription is hereby accepted this day of , 201 .
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
| By: |
| |
| Name: |
Derek Diasti | |
| Title: |
CEO |
Exhibit 6.1
OPEN END CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS OPEN END CREDIT AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made effective the 29th day of October, 2014, between Derek T Diasti, Trustee of the Derek T Diasti Revocable Trust, (the Lender), and Sun Dental Holdings, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the Borrower).
BACKGROUND
| A. | Borrower has, from time to time, certain financial needs. |
| B. | Lender has, or has access to, sufficient funds to advance to Borrower. |
| C. | Lender is willing, from time to time, to advance funds to Borrower, on such terms as Lender and Borrower shall agree. |
| D. | Lender and Borrower desire to set out the terms and conditions pursuant to which Lender shall advance funds to Borrower. |
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals which are hereby incorporated as a part of this Agreement, the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
AGREEMENT
1. Recitations. The above recitations are true and correct and are incorporated herein by reference.
2. Maximum Loan Amount. From time to time, Lender shall make available to Borrower up to the aggregate principal amount of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($2,500,000) (the Maximum Loan Amount). Borrower may borrow from Lender all or part of such Maximum Loan Amount as Borrower may determine to be advisable on the terms and conditions as provided in this Agreement. The aggregate amount of advanced funds outstanding from time to time shall constitute a single obligation of Borrower to Lender.
3. Advances. Lender shall make advances of principal to Borrower from time to time hereafter up to the Maximum Loan Amount. The outstanding principal balance may decrease or increase from time to time as principal payments are made by Borrower, or as additional advances of principal are made by Lender to Borrower. Advances may be requested by Borrower in any reasonable manner, and all such advances shall be made solely in the discretion of Lender at such time that such request is made. Lenders actual making of an advance pursuant to Borrowers request shall constitute the consent of Lender to the terms of such request.
PAGE 1
4. Interest on Advances. Each advance shall bear interest, compounded annually, from the date of such advance at Wall Street Journal Prime Rate in effect for such month in which the date of such advance occurs (the Interest Rate). The Interest Rate applicable to an advance shall be determined by reference to the Revenue Ruling (or other published guidance) issued by the United States Internal Revenue Service which details the applicable federal rates in effect for the month of such advance. Interest on each advance shall be due and payable annually on the anniversary date of such advance.
5. Payment on Demand. The amount of all outstanding advances of principal, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon, shall be due and payable upon demand of Lender.
6. Prepayment Refinancing. Borrower shall have the right to pay all or part of any outstanding amount advanced by Lender to Borrower without penalty, irrespective that such prepayment is effectuated through refinancing from a third party lender. Any prepayment shall be applied first to accrued interest and the balance to principal.
7. Financial Information of Borrower. Upon the reasonable request of Lender, Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days, furnish to Lender current financial statements, prepared in a manner using assumptions and formulae which have been consistently applied.
8. Insurance. While any sums advanced or interest thereon remains unpaid, Borrower, at the request of Lender, shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage on its tangible assets, whether real or personal, in accordance with good business judgment, and Borrower shall furnish Lender with statements of such coverage and any proposed increases or decreases in such coverage.
9. Encumbrances. Without Lenders consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, Borrower agrees not to create or permit any lien or other encumbrance to exist on Borrowers tangible assets, whether real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired, except for any lien or encumbrance which existed prior to the execution of this Agreement and liens for any taxes not then due and payable.
10. Term of Agreement.
(a) Termination Date. This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (i) October 28, 2017, as such date may be extended pursuant to the terms of this Section 10, and (ii) the effective date of any other termination or cancellation of Lenders commitments to lend under, and in accordance with, this Agreement (the Termination Date).
(b) Extensions. Borrower may request that Lender extend the Termination Date (an Extension Request) to a date which is no later than the 364th day after the then-current Termination Date (the Additional Period). If Lender does not consent to
PAGE 2
the Extension Request within thirty (30) days of receipt of the same, the Extension Request shall be deemed denied. Borrower may make an Extension Request in any reasonable manner. Lender may accept, deny, or make proposed modifications to, any Extension Request in its sole discretion and shall provide notice of the same to Borrower in any reasonable manner. All other provisions of this Agreement, including those relating to the accrual of interest, shall continue to apply during any Additional Period.
(c) No Obligation to Extend. Borrower acknowledges that (i) Lender has not made any representations to Borrower regarding its intent to agree to Extension Requests, and (ii) Lenders agreement to one or more Extension Requests shall not commit Lender to any additional Extension Requests.
(d) Outstanding Balances as of Termination. The principal and interest owing under any indebtedness made and arising pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable as of the Termination Date, subject to any Extension Request for an Additional Period granted by Lender, without notice, presentment, demand, protest, or notice of protest of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower.
(e) Borrowers Termination of Commitments. Without premium or penalty, and upon giving not less than three (3) business days prior notice to Lender, Borrower may permanently terminate this Agreement. Upon such termination, the principal and interest owing under any indebtedness made and arising pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable without notice, presentment, demand, protest, or notice of protest of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower, as of the Termination Date. In its sole discretion, Lender may grant Borrower an Additional Period, as defined in this Section, in which to pay amounts owed as of the termination.
(f) Lenders Termination of Commitments. Without premium or penalty to Borrower, and upon giving not less than ten (10) business days prior notice to Borrower, Lender may permanently terminate this Agreement. Upon such termination, the principal and interest owing under any indebtedness made and arising pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable without notice, presentment, demand, protest, or notice of protest of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower, as of the Termination Date. In its sole discretion, Lender may grant Borrower an Additional Period, as defined in this Section, in which to pay amounts owed as of the termination.
11. Acceleration. The principal and interest owing under any indebtedness made and arising pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately become due and payable without notice, presentment, demand, protest, or notice of protest of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower, in the event that:
(a) Borrower, without prior written consent of Lender, defaults in the performance or observance of any of the covenants contained herein;
(b) Any sum payable on account of principal or interest is not be paid within twenty (20) days after it becomes due;
PAGE 3
(c) Borrower becomes insolvent;
(d) Borrower becomes a debtor under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; or
(e) A petition or a proceeding for bankruptcy or for reorganization shall be filed against Borrower, where Borrower admits the material allegations thereof, or, an order, judgment or decree is made approving such petition, and such order, judgment or decree is not vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of its entry, or, a receiver or a trustee is appointed for Borrower or its properties or any part thereof and remains in possession thereof for ninety (90) days.
12. Protection of Lenders Rights. No delay or failure on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement shall affect such right, power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.
13. Security. In the event of default on the payment of any of the interest or principal on any loan pursuant to this Agreement, the same shall be due according to the terms set forth in this Agreement, or by acceleration pursuant to any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, and Borrower will give Lender such security for the payment of the amounts due pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as Lender may reasonably demand, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a mortgage on real property, or a security interest in any tangible or intangible personal property, or, a legal or equitable interest therein then owned by Borrower.
14. Attorneys Fees. In the event that Borrower shall default in its obligations hereunder, any attorneys fees incurred by Lender to enforce Borrowers compliance with the terms of this Agreement, plus any additional costs involved in such action, shall be paid by Borrower. Attorneys fees shall include, but not be limited to, fees and costs incurred in all matters of collection and enforcement, construction and interpretation, before, during and after suit, trial, proceedings and appears, as well as appearances in and connected with any bankruptcy proceedings or creditors reorganization or arrangement proceedings.
15. Governing Law and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, but in no event shall Borrower have the right to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.
16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, and any electronic transmission of the same, will be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[BALANCE OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
PAGE 4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Open End Credit Agreement on the day and year first above written.
| LENDER: | ||||
| Derek T Diasti Revocable Trust | ||||
| By: | /s/ Derek T Diasti | |||
| Name: |
Derek T Diasti | |||
| Its: |
Trustee | |||
| BORROWER: | ||||
| Sun Dental Holdings, LLC a Florida limited liability company | ||||
| By: | /s/ Derek T Diasti | |||
| Name: |
Derek T Diasti | |||
| Its: |
Manager | |||
SIGNATURE PAGE
Exhibit 6.2
LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (Lease) is entered into by and between Society, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Landlord), whose address is 4010 W. Boy Scout Blvd, Suite 1100, Tampa, Florida 33607, and Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (Tenant), whose address is 1800 9th Avenue North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33713.
1. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant a portion of the property known as 1800 9th Avenue North, St Petersburg, Florida 33713, (the Premises), listed on the Pinellas County property tax records as Parcel Number 13-31-16-00000-340-0310. The leased Premises consist of approximately 20,620 square feet of office building, and specifically excludes the 2,800 square foot auxiliary building. Landlord will be deemed to have delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant on the lease commencement date in its As Is condition on such commencement date. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its agents or employees have made any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Premises for the conduct of Tenants business or for any other purpose, including, without limitation, zoning compliance, nor has Landlord or its agents or employees agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any Tenant improvements to the Premises.
2. TERM. The term of this Lease shall commence on October 9, 2014 (the Commencement Date) and terminate on December 31, 2024 (the Term).
3. RENT.
a. Rent is waived from the Commencement Date until December 31, 2014.
b. Effective January 1, 2015, Tenant agrees to pay, without demand, setoff or deduction, to Landlord, the annual base rent of Two Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and zero cents ($257,750.00) plus applicable sales tax, (Rent), payable in monthly installments of Twenty One Thousand Four Hundred Seventy Nine Dollars and seventeen cents ($21,479.17) plus applicable sales tax,
c. Effective January 1, 2017, and annually thereafter, the annual base rent shall be increased by 3% over the annual base rent then in effect.
d. All rent is payable in advance on the FIRST day of each calendar month, at Landlords address set forth above or any other address Landlord may designate pursuant to Section 22.a below. If the term of this Lease begins on a commencement date other than the first day of a month, rent shall be paid on such date at a prorated amount based on the number of days in the first month of the term of this Lease for which rent is due. If the last month of this Lease ends on a day other than the last day of a month, rent shall be paid at a prorated amount based on the number of days in the last month of this Lease.
e. Additional Rent. The following will be deemed additional rent payable on the date that monthly payments of base rent are due unless otherwise expressly provided:
i. One-twelfth (1/12) of the expense of the premiums for insurance Landlord maintains for the Premises, plus applicable sales tax.
ii. One-twelfth (1/12) of the real estate taxes and assessments for the Premises, plus applicable sales tax.
iii. All other amounts, including without limitation, sales tax, late fees, interest and attorneys fees, that this Lease requires Tenant to pay in addition to base rent.
iv. The current estimated expenses for rent, insurance, taxes and assessments are as follows:
| Monthly | ||||
| Base Rent |
$ | 21,479.17 | ||
| Insurance |
$ | 1,299.75 | ||
| Property Tax |
$ | 1,413.31 | ||
| Florida Sales Tax |
$ | 1,603.46 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| $ | 25,885.69 | |||
| Page 1 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
v. If the term of this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a month, expenses for insurance and taxes and assessments will be paid by Tenant on such date at a prorated amount based on the expenses for the first full calendar month of this Lease.
vi. If at any time during the term of this Lease, the expenses for insurance or taxes and assessments change, Landlord shall, by written notice to Tenant, revise the expenses, and payments by Tenant subsequent to such notice shall be based on the revised expenses. In addition, within 120 days after the end of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as practical, Landlord will furnish to Tenant a statement of amounts payable for insurance and taxes and assessments for the calendar year just ended. If the statement shows an amount owing by Tenant that is less than the payments made by Tenant, the excess will be held by Landlord and credited against the next payment of rent (or refunded if the term of the Lease has expired and Tenant is not in default). If the statement shows an amount owing by Tenant that is more than the payments made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the date of the statement. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
vii. All rent is payable in advance on the FIRST day of each calendar month, at Landlords address set forth above or any other address Landlord may designate pursuant to Section 22.a below. If the term of this Lease begins on a commencement date other than the first day of a month, rent shall be paid on such date at a prorated amount based on the number of days in the first month of the term of this Lease for which rent is due. If the last month of this Lease ends on a day other than the last day of a month, rent shall be paid at a prorated amount based on the number of days in the last month of this Lease.
4. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant will pay to Landlord a security deposit in the amount of $25,000.00 upon execution of this Lease. The security deposit may not be applied by Tenant as rent. If Landlord applies the security to payment of any sum that Tenant is obligated to pay, Tenant will restore the full amount so applied on Landlords demand. If Tenant fully performs the obligations under this Lease, Landlord will repay the security deposit to Tenant, subject to claims, if any, of Landlord. This repayment will be without interest, and will be made after the expiration of the term of this Lease, the timely surrender of the Premises, and after all obligations of Tenant to Landlord, including any that survive the expiration of the term of this Lease, are satisfied.
5. EXPENSES PAYABLE BY TENANT. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of maintenance of Premises, pest control and any and all utilities used by Tenant. Tenant will pay to the parties respectively entitled thereto all: utility charges for water, sanitary sewer, garbage, telephone, electricity and all other utilities; building maintenance costs; pest control expenses; insurance premiums on policies required to be maintained, or otherwise maintained, by Tenant; and all other expenses incurred by Tenant or otherwise payable in connection with, or during the time of, the occupation and use of the Premises by Tenant. If, Tenant fails to make the payments provided by this Section, Landlord, at Landlords option, may make such payments. The payments made by Landlord will constitute additional rent payable by Tenant within five (5) business days of Tenants receipt of Landlords demand.
6. LATE FEE; INTEREST. Any Rent or additional rent, or any portion thereof, not paid by Tenant within three (3) days of the applicable due date will be charged a late fee equal to 5% of such amount. In addition, Rent or additional rent, or any portion thereof, not paid by Tenant by the date a late charge is incurred is subject to interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the due date until paid.
7. USE OF PREMISES; COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS The Premises will be used by Tenant for the operation of Tenants business which is a dental laboratory and related office activity, and for no other use unless authorized by Landlord in writing in Landlords sole discretion. Tenant shall not commit or permit waste to the Premises nor engage in any unlawful activity or any activity constituting a nuisance or which disturbs the enjoyment of any adjacent tenant or property user. Tenant will not permit the presence, handling, storage, or disposal of hazardous or toxic materials (as such are
| Page 2 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
defined under all applicable federal, state, and local laws) on or about the Premises. Tenant, at Tenants own expense, shall comply with all governmental regulations (governmental regulations mean all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations, including, without limitation, those related to zoning and land use) regarding the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, injuries, damages, costs and expenses, including the cost of investigation and defense (including attorneys fees and costs at all tribunal levels, including appeal and bankruptcy) arising out of or in connection with Tenants violation of this Section, including, but not limited to the use of hazardous or toxic materials on or about the Premises.
8. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Tenant may not assign this Lease in whole or in part or sublet all or any part of the Premises without first obtaining Landlords written consent, which may be withheld in Landlords sole discretion. A sale of the controlling shares of Tenant, as same existed as of the Commencement Date, shall be deemed an assignment.
9. INDEMNITY. Tenant will indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from all liability, losses, costs, damages, or expenses, including the cost of investigation and defense, that Landlord may incur with respect to any claim or demand arising out of or in any way related to Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises, or the activity of Tenants officers, employees, agents, contractors, suppliers, licensees or invitees thereon.
10. INSURANCE; CASUALTY. Throughout the entire Term of this Lease, Tenant will obtain and maintain in good standing, at Tenants expense: (a) public liability insurance with respect to the Premises, and the business operated by Tenant, with such insurance companies and in such form as are acceptable to Landlord with minimum limits with respect to bodily injury of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per person, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident or occurrence, and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) with respect to property damage; (b) all workmens compensation or employers liability insurance as may be required by law. Tenant will have all liability policies endorsed to show Landlord as an additional insured with respect to all occurrences and no insurance provided under this Lease will be subject to cancellation or reduction of limits unless at least ten (10) days written notice is given to Landlord. Certificates of all policies evidencing the insurance required must be delivered to Landlord within five (5) business days of Tenants execution of this Lease. Tenant will furnish Landlord with a copy of Tenants policy or policies of insurance or certificates thereof, within ten (10) days of Landlords request for same. If Tenant does not comply with the provision of this Section, Landlord may at its option, cause insurance as aforesaid to be issued, and in such event, Tenant agrees to pay the premium for the insurance within five (5) business days of Tenants receipt of Landlords demand along with a fee of three percent (3%) of the annual premium for any such policy in order to reimburse Landlord for the administrative cost of coordinating and ensuring Tenants compliance with this provision, which such cost would otherwise be extremely difficult and impractical to determine with certainty. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any loss occasioned by fire or other casualty to personal property or fixtures of Tenant, its agents, employees, assignees, sub lessees, bailers, licensees, invitees or of any other person, firm or corporation upon any part of the Premises. Tenants insurance will provide primary coverage to Landlord when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage; it being the intent of the foregoing that in such circumstance Landlords policy will provide excess coverage over Tenants policy. Tenant is advised that Tenants personal property and fixtures are not covered under any of Landlords property insurance policies
11. CONSTRUCTION LIENS. Landlords interest in the Premises shall not be subject to any liens for improvements made by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no power or authority to create any lien or permit any lien to attach to the Premises, or to the present estate, reversion or other estate of Landlord in the Premises as a result of improvements made by Tenant or for any other cause or reason. All materials suppliers, contractors, and artisans performing on or about the Premises or any part thereof are hereby charged with notice that such liens are expressly prohibited and that they must look solely to Tenant to secure payment for any work done or material furnished for improvements by Tenant or for any other
| Page 3 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
purpose. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against any loss or expenses incurred as a result of the assertion of any lien, and Tenant shall satisfy or transfer any claimed or asserted lien to a bond or such other security as may be permitted by law within ten (10) days of the assertion of any the lien or claim of lien. A Notice of Limited Interest in the form attached as Exhibit A may be executed and may at Landlords option be recorded in the public records of Hillsborough County, as public notice to all persons furnishing designs, labor, materials, or services to the Premises in connection with Tenants improvements.
12. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE. During the term of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenants sole expense, will affect all necessary maintenance, repairs, and replacements which are required for Tenants occupancy of the Premises, including any work required with regard to the structural and mechanical components of the Premises including, but not limited to, the electrical system, plumbing, roof, and the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems. It is agreed that Landlord shall not have any responsibility to effect any maintenance, repairs, or replacements to the Premises during the term of this Lease.
13. ALTERATIONS. Tenant, at Tenants sole expense, may make non-structural alterations to and remodel the Premises, without the consent of Landlord. However, Tenant shall make no structural alterations to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant understands that any alterations or improvements Tenant undertakes or causes to be undertaken at the Premises is for the purpose of Tenants activities at the Premises and not for the benefit of Landlord. All alterations and improvements shall be subject to compliance with the terms of this Lease, including, without limitation, compliance with governmental regulations, such as the obtaining of all proper permits, and timely payment to persons constructing any alterations or improvements so that no lien or claim of lien by any such persons is filed. As to any alterations or improvements that are made, Tenant, at Landlords election, will be responsible at the expiration of the term of this Lease or earlier termination for the cost of removing such alterations and improvements and restoring the Premises to the condition existing prior thereto, if so requested by Landlord.
14. ACCESS TO PREMISES. Landlord will have the right during normal business hours during the term of this Lease to enter the Premises for any purpose that does not unreasonably interfere with Tenants business operations. Notwithstanding anything in this Section, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time and without notice for any purpose in the event of any emergency. An emergency is any condition that if not immediately repaired could cause severe or irreparable damage to any property or any condition that poses an immediate threat to the health or safety of any person. Landlord shall also have the right at reasonable times and consistent with the terms of this Lease to exhibit or show the Premises to an insurance agent or to a prospective purchaser, lender or tenant.
15. SUBORDINATION. This Lease is expressly subordinate and inferior to the lien of any present or future mortgage granted by Landlord with regard to the Premises. On request of Landlord, Tenant will execute and deliver a subordination agreement in such form as the Landlords lender reasonably may require, though this provision shall be deemed self-effecting without any such separate agreement.
16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Upon not less than ten (10) days prior notice from Landlord or Landlords mortgagee, Tenant will execute, acknowledge and deliver a written statement certifying that this Lease is in full force and effect subject to such modifications as may be have been agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. The statement may be relied upon by any prospective transferee or mortgagee of all or any portion of the Premises. Tenant agrees to attorn to any transferee of Landlords interest in the Premises and upon any transfer of Landlords interest shall release Landlord from any liability to Tenant under this Lease.
17. DEFAULT.
a. Events of Default. Landlord, at its election, may exercise any one or more of the default remedies below upon the happening of any one or more of the following events (Events of Default): (a) Tenants failure to pay rent, or any other sums payable hereunder for a period of three (3) calendar days after written notice from Landlord, or such other time period as is specifically set forth in this Lease with regard to such other sums; (b) Tenants failure to observe, keep or perform any of the other terms, covenants, agreements or conditions of this Lease for a period of ten (10) days after Tenants receipt of written notice of such failure by Landlord or as to any default not curable within the
| Page 4 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
ten (10) day period, if Tenant fails to institute appropriate action to cure the default within the ten (10) day period and thereafter prosecute the action with due diligence and continuity; (c) the bankruptcy of Tenant; (d) Tenant making an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) a receiver or trustee being appointed for Tenant or a substantial portion of Tenants assets; (f) Tenant voluntarily petitioning for relief under, or otherwise seeking the benefit of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement or insolvency law; (g) Tenant vacating or abandoning the Premises for a period of thirty (30) days or more; (h) Tenants interest under this Lease being sold or assigned under execution or other legal process; or (i) any of the goods or chattels of Tenant used in or incident to the operation of Tenants business on the Premises being seized, sequestered or impounded by virtue of, or under authority of, any legal proceeding, which seizure, sequestration or impounding shall, in the sole opinion of Landlord, materially affect the possible continuation of the operation of the Premises by Tenant.
b. Remedies Upon Event of Default. Upon any one or more Events of Default, Landlord, at its election, may exercise any one or more of the following options:
i. Terminate Tenants right to possession under this Lease and reenter and retake possession of the Premises and relet or attempt to relet the Premises on behalf of Tenant at such rent and under such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem best under the circumstances for the purpose of reducing Tenants liability; in such event, Landlord shall not be deemed to have accepted a surrender of the Premises, and Tenant shall remain liable for all rent and all other sums due under this Lease and for all damages suffered by Landlord because of Tenants breach of any of the covenants of this Lease.
ii. Declare this Lease to be terminated, and null and void, and reenter upon and take possession of the Premises, whereupon the Term and all right, title and interest of Tenant in the Premises shall end. The termination shall be without prejudice to Landlords right to collect from Tenant any rent or other sums payable hereunder which accrued prior to the termination plus all damages suffered by Landlord because of Tenants breach of any covenant of this Lease.
iii. Declare the entire remaining unpaid rent for the balance of this Lease to be immediately due and payable, and may, at once, take action to recover and collect the same either by distress or otherwise.
iv. Exercise any and all rights and privileges that Landlord may have under the Laws of the State of Florida, the United States of America, or both.
No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease, unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any re-letting or re-entry or taking possession, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for a previous default. Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any remedy herein or constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein. Landlords acceptance of rent or payments following any Event of Default shall not be construed as Landlords waiver of the Event of Default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other violation or Event of Default. The loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of termination of this Lease or the deficiency from any re-letting as provided for above shall include the expense of repossession and any repairs or remodeling undertaken by Landlord following possession.
c. Surrender of Premises. If Landlord elects to re-enter, as herein provided, or if it takes possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided for by law: (a) Tenant will at once surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to remove Tenants effects therefrom using such force as may be necessary, without being guilty of trespass, forcible entry, detainer or tort; and (b) Landlord may either terminate this Lease or it may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to re-let the Premises, and re-let the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term of this Lease) and at such rent and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable.
d. Legal Expenses. If it becomes necessary for Landlord to employ an attorney to collect any sums due to it under this Lease or to enforce any term hereof, regardless of whether suit is brought, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all fees and costs charged by Landlords attorney for such services. If suit is brought to enforce the provisions of this Lease, attorneys fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party, including attorneys fees and costs at all tribunal levels, including on appeal or in bankruptcy. The terms of this Section shall survive expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
| Page 5 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
e. Landlords Right to Perform Tenants Covenants. If Tenant fails at any time to comply with any provision of this Lease, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease, pay any such amount or perform any act that Tenant is obligated to perform under this Lease, in such manner and to such extent as shall be necessary, and, in exercising any such rights, pay necessary and incidental costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys fees. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary and incidental costs and expenses in connection with the performance of any such act by Landlord, together with interest thereon at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of the making of such expenditure by Landlord, shall be deemed additional rent hereunder and, except as otherwise in this Lease expressly provided, shall be payable to Landlord on demand or at the option of Landlord may be added to any rent then due or thereafter becoming due under this Lease, and Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums of interest as aforesaid and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Rent.
18. SURRENDER OF PREMISES. At the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant will, without notice or demand, surrender the Premises in as clean and as good condition as the Premises were in at the commencement of this Lease, reasonable use and wear excepted.
19. BROKER. Landlord shall pay all commissions and fees due to any broker, pursuant to Landlords agreement with any such broker. Tenant warrants and represents that there is no broker involved in this Lease on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant indemnifies Landlord from claims for compensation from any such broker.
20. CASUALTY. Landlord will have no obligation to repair or restore the Premises in the event of fire or other casualty. If Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord chooses not to effect such repairs or restoration, Tenant will have the option, within twenty (20) days of said notice, to terminate the Lease, effective as of the date on which the damage was incurred, and the parties respective obligations under the Lease will terminate except for those that survive termination pursuant to the express terms of the Lease. If Landlord does elect, in Landlords sole discretion, to effect repairs or restoration, then during any period the Premises are untenantable, in whole or in part, as the result of a casualty, Tenants obligation to pay Rent shall abate in proportion to the extent the Premises are untenantable.
21. EMINENT DOMAIN. If the Premises are taken in their entirety by the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Lease and Tenants obligation to pay rent will terminate on the date title vests in the taking authority. If the Premises are taken in part and the remainder is reasonably suitable for Tenants use, Landlord may, in Landlords sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, restore the Premises or Landlord may terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days of the actual physical or deemed taking of possession by the condemning authority. During any period the Premises is untenantable as the result of a partial taking and to extent the Premises is not restored subsequent to the taking, Tenants obligation to pay Rent shall abate in proportion to the extent the Premises are untenantable or not restored. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenants rent obligation will cease as of the date of termination set forth in the notice. All compensation awarded for the taking of the fee shall belong to Landlord. Tenant shall only be entitled to business damages and relocation expenses to the extent such does not in any way diminish Landlords award.
22. MISCELLANEOUS.
a. Notices. Any notice to be given to or served upon any party hereto, in connection herewith, must be in writing, and may be delivered by: (i) personal delivery (with receipt obtained); (ii) certified mail, return receipt requested; or (iii) overnight courier service. Notice shall be deemed to have been given and received when: (i) delivered to the recipient if delivered via personal delivery; (ii) two (2) business days after being deposited in the U.S. Mail, if sent via certified letter; or (iii) when delivered by overnight delivery service. Notices shall be given to the parties hereto at the addresses set forth at the beginning of this Lease. Either party may, at any time by giving five (5) days written notice to the other party, designate a new address in substitution of the foregoing address to which notice shall thereafter be given.
b. Entire Agreement. This Lease contains the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant. There are no express or implied warranties or covenants that are not contained in this Lease. No agreement to modify this Lease will be effective unless in writing and executed by Landlord and Tenant.
c. Parties Bound. This Lease is binding on and inures to the benefit of the Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns. Tenants agreements shall survive the expiration of the term or other termination of this Lease. Whenever the context requires, the singular includes the plural, and the masculine includes the feminine and neuter.
d. Waiver. The waiver by Landlord of a breach of any provision of this Lease will not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any other provisions of this Lease or of any future breach of the provision so waived.
| Page 6 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
e. Severability. If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to the person or circumstance other than those to which it is held invalid or unenforceable will not be affected thereby and each provision of this Lease will be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
f. No Recording. Tenant will not record this Lease or any memorandum of this Lease.
g. Criminal Activity. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is not in any way responsible for criminal acts at or about the Premises, including any inquiry or loss caused by such acts. Landlord has made no representations or warranties regarding criminal activity at or about the Premises.
h. Radon. Radon is a naturally occurring active gas that, when accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present a health risk to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit.
i. Governing Law and Venue. This Lease is governed by Florida law. Sole venue for any legal action under or related to this Lease will be in the state courts of Hillsborough County, Florida.
j. Construction. This Lease will not be construed more strictly against Landlord or Tenant because one party may have drafted any or all of its provisions. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that they have negotiated the provisions of this Lease at arms length and have both contributed to the contents of its provisions. The titles of the Sections of this Lease are for the convenience of Landlord and Tenant and are intended to have no effect on the construction of this Lease.
k. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. LANDLORD AND TENANT WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT PURSUANT TO THIS LEASE OR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE AND TENANTS USE AND OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES.
l. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of all provisions of this Lease.
m. OFAC Representation.
i. Tenant represents and warrants that (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (OFAC) and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation (collectively, the List), and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or Executive Order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person (as hereinafter defined), (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or that the Lease is in violation of law, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term Embargoed Person means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by law or Tenant is in violation of law.
ii. Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of law relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargos and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately notify Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this paragraph or the preceding paragraph are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any Prohibited Person (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under this Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be requested by Landlord to determine Tenants compliance with the terms hereof.
iii. Tenants inclusion on the List at any time during the Lease Term shall be a material default of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such person or entity shall be a material default of this Lease.
[Signature page follows]
| Page 7 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
[Signature page to October 9, 2014 Lease Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date set forth below their signatures, the last of which dates shall be the effective date of this Lease.
| WITNESSES: | LANDLORD: Society, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company | |||||||
| /s/ Nancy Walters | ||||||||
| Print Name: | Nancy Walters | By: | /s/ Derek T. Diasti | |||||
| Derek T. Diasti, its Manager | ||||||||
| /s/ Albrie Cantin | ||||||||
| Print Name: | Albrie Cantin | Date: | 11/18/14 | |||||
| WITNESSES: | TENANT: Sun Dental Laboratories, LLC a Florida limited liability company | |||||||
| /s/ Nancy Walters | ||||||||
| Print Name: | Nancy Walters | By: | /s/ Derek T. Diasti | |||||
| Derek T. Diasti, its Manager | ||||||||
| /s/ Albrie Cantin | ||||||||
| Print Name: | Albrie Cantin | Date: | 11/18/14 | |||||
| Page 8 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF LIMITED INTEREST
This Notice is made effective as of , 20 , pursuant to Florida Statutes, §713.10.
SOCIETY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Owner) is owner of certain real property and improvements thereon located in Hillsborough County, Florida, legally described as:
[Legal description to be inserted prior to recording]
(the Property). Owner has entered into a lease of, or commitment to lease, the Property with various lessees. Owner notifies all potential lienors under Part I, Chapter 713, Florida Statutes that the interest of Owner in the Property is not subject to any liens for any improvements made to the Property by any tenant. Specifically, each lease or lease commitment with each such tenant or lessee contains the following language:
Landlords interest in the Premises shall not be subject to any liens for improvements made by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no power or authority to create any lien or permit any lien to attach to the Premises, or to the present estate, reversion or other estate of Landlord in the Premises as a result of improvements made by Tenant or for any other cause or reason. All materials suppliers, contractors, and artisans performing on or about the Premises or any part thereof are hereby charged with notice that such liens are expressly prohibited and that they must look solely to Tenant to secure payment for any work done or material furnished for improvements by Tenant or for any other purpose.
Without limiting the generality of the preceding paragraph, any liens for work performed under any direct contract with any tenant are and will remain subject, subordinate and inferior to the lien, security interest, and other provisions of any and all mortgages and related security documents now or hereafter placed on the Property. The provisions of this Notice bind Owner, and any tenant of the Property, and any person claiming by, through or under any of the foregoing, their respective heirs, successors or assigns. Such provisions inure to the benefit of Owner, Owners successors and assigns, and any existing or future mortgagee of Owners interest in the Property.
Signed and acknowledged in the presence of:
| WITNESSES: | SOCIETY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company | |||||||
| Print Name: | By: | |||||||
| Derek T. Diasti, its Manager | ||||||||
| Print Name: | Date: | |||||||
| Page 9 of 9 | ||||
| Society LLC Sun Dental Laboratories LLC Lease Commencing October 9, 2014 |
Exhibit 6.3
|
| |
|
INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER
OCEAN BLUE INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
| DEREK T DIASTI | (Transferor) |
OF 2/F, DELI BUILDING, NO. 139, YIYUAN ROAD, NANSHAN DISTRICT, SHENZHEN
in consideration of the Sum of Hongkong Dollar 5,000
paid to us by (name in full) SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
(occupation) CORPORATE
of (full address) 4908 CREEKSIDE DR. SUITE B CLEARWATER, FL 33760 USA
(hereinafter called the said Transferee) do hereby transfer to the said Transferee the 5,000
SUBSCRIBER SHARES share numbered
standing in our name in the Register of
OCEAN BLUE INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
to hold unto the said Transferee his Executors, Administrators or Assigns, Subject to the several conditions upon which we hold the same at the of execution hereof. And we the said Transferee do hereby agree to take the said Shares subject to the same conditions.
Witness our hands the day of 8 MAY 2014
Signed by the transferor in )
| the present of:
|
DEREK T DIASTI
| |||
| Witness signature: | /s/ Derek T Diasti | |||
|
(Transferor) | ||||
| Address: 2/F, DELI BUILDING, NO. 139) , YlYUAN ROAD, NANSHAN) DISTRICT, SHENZHEN) |
| Signed by the transferee in the present of:
|
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
| |||
| Witness signature: | ||||
| Address: 4908 CREEKSIDE DR. SUITE B) | /s/ Derek T Diasti | |||
| CLEARWATER, FL) 33760 USA) |
(Transferee) |
SOLD NOTE
Name of Purchaser (Transferee): SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
Address: 4908 CREEKSIDE DR. SUITE B CLEARWATER, FL 33760 USA
(occuption) CORPORATE
Name of Company in which the shares to be transferred:
OCEAN BLUE INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
Number of Shares 5,000 SUBSCRIBER SHARES of HK$ 1.00 each
Consideration: HK$5,000
| DEREK T DIASTI |
| /s/ Derek T. Diasti |
| (Transferor) |
Hong Kong, Dated: 8 MAY 2014
INSTRUMENT OF
TRANSFER ENDORSED
BOUGHT NOTE
Name of Seller (Transferor): DEREK T DIASTI
Address 2/F, DELI BUILDING, NO. 139, YlYUAN ROAD, NANSHAN DISTRICT, SHENZHEN
(occuption) MERCHANT
Name of Company in which the shares to be transferred:
OCEAN BLUE INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
Number of Shares: 5,000 SUBSCRIBER SHARES of HK$ 1.00 each
Consideration: HK$5,000
| SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC |
| /s/ Derek T. Diasti |
| (Transferee) |
Hong Kong, Dated: 8 MAY 2014
Exhibit 6.4
SUPPLEMENTARY MEMBER SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS SUPPLEMENTARY MEMBER SERVICES AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and effective as of the 7th day of October, 2014 (Effective Date) between SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the Company), and CHUCK STAPLETON, a Florida resident individual (Service Member).
BACKGROUND AND BASIS FOR AGREEMENT
A. The Company is presently engaged in the Dental Laboratory Business, as defined herein.
B. Service Member has experience and skills valuable to the Company.
C. The Companys operating agreement under agreement dated October 1, 2014 (the Operating Agreement) provides the Manager of the Company with the authority to enter into Supplementary Agreements with Members of the Company.
D. Contemporaneous with the execution of this Agreement, Service Member was granted Investment Class B Units pursuant to a Unit Grant Agreement (the Grant Agreement), and was admitted to the Company as an Investment Class B Member.
E. Service Member has previously and continuously provided services to the Company since June 23, 2012 as an employee of the Company under the terms of an employment agreement dated June 23, 2012 (the Employment Agreement).
F. The Company and Service Member desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the services to be rendered by Service Member and to set forth the terms and conditions upon which Service Member shall provide such services to the Company now that Service Member is a Member of the Company.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:
1. Termination of Employment. Upon the Effective Date, Service Members employment under the Employment Agreement shall cease and this Agreement shall, except as otherwise provided herein, control Service Members compensation and the scope and conditions of the services that Service Member shall provide to the Company and its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any accrued compensation owed to Service Member pursuant to the Employment Agreement shall be paid to Service Member in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement.
2. Provision of Services. The Company agrees to engage Service Member upon the terms and conditions herein contained, and Service Member agrees to accept the obligation to perform services on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Service Member shall serve as
1
the Companys Chief Operating Officer. In such capacity, Service Member shall report to the Companys Manager and Chief Executive Officer, and shall have such powers and responsibilities consistent with such position, as reasonably determined by the Companys Manager. Service Member shall devote Service Members best efforts and substantially all of Service Members business time and services to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
3. Term of Agreement. Service Members services under this Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of five (5) years unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the Initial Term). After the expiration of the Initial Term and any successive term, Service Members services shall automatically be renewed without further action of the parties for successive five (5) year terms (each, a Renewal Term; the Initial Term and each Renewal Term shall collectively be referred to herein as the Term). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either party gives the other party at least one hundred twenty (120) days advance written notice prior to the expiration of a Term of such partys intention to not renew for a Renewal Term, then the provision of services hereunder shall terminate upon the expiration of such Term. Upon the expiration of this Agreement, Service Member shall only be entitled to the benefits described in Section 4 and Section 5, which have accrued as of the date of termination pursuant to this Section 3 and have not yet been paid.
4. Payment for Services. In consideration for services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, Service Member shall receive a payment for services from the Company in the amount of ONE HUNDRED SIXTY-TWO THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($162,000.00) per annum, payable in installments consistent with the Companys normal payroll schedule. The Manager shall review this payment for services at annual intervals, and may adjust the same from time to time as the Manager deems appropriate, in the Managers sole discretion. Such review will be conducted in accordance with the Companys policies for annual reviews. As it may be adjusted from to time in accordance with the previous sentence, the payment for services provided for in this Section 4 shall be referred to herein as the Payment for Services. The Payment for Services is a separate and distinct payment from any distribution that may be made to Service Member pursuant to the Operating Agreement or the Grant Agreement.
5. Other Benefits. In addition to the Payment for Services, Service Member shall also be entitled to the following benefits:
(a) Bonuses. From the Effective Date through December 31, 2014, Service Member shall be entitled to a bonus determined and payable pursuant to the terms of Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference. Beginning on January 1, 2015 and thereafter during the Term, Service Member shall be entitled to a quarterly bonus equal to three percent (3%) of the Companys positive EBITDA, to be calculated and paid quarterly during the Term. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term EBITDA consists of Company earnings before reductions for (i) interest, (ii) federal, state, local, excise, foreign or other taxes of any kind, (iii) depreciation, and (iv) amortization, as determined by the accountants for the Company. The bonus authorized by this Section 5(a) shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the close of the quarter to which such bonus relates. Service Member must remain a service provider under this Agreement for the entire quarter to qualify for a bonus
2
earned during that quarter. Service Member shall not be entitled to a pro-rated share of any bonus earned during Service Members final quarter of services under this Agreement unless Service Member continuously provides services to the Company through the final day of such quarter.
(b) Additional Benefits. The Company will provide Service Member with business class seats, when available, for all air travel required by the Company. The Company shall also provide Service Member with a virtual assistant at the Companys expense, not to exceed Two Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($200.00) per month. Service Member shall also be eligible to participate in such welfare benefit plans, programs, practices, and policies of the Company as are generally available to employees of the Company and as are further detailed in the Sun Dental Labs Employee Manual, as it may be amended from time to time. Such benefit plans, programs, practices, and policies may include, but are not limited to, medical insurance, vacation time, holidays, life insurance, both short-term and long-term disability insurance, business and educational expenses, and a SIMPLE IRA or similar tax-deferred contribution plan. The Company shall pay a portion of Service Members medical insurance premium for Service Member plus family coverage, such that Service Members monthly portion of the medical insurance premium is Four Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($400.00) per month. The Company shall pay One Hundred Percent (100%) of the medical insurance premium if Service Member elects for employee-only coverage.
6. Reimbursement of Business Expenses. Service Member may incur reasonable business expenses in carrying out Service Members duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and the Company shall promptly reimburse Service Member for all such reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the business of the Company, subject to documentation in accordance with the Companys policies for expense reimbursement, as in effect from time to time.
7. Termination of Services. In addition to the ability of either party hereto to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 3, above, Service Members services under this Agreement may be terminated at any time as follows:
(a) Termination without Cause. If the Company terminates Service Members services under this Agreement without Cause, as defined in Section 7(d), below, during the Term, then Service Member shall:
i. receive the portion of the Payment for Services accrued through the date of termination, as well as any bonus due to Service Member;
ii. receive a payment equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the most recent annual Payment for Services upon Service Member signing a severance agreement prepared by the Company that includes a general release of all claims against the Company and which confirms Service Members continuing obligations with respect to the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement, the Grant Agreement, and the Operating Agreement, as applicable. The severance payment authorized by the previous sentence shall be paid in such amounts and at such times as determined by the Manager of the Company, provided, however, that such payment shall be made in full within twelve (12) months of the date of Service Members termination; and
3
iii. be entitled to any non-forfeitable other benefits already earned and payable under the terms of any Company plan maintained payable in accordance therewith following termination other than those set forth in this Section 7(a).
(b) Voluntary Resignation with Adequate Notice. Service Member shall provide the Company with at least one hundred twenty (120) days written notice prior to Service Members voluntary resignation. If Service Member voluntarily resigns pursuant to the previous sentence then Service Member shall be entitled to:
i. receive the portion of the Payment for Services accrued through the date of resignation;
ii. a bonus calculated in accordance with Section 5(a) but accrued through the date of Service Members resignation; and
iii. any non-forfeitable benefits already earned and payable under the terms of any Company benefit plan maintained, payable in accordance therewith.
Upon Service Members termination with such notice, Service Member shall not be entitled to any severance payment.
(c) Voluntary Resignation Without Adequate Notice. If Service Member does not provide one hundred twenty (120) days written notice prior to resignation, then Service Member shall not be entitled to anything other than any Payment for Services accrued through the date of Service Members resignation and any non-forfeitable benefits already earned and payable under the terms of any Company benefit plan maintained, payable in accordance therewith. Upon Service Members termination without such notice, Service Member shall not be entitled to any severance payment.
(d) Termination for Cause. Service Member shall be terminated for Cause (i) in the event that Service Member substantially fails to perform the material duties required of Service Member pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) due to Service Members insubordination, willful misconduct, commission of fraud, negligence in performance of duties, conviction (or plea of guilty or nolo contendere) or indictment, charge with respect to any felony or any other crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude, any dishonesty in dealings with the Company, (iii) due to any other conduct that in the Managers sole discretion impairs Service Members ability to effectively serve as the Companys Chief Operating Officer and perform the duties required of Service Member hereunder, or (iv) upon Service Member transferring any of his Units in the Company without the consent of the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if the Company intends to terminate Service Member for Cause, the Company shall provide Service Member with notice of the same, and shall give Service Member thirty (30) days to cure the condition that resulted in the Companys determination to terminate Service Member for Cause. Whether Service Member has adequately cured the condition pursuant to the previous sentence shall be determined by the Companys Manager in the Managers sole discretion. Upon Service Members termination for Cause, Service Member shall not be entitled to any Payment
4
for Services or other benefit beyond the date of Service Members termination other than those payments or benefits which have accrued and not yet been paid. Service Member shall not be entitled to any severance payment.
(e) Death or Disability. Service Member shall be under a Disability if illness or other physical or mental disability, as determined by a physician of Service Member, results in Service Members inability to perform Service Members duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred twenty (120) or more consecutive days or for one hundred eighty (180) days in the aggregate during any consecutive twelve (12) month period. Service Members services under this Agreement shall terminate upon Service Members death or Disability. Service Member or Service Members estate shall be entitled to receive any Payment for Services and any other benefits accrued but not yet paid as of the date of Service Members death or Disability. Service Member or Service Members estate shall also be entitled to any non-forfeitable benefits already accrued and payable to Service Member under the terms of any Company benefit plan maintained, payable in accordance with the terms thereof.
8. Protection of Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. Service Member acknowledges and agrees that in the course of Service Members provision of services hereunder and while Service Member is a Member of the Company, the Company may disclose to Service Member certain Confidential Information (defined below). For purposes of this Section and Section 9, below, the Company shall also include any Subsidiary of the Company. Service Member acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information of the Company is the sole and exclusive property of the Company (or a third party providing such information to the Company) and that the Company owns all worldwide copyrights, trade secret rights, confidential and proprietary information rights, and all other property rights therein. Service Member acknowledges and agrees that the disclosure of the Confidential Information of the Company to Service Member does not confer upon Service Member any license, interest or rights of any kind in or to the Confidential Information.
(a) Service Member may use the Confidential Information solely for the benefit of the Company while Service Member provides services to the Company or is a Member of the Company. Service Member shall hold in confidence and not reproduce, distribute, transmit, reverse, engineer, decompile, disassemble, or transfer, directly or indirectly, in any form, by any means, or for any purpose, the Confidential Information of the Company or any portion thereof except (i) in the performance of services for the Company; (ii) with written consent of the Company, (iii) to Service Members attorney if said attorney agrees to keep such information and material confidential (except as disclosure may be necessary in any litigation involving Service Member), (iv) by the rules or regulations of any governmental agency, association or regulating body having authority to request such information in connection with any inquiry, or (v) except as otherwise may be required by law.
(b) Service Member acknowledges that Service Members obligations with regard to the Confidential Information of the Company shall remain in effect while Service Member provides services to the Company, and for eighteen (18) months after the termination of Service Member pursuant to this Agreement, or such longer time as may be required by applicable law.
5
(c) Service Member shall return to the Company, upon request by the Company, the Confidential Information of the Company and all materials relating thereto, disclosed to Service Member and the Company.
(d) As used herein, Confidential Information means any information marked Confidential by the Company and shall also mean the following even if such information is not marked Confidential: paper and electronic records; client records; X-rays and diagnostic images; accounts receivable information; professional or financial information regarding clients of the Company; the Companys fee schedules; vendor prices; employment agreements; compensation of staff and contractors; business structure; business plans, growth plans or projections of future business; income statements, balance sheets, tax returns, any and all the Company financial information regarding the Company and the business of the Company; any patents or potentially patentable ideas as identified by the Company; and any devices, methods, drawings, processes and the like related to any patents or potentially patentable ideas.
9. Restrictive Covenants. Due to Service Members provision of services to the Company and due to Service Members status as a Member of the Company, Service Member will: (i) learn and understand certain valuable confidential business information and business relationships of the Company; (ii) develop substantial relationships with regular clients, associates or Affiliates of the Company; (iii) be introduced to colleagues and referral sources who have a long-standing relationship with the Company; (iv) benefit from the Companys goodwill associated with its ongoing practice, geographic location, and marketing; and (v) learn and benefit from the Companys other legitimate business interests referenced in Section 542.335, Florida Statutes, as amended from time to time. Service Member acknowledges that this information and these relationships, if used improperly, could cause serious detrimental harm to the Company. Service Member further acknowledges that the Company would not have entered into this Agreement, the Grant Agreement, or have admitted Service Member as a Member of the Company if Service Member did not agree to the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 9. As an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and the Grant Agreement, to admit Service Member as a Member of the Company, to pay Service Member the compensation described in this Agreement and the Grant Agreement, and to grant Service Member Investment Class B Units pursuant to the Grant Agreement, Service Member agrees as follows:
(a) Non-Compete. During the term of Service Members provision of services to the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, any automatic or other renewal hereof, or otherwise, and for a period of eighteen (18) months following the termination of Service Members services, regardless of the reason for such termination, Service Member shall not, directly or indirectly, within the Restricted Area (as defined below) provide any services, or enter into, engage in, be employed by, or consult with any business, regardless of form (e.g., partnership, joint venture, professional association or other type of corporation, limited liability company, sole proprietorship or otherwise), in competition with the Company in any line of the Dental Laboratory Business. The Dental Laboratory Business means manufacture, sourcing, distribution, marketing, selling, or any combination of the foregoing, of custom dental prosthetic devices, including the remote capture and transmission of digital scans of the mouth or teeth to a manufacturing facility, the receipt of such transmission, and the production of custom dental prosthetic devices based on such transmission. The Dental Laboratory Business does not
6
include the provision of services to a company whose primary business purpose is the manufacture of dental equipment, including the development of computer software. Prohibited competitive business activities include, but are not limited to, Service Members participation in a competitive business enterprise as an employee, officer, director, consultant, agent, partner, member or proprietor; provided that the ownership of no more than two percent (2%) of the stock of a publicly traded corporation engaged in a competitive business shall not be deemed to be engaging in competitive business activities.
(b) Restricted Area. The Restricted Area shall include the United States of America and the Peoples Republic of China, including Hong Kong.
(c) Prohibition Against Solicitation. During the term of Service Members provision of services to the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, any automatic or other renewal hereof, or otherwise, and for a period of eighteen (18) months following the termination of Service Members services, regardless of the reason for such termination, Service Member shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or otherwise communicate with any of the Companys current, former or prospective clients, customers, or investors on behalf of Service Member or on behalf of any other Person, firm, the Company, business, entity or corporation with the purpose of causing such persons to terminate their employment, professional or payment relationship with the Company, as the case may be. A prospective client, patient, customer, or investor is defined as any person, group or entity which the Company has actively solicited or provided services or goods to or which the Company has utilized to seek investment, business expansion or growth, advice or assistance, or otherwise to expand or develop the Companys operations or resources during the twelve (12) months prior to termination of Service Members services pursuant to this Agreement.
(d) Prohibition Against Solicitation of Employees. During the term of Service Members provision of services to the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement, any automatic or other renewal hereof, or otherwise, and for a period of eighteen (18) months following the termination of Service Members services, regardless of the reason for such termination, Service Member shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, induce or attempt to induce any of the Companys employees, Members or full time consultants to leave the Company to work for, or with, a business which competes with the Company or which provides services which are the same as or similar to any services provided by the Company, or employ or otherwise engage the services of any person who was an employee, Member or full time consultant of the Company during the six (6) months prior to termination of Service Members services pursuant to this Agreement.
(e) Reasonable Restraint. Service Member acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 9 constitute essential inducements to the Company entering into this Agreement and the Grant Agreement, paying Service Member the compensation stated in this Agreement and the Grant Agreement, granting the Investment Class B Units pursuant to the Grant Agreement, and admitting Service Member as a Member of the Company. Service Member acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 9 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and that the enforcement of the provisions of this Section 9 shall not result in an unreasonable deprivation of the right of Service Member to earn a living.
7
(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by Service Member, Service Member acknowledges that the Company will not have an adequate remedy at law and shall be entitled to such equitable and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain Service Member from violating the provisions of this Section 9. The Company may assign its rights under this Section 9, without Service Members consent, to any entity affiliated with the Company including a Subsidiary or Affiliate (an Assignee), and Service Member acknowledges that, in accordance with Florida Statutes Section 542.335 (l)(f)(l) and (2), the provisions of this Section 9 are enforceable by any Assignee of the Company as a third party beneficiary. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Service Member. A breach of any provision of this Agreement, the Operating Agreement, or the Grant Agreement by the Company or by Service Member shall not be a defense to enforce the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement. In any action or proceeding by the Company to obtain a temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, Service Member hereby agrees that if the Company is required to post an injunction bond in order to obtain the temporary restraining order and/or preliminary injunction, the amount of such injunction bond will be equal to Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000.00), which Service Member stipulates is a reasonable amount. Service Member hereby agrees to pay all costs of enforcing the restrictive covenants, including reasonable attorneys fees and such costs and fees incurred on any appeal or in connection with any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings.
(g) Divisibility of Covenants. If any aspect of the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 9 is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be too broad as to time, area or restricted activity, then such defective aspect shall be reduced to such scope as is reasonable and enforceable, and the restrictive covenants as so modified shall be enforceable by injunction or any other legal or equitable remedy. The Company and Service Member agree that the foregoing covenants are appropriate and reasonable when considered in light of the nature and extent of the business conducted by the Company.
(h) Automatic Extension of Restricted Time Period. The period of time during which Service Member is prohibited from engaging in certain business practices pursuant to this Section 9 shall be extended by the length of time during which Service Member is in breach of such covenants.
(i) Assignability of Covenants. Service Member hereby acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants and the duties, obligations and responsibilities of Service Member in this Section 9 and the Companys rights provided in this Section 9 are assignable by the Company and shall be enforceable by the Companys and Subsidiaries successors and/or assigns.
10. Intellectual Property.
(a) Assignment of Dental Laboratory Business Intellectual Property to Company. All intellectual property, including but not limited to, business ideas, concepts, inventions, improvements and developments made or conceived by Service Member, either solely or in collaboration with others, during the Term and relating to the Dental Laboratory
8
Business of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or Affiliates, or to any business or product of which the Company is considering entering or developing, will become and remain the exclusive property of the Company, its successors and assigns. Service Member will promptly disclose, verbally or in writing, to the Company all such ideas, concepts, inventions, improvements and developments that pertain to the Dental Laboratory Business, and will fully cooperate in confirming, protecting and obtaining legal protection of the Companys ownership rights in those developments.
(b) Non-Dental Laboratory Business Intellectual Property. All intellectual property, including, but not limited to, business ideas, concepts, inventions, improvements and developments made or conceived by Service Member outside the scope of the Dental Laboratory Business shall be considered property of Service Member.
11. Notices. All demands, notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in the same manner as Notice pursuant to the Operating Agreement.
12. No Conflict. Service Member represents and warrants that Service Members services hereunder and performance of the terms hereof does not and will not breach any other agreement to which Service Member is a party. Service Member has not entered into and shall not enter into any agreement, either written or oral, which is in conflict with this Agreement.
13. Modifications and Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed in writing and signed by Service Member and the Manager of the Company. The waiver by either party of a breach by the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party.
14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof. Any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed severable to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability.
15. Governing Law: Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Florida, excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each party stipulates that any dispute or disagreement between the parties as to the interpretation of any provision of, or the performance of obligations under, this Agreement shall be commenced and prosecuted in its entirely in, and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and proper venue of the state and federal courts located in the State of Florida, and each party consents to personal and subject matter jurisdiction and venue in such courts and waives and relinquishes all right to attack the suitability or convenience of such venue or forum by reason of their present or future domiciles or by any other reason. Each party waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any such dispute or disagreement.
16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Operating Agreement, and the Grant Agreement supersede all prior agreements and constitute a complete and exclusive statement of
9
the terms of the agreement between Service Member and the Company with respect to their subject matter. There have been and are no agreements, representations or warranties between Service Member and the Company with respect to such subject matter other than those set forth or provided for in this Agreement, the Operating Agreement, and the Grant Agreement.
17. Interpretation. The language of all parts of this Agreement must in all cases be construed, as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties. As used in this Agreement, the singular or plural shall be deemed to include the other whenever the context so indicates or requires. Capitalized but not otherwise defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as ascribed to them in the Operating Agreement, as amended.
18. Survival. Sections 8, 9, and 10 shall survive termination of Service Members services.
19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, and any electronic transmission of the same, will be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
20. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the heirs, personal representatives, administrators, and anyone claiming by or through Service Member and the assigns and successors of the Company, but neither this Agreement, nor any rights hereunder, shall be assignable or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Service Member.
21. No Strict Construction. Notwithstanding the fact that this Agreement has been drafted or prepared by one of the parties, each of the parties confirms that both it and its counsel have had the opportunity to review, negotiate and adopt this Agreement as the joint agreement and understanding of the parties. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Supplementary Member Services Agreement on the day and year first written above.
COMPANY:
SUN DENTAL HOLDINGS, LLC
a Florida limited liability company
| By: | /s/ Derek T Diasti |
| Name: | Derek T Diasti | |
| Its: | Manager |
SERVICE MEMBER:
| /s/ Chuck Stapleton |
| Chuck Stapleton a Florida resident individual |
SIGNATURE PAGE
Exhibit 11.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNT FIRM
We consent to the use, in the Offering Statement on Form 1-A of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC, of our report dated September 2, 2015 on our audit of the consolidated balance sheets of Sun Dental Holdings, LLC and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income, changes in members equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Warren Averett, LLC
Warren Averett, LLC
Certified Public Accountants
Tampa, Florida
September 3, 2015
Exhibit 12.1
|
|
Bank of America Plaza 101 East Kennedy Boulevard Suite 2800 Tampa, Florida 33602 |
813.229.7600 813.229.1660 fax | ||||
|
| ||||||
| www.slk-law.com | ||||||
September 3, 2015
Sun Dental Holdings, LLC
Re: Legal Opinion; Offering Statement on Form 1-A
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested our opinion in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of Sun Dental Holdings, LLCs (the Company) Offering Statement on Form 1-A. The Offering Statement covers up to $20,000,0000 of the Companys Class A Common Units (the Units).
In our capacity as such counsel, we have examined and relied upon the originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Offering Statement, the form of Subscription Agreement and such limited liability company records, documents, certificates and other agreements and instruments as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions hereinafter expressed.
We are admitted to practice in the State of Florida. This opinion letter is limited to the laws of the State of Florida, and the federal laws of the United States of America as such laws presently exist and to the facts as they presently exist. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we express no opinion with respect to (i) state securities or Blue Sky laws or (ii) state or federal antifraud laws.
Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Units have been duly authorized for issuance by all necessary limited liability company action of the Company and when the Units have been issued, sold and paid for in the manner described in the Offering Statement and in accordance with the Subscription Agreement, the Units will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Offering Statement and we also consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit thereto. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
| Very truly yours, |
| /s/ Shumaker, Loop & Kendrick, LLP |
| SHUMAKER, LOOP & KENDRICK, LLP |
Exhibit 15.1
Consent of Director Nominee
In connection with its offering of Class A Common Units, Sun Dental Holdings, LLC. (the Company) has filed an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (the Offering Statement) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). The undersigned hereby consents, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto) as a director nominee to the board of directors of the Company. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto).
| Dated: September 3, 2015 |
| /s/ Paul Rogalski |
| Paul Rogalski |
Exhibit 15.2
Consent of Director Nominee
In connection with its offering of Class A Common Units, Sun Dental Holdings, LLC. (the Company) has filed an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (the Offering Statement) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). The undersigned hereby consents, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto) as a director nominee to the board of directors of the Company. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto).
| Dated: September 3, 2015 |
| /s/ Darrell C. Smith |
| Darrell C. Smith |
A"$ QSF'8 $=*5ADBI+235=]*RAJ/6&Z9UG*GN&S6;<-2@(
MBL^DUQ,UKK80'U*EU.=O\*B; .H5-_D5@Q.W (@X+3'2PG/:F) 500]BZ*HJ_=J*$2
M,()@4W,$'ZU4.OE5A>!.0\!G2!8MG:Q86X DL=HL@0S9.079;D?&9MW0=QK)
ML%"B5]&K@)R;&]#$ W1P^YX56I(Q$NHY7
M%1,1"6C
M^O\ $=DX,02F#<3(*E,F81V*8RE?>TI32E-*4TI32E-*4TI32E:/I^4IJQS.
M9%+5CY_1*'C*Q)Q%4O\ (VEX[*,5'PZ;VRV6&CHLRK^OL:]80<11T7FSA=
MPT.V)!%2JTLCVZZ
=1TN]2>9/QH_KSXA'N0<=O3I&(H4H'EW#)MLFH '^#6ZUY8BI!_8*Y
M4 HCNB;;XVDKLFR3^'C.UOIT'1ON,-#^J1Y5=,]:0178O+(:8R\7UHA^Y#$A
MXONPR!HS[0JMX,*A5@&YEPU+M\23CMC"T)<'TIA=NQAUEIBWED')E)6B "92
MG)8:3(K& C1%)1TX:'(JJH4B2H%[77QJR585&2S9BZ.R[[<$!,D
;8RC?%%BIF6+NTCEI&+H= PW6EJMR3XA*2;J2QK^<6TE4RKC!J[5.K^0%"7(K%2\23R !3*